comprehensive eia for proposed rapp unit 7&8 at rawatbhata rajasthan

Comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessmentfor Proposed Rajasthan Atomic Power Project

Units 7 & 8 at Rawatbhata Near Kota, Rajasthan

Sponsor

Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, Mumbai 400 094

National Environmental Engineering Research InstituteNehru Marg, Nagpur 440 020 (India)

May, 2005

FOREWORD

M/s Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd. (NPCIL) proposes

to set up additional two units of Pressurized. Water Reactors

(PHWRS) (RAPP 7 & 8) of 700 MWe capacity each at the site of

Rawatbhata Atomic Power Project, Rajasthan. Presently four PHWR

units (RAPS 1 to 4) are generating electricity and feeding to the

Northern Grid and two units RAPS 5 & 6 are under construction.

In order to assess the potential impacts arising out of the

proposed project activities, M/s NPCIL retained National

Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI) to undertake

Environmental Impact Assessment studies for various environmental

components and to prepare an Environmental Management Plan for

minimizing the adverse impacts.

This report presents baseline data collected for three seasons

viz. summer 2003, post monsoon 2003 and winter 2003-04 for air,

noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic environmental

components including radiological parameters with a view to

identifying, predicting and evaluating the potential impacts due to

proposed activities. An Environmental Management Plan has also

been delineated in the report.

The cooperation and assistance rendered by the staff of NPCIL

in preparation of this report is gratefully acknowledged.

Nagpur (Sukumar Devotta)May, 2005

Project PersonnelNEERI, Nagpur

Mr. Awatani, K. Ms. Lata, kumari Ms. Sunar, Rakhi

Ms. Ahuja, Rashmi Ms. Moharir, Ashwini Mr. Singh, Prabhat

Ms. Dongre, Rajashri Ms. Mukherjee, Deepali Ms. Sinha, Rashmi

Ms. Baby, Rani Ms. Malik, Ruchi Mr. Sarmokadam, Ganesh

Ms. Jain, Monika Ms. Mukherjee, Manisha Mr. Shukla, Parth

Ms. Sahasrabudhe, Sunila Mr. Mudaliar, Ratankumar Ms. Suple, D. Sonali

Mr. Ingle, Sourabh Ms. Mishra, Sandhya Mr. Satramwar, Sharad

Mr. Kumbhare, P. S. Mr. Pathak, S. K. Mr. Swamy, Aditya

Mr. Kamble, Rahul Mr. Pingale, A. Shrihari Ms. Mishra, Pawanrekha

Ms Kumbhare, Prabha Ms. Puntambekar, Smita

Secretarial Assistance

Mr. Dhawale, A.H. Mrs. Srinivasan, P.C.

Mr. Nair, P. Mr. Kale, S. G.

Project Leaders

Dr. Chaudhari, P. R. Dr. Ramteke, D. S.

Dr. Wate, S. R.

Project Co-ordinator

Dr. Devotta SukumarDirector

Project Personnel-RAPS, Rawatbhata

NPCIL, Rawatbhata

Shri. Mittal, Subhash(Site Director, RAPS 1 to 4)

Shri. C. P. Jhamb,(Project Director RAPP 5 & 6)

Shri. K. M. Joshi,SD, RAPS 1 & 2

Shri. P. K. Datta,SD, RAPS 3 & 4

Dr. Verma, P. C.(QIC, ESL, RAPS)

NPCIL, Head Quarter, Mumbai

Shri. Ramamirtham, B. Shri. Singh, S. K.(A CE (HPE)) (Engineer (EM))

Engineer-in-Charge (EIA), NPCIL

Dr. Singh, Jitendra

Sr. Executive Director (Safety), NPCIL

Shri. Bajaj, S. S.

Contents

Item No.

Chapter 1

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.3.1

1.3.2

1.4

1.4.1

1.4.2

1.4.3

1.4.4

1.4.5

1.4.6

1.4.7

1.4.8

1.4.9

1.4.10

1.4.11

1.4.12

1.5

1.5.1

1.5.2

1.5.3

1.5.4

Particulars

List of Plates and Figures

List of Tables

List of Annexures

Executive Summary

Introduction

Introduction

Project Setting

Salient Features of 700 MWe Design

Safety Approach

Protection Against Common Mode Incidents

Plant Description

General

Layout Considerations

Reactor System

Primary Heat Transport (PHT) System

Moderator System

Instrumentation and Control System

Reactivity Control Reactor Shutdown System

On Power Re-fuelling

Shut Down Cooling System

Emergency Core Cooling System

Reactor Auxiliary Systems

Containment

Services/Conventional Systems

Active Process Water System and Service Water System

Fire Water System

Turbine Generator System

Secondary System

Page No.

(viii)

(ix)

(xiii)

1-7

1.0-1.34

1.1

1.2

1.4

1.5

1.5

1.6

1.6

1.7

1.7

1.8

1.10

1.10

1.11

1.11

1.12

1.12

1.12

1.13

1.14

1.14

1.14

1.14

1.15

(i)

Item No.

1.5.5

1.5.6

1.6

1.6.1

1.7

1.8

1.9

1.9.1

1.9.2

1.9.3

1.10

1.11

1.11.1

1.11.1.1

1.11.1.2

1.11.2

1.11.3

1.11.4

1.11.5

1.11.6

Chapter 2

2.1

2.1.1

2.1.2

2.1.3

2.1.4

Particulars

Condenser Cooling Water (CCW) System

Electrical System

Safety Classification

Safety Classes

Seismic Classification

Quality Group Classification

Quality Assurance

Design

Manufacture, Construction, and Commissioning

Operation

Scope of EIA

Methodology for EIA

Air Environment

Data Collection

Baseline Background Radiation Data

Noise Environment

Water Environment

Land Environment

Biological Environment

Socio-economic Environment

Figure 1.1-1.5

Table

Baseline Environmental Status and Identification ofImpacts

Air Environment

Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality MonitoringLocations

Micrometeorology

Reconnaissance

Ambient Air Quality Survey

Page No.

1.15

1.16

1.17

1.18

1.19

1.20

1.21

1.21

1.22

1.23

1.23

1.24

1.25

1.26

1.26

1.26

1.27

1.27

1.28

1.28

1.29-1.33

1.34

2.0 - 2.201

2.1

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.3

(ii)

Item No.

2.1.5

2.1.5.1

2.1.5.2

2.1.5.3

2.1.5.4

2.1.6

2.1.7

2.1.7.1

2.1.7.2

2.2

2.2.1

2.2.2

2.2.3

2.3

2.3.1

2.3.2

2.3.3

2.3.4

2.3.5

2.3.5.1

2.3.5.2

2.3.5.3

2.3.5.4

2.3.5.5

2.3.6

Particulars

Baseline Status

Suspended Particulate matter (SPM)

Repirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPN)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Radiological Observations

Active Gases

General

Derived Discharge Limits

Figure 2.1.1-2.1.3

Tables 2.1.1-2.1.21

Noise Environment

Reconnaissance

Identification of Existing Sources of Noise

Measurement of Baseline Noise Levels in the Study Area

Figure 2.2.1

Tables 2.2.1 - 2.2.3

Water Environment

Reconnaissance Survey

Availability of Water Source

Drawal and Discharge

Geohydrology

Baseline Water Quality

Physico-chemcial Characteristics of Surface Water

Physico-chemcial Characteristics of Groundwater

Bacteriological Characteristics of Surface Water

Bacteriological Characteristics of Groundwater

Biological Quality of Fresh Water

Radioactivity in Water Environment

Page No.

2.4

2.4

2.4

2.4

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.6

2.8-2.10

2.11-2.41

2.42

2.42

2.42

2.43

2.44

2.45-2.47

2.48

2.48

2.48

2.49

2.50

2.51

2.51

2.51

2.52

2.52

2.52

2.54

(iii)

Item No.

2.3.7

2.3.8

2.3.9

2.4

2.4.1

2.4.2

2.4.3

2.4.4

2.4.5

2.4.6

2.4.7

2.4.8

2.4.9

2.4.10

2.4.10.1

2.5

2.5.1

2.5.2

2.5.3

2.5.4

2.5.5

2.5.6

2.5.6.1

2.5.6.2

2.5.6.3

2.5.6.4

2.5.6.5

Particulars

Radio-Active Liquid Effluent Management

Thermal Pollution

Flood Analysis

Figure 2.3.1

Tables 2.3.1 - 2.3.29

Land Environment

Reconnaissance

Geology

Baseline Data

Physical Characteristics

Chemical Characteristics

Microbiological Characteristics

Radioactivity in Terrestrial Environment

Solid Wastes

Solid Waste Management

Land Use

Landuse Pattern Study Using Remote Sensing Data

Plant I - II

Figure 2.4.1 - 2.4.2

Tables 2.4.1-2.4.15


Introduction

Study Area

Sampling Locations

Survey Methodology

Biodiversity in Study Area

Floristic Structure and Composition

Bhainsroadgarh

Jawahar Sagar

Borabas

Gandhi Sagar

Aklingpura

Page No.

2.54

2.56

2.56

2.57

2.58-2.84

2.85

2.85

2.86

2.87

2.87

2.87

2.88

2.89

2.89

2.92

2.92

2.92

2.98-2.99

2.100-2.101

2.102-2.116

2.117

2.117

2.117

2.117

2.118

2.119

2.120

2.120

2.121

2.122

2.123

2.124

(iv)

Item No.

2.5.6.6

2.5.6.7

2.5.7

2.5.8

2.5.8.1

2.5.8.2

2.5.8.3

2.5.9

2.5.9.1

2.5.10

2.6

2.6.1

2.6.2

2.6.2.1

2.6.2.2

2.6.2.3

2.6.2.4

2.6.2.5

2.6.3

2.6.3.1

2.6.3.2

Chapter 3

3.1

Particulars

Nalikheda

Padachar

Green Belt Exist in and Around Plant Area

Wildlife Sanctuaries Present in the Study Area

Darrah Sanctuary

Jawahar Sagar Sanctuary

Bhainsroadgarh Sanctuary

The Fauna

Vertebrates, Their Status, Distribution and Habitat of MajorAnimals

Fishes

Figure 2.5.1

Table 2.5.1-2.5.16

Socio Economic Environment

Reconnaissance

Baseline Status

Demographic Structure

Infrastructure Resource Base

Economic Attributes

Health Status

Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes

Socio-economic Survey

Sampling Method

Quality of Life

Annexure - A

Annexure - B

Annexure - C

Annexure - D

Figure 2.6.1 - 2.6.2

Tables 2.6.1 - 2.6.6

Prediction of Impacts

Air Environment

Page No.

2.125

2.125

2.126

2.126

2.126

2.127

2.127

2.128

2.129

2.131

2.132

2.133-2.151

2.152

2.152

2.152

2.153

2.154

2.154

2.155

2.156

2.156

2.156

2.158

2.162

2.163

2.164

2.165

2.168-2.169

2.170-2.201

3.0-3.21

3.1

(v)

Item No.

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

3.1.5

3.1.6

3.2

3.2.1

3.2.2

3.2.3

3.2.4

3.3

3.3.1

3.3.2

3.3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

Chapter 4

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

Chapter 5

5.1

Particulars

Radioactive Pollution

Radiation Dose and Public Health

Occupational Exposure: Radiation Monitoring and Alarms

Emissions of Radioactivity

Micro Meteorology

Conventional Air Pollution

Figure 3.1.1-3.1.3

Table 3.1.1

Noise Environment

Identification of Sources of Noise in the Proposed Plant

Residential Areas

Commercial Area

Impact on Occupational Health

Water Environment

Impact of Radioactive Pollutants

Impact of Thermal Discharge on Water Quality

Compliance of NPP to MoEF Stipulation

Land Environment



Tables 3.6.1 - 3.6.3

Environmental Impact Statement

Air Environment

Noise Environment

Water Environment

Land Environment


Aesthetics


Sensitive Habitats

Environmental Management Plan

Earthquake Design Basis for Construction

Page No.

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.4

3.5

3.6-3.8

3.9

3.11

3.11

3.11

3.11

3.12

3.12

3.13

3.13

3.14

3.15

3.15

3.16

3.19-3.21

4.0 - 4.4

4.1

4.2

4.2

4.3

4.3

4.3

4.4

4.4

5.0-5.38

5.1

(vi)

Item No.

5.2

5.3

5.3.1

5.3.2

5.3.3

5.3.4

5.3.4.1

5.3.4.2

5.3.5

5.3.5.1

5.3.5.2

5.3.5.3

5.4

5.5

5.5.1

5.5.1.1

5.5.1.2

5.5.1.3

5.5.1.4

5.5.2

5.5.3

5.5.3.1

5.5.3.2

5.5.3.3

5.5.4

5.5.5

5.5.6

Particulars

Table 5.1

Construction Phase

Operational Phase

Air Environment

Noise Environment

Water Environment

Table 5.3.1

Land Environment

Radioactive Solid Wastes

Township Solid Wastes


Guidelines for Plantation

Species Selection


Figure 5.1 - 5,2

Tables 5.2 - 5.6


Post Project Environmental Monitoring

Air Quality Monitoring Programme

Monitoring Parameters

Sampling Stations

Sampling Frequency

Air Quality Monitoring - Equipments Required

Noise Environment

Water Quality Monitoring

Sampling Frequency

Analysis Methodology

Monitoring Laboratory

Staff Requirement for Environmental Quality Monitoring

Budgetary Provisions for EMP

Radioactive Monitoring and Surveillance Programme

Figure 5.3 - 5.4

Bibliography

Page No.

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.4

5.5

5.5

5.7

5.8

5.8

5.8

5.15

5.15

5.15

5.20

5.22-5.23

5.24-5.29

5.30

5.32

5.32

5.32

5.32

5.32

5.32

5.34

5.34

5.34

5.34

5.34

5.35

5.35

5.36

5.37-5.38

1.4

(vii)

List of Plates and Figures

Item No. Particulars Page No.

Plate I False Color Composite Having 25 km Radius Distance 2.98

Plate II Landuse /Landcover Map Having 25 km Radius Distance 2.99

Figure 1.1 Location Map for Rajasthan Atomic Power Station (RAPP) at 1.29Rawatbhata

Figure 1.2 RAPP 7 & 8 Plant Layout 1.30

Figure 1.3 Study area for EIA Studies of RAPP, Rawatbhata 1.31

Figure 1.4 Exposure Pathways for Atmospheric Releases from NPP 1.32

Figure 1.5 Exposure Pathways for Releases by NPP to Aquatic 1.33Environment

Figure 2.1.1 Sampling Locations for Air Environment 2.8

Figure 2.1.2 Windrose at Rawatbhata During October - November 2003 2.9

Figure 2.1.3 Annual Wind Rose at RAPS Site for the Year 2001 2.10

Figure 2.2.1 Sampling Locations for Noise Environment 2.44

Figure 2.3.1 Sampling Locations for Water Environment 2.57

Figure 2.4.1 Sampling Locations for Land Environment 2.100

Figure 2.4.2 Textural Diagram for Soil Composition 2.101

Figure 2.5.1 Sampling Locations for Biological Environment 2.132

Figure 2.6.1 Sampling Locations for Socio-economic Environment 2.168

Figure 2.6.2 Employment Pattern in the Study Area 2.169

Figure 3.1.1 Annual Gamma ISO Dose Curve Due to Argon - 4 1 and 3.6FPNG

Figure 3.1.2 Total effective Dose at 1.6 km During 1997 to 2001 3.7

Figure 3.1.3 Dose to Members of the Public in Various Anualr Zones 3.8During 2001

Figure 5.1 Green Belt Development Near the NPP Site 5.22

Figure 5.2 Section of Green Belt Development 50 m Away from Nuclear 5.23Power Plant

Figure 5.3 Components of Post Project Environmental Monitoring 5.37Programme for NPCIL

Figure 5.4 Recommended Organizational Set up for Environmental 5.38Quality Monitoring (For Non-Radiological Parameters) forNPCIL

(viii)

List of Tables

Table No. Title Page No.

1.1 Operational performance Detail of RAPS 2 - 4 1.34

2.1.1 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 2.11(Summer 2003)

2.1.2 Ambient Air Quality Status (Summer 2003) 2.12

2.1.3 Ambient Air Quality Status (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.13

2.1.4 Ambient Air Quality Status (Winter Season 2003-2004) 2.15

2.1.5 Cumulative Percentile Values of SPM (Summer 2003) 2.17

2.1.6 Cumulative Percentile Values of SPM (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.18

2.1.7 Cumulative Percentile Values of SPM (Winter Season 2.202003-2004)

2.1.8 Cumulative Percentile Values of RSPM (Summer 2003) 2.22

2.1.9 Cumulative Percentile Values of RSPM (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.23

2.1.10 Cumulative Percentile Values of RSPM (Winter Season 2.252003-2004)

2.1.11 Cumulative Percentile Values of SO2 (Summer 2003) 2.27

2.1.12 Cumulative Percentile Values of SO2 (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.28

2.1.13 Cumulative Percentile Values of SO2 (Winter Season 2.302003-2004)

2.1.14 Cumulative Percentile Values of NOX (Summer 2003) 2.32

2.1.15 Cumulative Percentile Values of NOX (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.33

2.1.16 Cumulative Percentile Values of NOX (Winter Season 2.352003-2004)

2.1.17 Concentration of H - 3 in Air Samples Collected Around RAPP 2.37Environment During 1998



2.1.20 Concentration of H - 3 in Air Samples Collected Around RAPP 2.40Environment During 200f


2.2.1 Ambient Noise Level (Summer 2003) 2.45

2.2.2 Ambient Noise Level at Rawatbhata (Summer 2003) 2.46

(ix)


2.2.3 Noise Level at Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL), 2.47Rawatbhata (Summer 2003)

2.3.1 Sampling Locations for Water Environment 2.58

2.3.2 Water Quality - Physical Parameters (Summer 2003) 2.59

2.3.3 Water Quality - Physical Parameters (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.60

2.3.4 Water Quality - Physical Parameters (Winter 2003-2004) 2.61

2.3.5 Water Quality - Inorganic Parameters (Summer 2003) 2.62

2.3.6 Water Quality - Inorganic Parameters (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.63

2.3.7 Water Quality - Inorganic Parameters (Winter 2003-2004) 2.64

2.3.8 Water Quality - Nutrients and Organic Parameters 2.65(Summer 2003)

2.3.9 Water Quality - Nutrients and Organic Parameters 2.66(Post Monsoon 2003)

2.3.10 Water Quality - Nutrients and Organic Parameters 2.67(Winter 2003-2004)

2.3.11 Water Quality - Heavy Metals (Summer 2003) 2.68

2.3.12 Water Quality - Heavy Metals (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.69

2.3.13 Water Quality - Heavy Metals (Winter 2003-2004) 2.70

2.3.14 Water Quality - Bacteriology (Summer 2003) 2.71

2.3.15 Water Quality - Bacteriology (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.72

2.3.16 Water Quality - Bacteriology (Winter 2003) 2.73

2.3.17 Water Quality - Phytoplankton (Summer 2003) 2.74

2.3.18 Water Quality - Phytoplankton (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.75

2.3.19 Water Quality - Phytoplankton (Winter 2003-2004) 2.76

2.3.20 List of Species Identified (Phytoplanktons) 2.77

2.3.21 Water Quality - Zooplankton (Summer 2003) 2.78

2.3.22 Water Quality - Zooplankton (Post Monsoon 2003) 2.79

2.3.23 Water Quality - Zooplankton (Winter 2003-2004) 2.80

2.3.24 List of Species Identified (Zooplankton) 2.81

2.3.25 Quantity of Wastewater Generation (Unite wise) and its 2.81Characterization

2.3.26 Specific Activity contained in Liquid Waste 2.81

(x)


2.3.27 Concentration of H-3 in Water Samples Collected Around 2.82RAPP Environment During 2002

2.3.28 Concentration of Sr- 89+90, I - 131 & Cs - 137 in Water 2.83Samples Collected Around RAPP Environment during 2002

2.3.29 Concentration of H-3 in Well and Pond Water Samples 2.49Collected Around RAPP Environment During 2002

2.4.1 Details of Soil Sampling Locations within the Study Area 2.102

2.4.2 Physical Characteristics of Soils Within Study Area (Summer 2.1032003)

2.4.3 Chemical Characteristics of Soil-Water (1:1) Extract (Summer 2.1042003)

2.4.4 Cation Exchange Capacity of Soil in Study Area 2.105(Summer 2003)

2.4.5 Fertility Status of Soils in Study Area (Summer 2003) 2.106

2.4.6 Heavy Metals in Soil Samples (Summer 2003) 2.107

2.4.7 Microbiological Characteristics of Soil (Summer 2003) 2.108

2.4.8 Concentration of Sr89+90 & Cs134+137 in Dietary Items of Samples 2.109Collected Around RAPP Environment During 1998

2.4.9 Concentration of Sr89*90 & Cs134+137 in Dietary Items of Samples 2.110Collected Around RAPP Environment During 1999




Characterization of Radioactive Solid Waste at SWAMP RAPS 2.114

Landuse /Land Cover Classification System 2.115

Landuse/ Landcover 2.116

List of Sampling Locations for Biological Environment 2.133

Formulae for Analysing Phytosociological Characteristic of 2.134Vegetation

List of Plant Species Recorded from Study Area 2.135

List of Family Members with Species Count 2.138

Simpson's Diversity Index of Plant Species in Study Area 2.139

Density of Plant Species in Study Area 2.139

(xi)

2.4.

2.4.

13

14

2.4.15

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5.

2.5.

2.5.

.1

.2

3

4

5

6


Floristic Characteristic of Dominant Flora of Bhainsroadgarh 2.140

Floristic Characteristic of Dominant Flora of Jawahar Sagar 2.142

Floristic Characteristic of Dominant Flora of Borabas 2.143

Floristic Characteristic of Dominant Flora of Gandhi Sagar 2.145

Floristic Characteristic of Dominant Flora of Aklingpura 2.146

Floristic Characteristic of Dominant Flora of Nalikheda 2.147

Floristic Characteristic of Dominant Flora of Padachar 2.148

Details of Plantation carried out by RAPP 2.149

List of Fauna Present in the Study Area 2.150

Major Carps Percentage in Total Fish Production 2.151

Distance and Direction of the Villages Surveyed 2.170

Demographic Structure in the Study Area 2.171

Summery of Demographic Structure at a Glance 2.185

Socio-economic Profile of the Study Area Basic Amenities 2.186

Morbidity Status as Available in PHC at Bhaisrodgadh Period 2.200January 2002 to December 2002

Quality of life Existing in the Villages Surveyed 2.201

Computed external Dose Due to Ar-41 and FPNG Release from 3.9RAPS 1 to 4

3.6.1 Prediction of Qualitative Impacts on Socio-economic 3.19Environment

3.6.2 Expected Change in Cumulative Quality of Life 3.20

3.6.3 Expected Change in Subjective Quality of Life 3.21

5.1 Summary of Impacts, Problems and Appropriate Management 5.2Plan for their Mitigation

5.3.1 Details of Water Requirements/Waste Generation and Green 5.7Belt in Respect to DAE Residential Colonies at Rawatbhata

5.2 Species of Plants Suggested for Greenbelt Development 5.24

5.3 Drought Resistant Species for Greenbelt Design within the NPP 5.25Area

5.4 Species Selected for Plantation along the Road Side and 5.27Township

5.5 List of Trees Having Peak Flowering Season 5.28

5.6 Pollution Attenuation Factor (Air) for Green Belt of Different 5.29Widths

(xii)

2

2

2.

2.

2.

2.

2.

2.

I.5.7

!.5.8

I.5.9

5.10

5.11

5.12

5.13

5.14

5.15

2.5.16

2

2

.6.1

.6.2

2.6.3

2.

2.

2.

3.

6.4

65

6.6

1.1

List of Annexures

Annexure Title Page No.No.

I National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 1

II Indian Standards/Specifications for Drinking Water IS: 10500- 21991

III Noise Standards 9

IV Indian Standards for Industrial and Sewage Effluents 10Discharge IS:2490-1982

Y Information About Various Nuclear Power Plants with Respect 13to Environmental Requirement for Discharge of CondenserCooling Water System

(xiii)

Executive Summary

Executive Summary

M/s Nuclear Power Corporation of India (NPCIL) has proposed to construct

additional two Pressurized Heavy Water Reactors (PHWRS) (RAPP - 7 & 8) of 700 MWe

capacities each at the site of Rawatbhata Atomic Power Project, Rajasthan in the

adjoining area of the existing plant. Presently, four PHWR units (RAPS - 1 to 4) are

generating electricity and feeding to the Northern Grid and the units RAPP 5 & 6 are

under construction.

The Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited retained National Environmental

Engineering Research Institute (NEERI) with a view to establish the baseline status with

respect to various environmental components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and

socio-economic including parameters of human interest. The present Comprehensive

Environmental Impact Assessment (CEIA) report is based on environmental data

collected during three season i.e. summer 2003, post monsoon (2003) and winter (2003-

2004) seasons with a view to assess the present baseline environmental status, evaluate

and predict the potential impacts due to the proposed activities. An Environmental

Management Plan incorporating control measures has also been delineated in this report.

Project Setting

• The RAPS (Latitude 24° 52'N and Longitude 75 ° 31 'E) is situated on the upstream

on right bank of Rana Pratap Sagar (RPS) at a distance of 6 km from the dam, in

Begun Taluk of Chittorgarh district

• The study area of 25 km radial distance from RAPS consists of Chambal River

and its tributary, and lakes viz. Rana Pratap Sagar, Gandhi Sagar, Jawahar Sagar

and three sanctuaries.

Executive Summary

NEERIBaseline Environmental Status

• Ambient air quality was observed to be good with respect to SO2 and NOx.

However, Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) and Respirable Suspended

Particulate Matter (RSPM) were found to be slightly higher than the national

standards set up by CPCB.

• Among radionuclides, the only significant radionuclides that are likely to be

released are tritium, fission product noble gases (FPNG), radio iodines, and

activated particulates. The Geometric Mean (GM) values for gross alpha and beta

are 0.08 and 1.18 mBq/m3 and were below detection limits in quarterly cumulative

samples analyzed by gamma spectrometry. The levels of activity for radiocesium

and radiostrontium in annual cumulative rainwater samples were below detection

limit.

• The noise levels were within the stipulated limits in residential areas and

commercial areas except slightly higher in commercial area in 5-10 km distance

around RAPP. The noise levels in infrastructural buildings were slightly higher

than the standards.

• The physico-chemical characteristics of surface water sources are within the

permissible limits for drinking water. The nutrients were observed to be within the

permissible limits. Heavy metals like iron, lead and chromium were found to be

higher than standards at some places in ground water.

• The ground water samples collected from study area showed high mineral content

and pH ranging from 6.5-8.5. The inorganic constituents in groundwater

(hardness, chlorides, sulphates) were observed to be lower than the Indian

standards for drinking water in most of the samples collected. Few water samples

also showed higher levels of heavy metals in them.

• All the surface water samples showed contamination of water, while 40% of

groundwater samples were found to be contaminated as evident from presence of

faecal coliforms. Plankton population in surface water showed slightly polluted

water or 0- mesotrophic quality of water.

• Most of the surface and ground water samples showed the activity of Sr8990, I 131,

and Cs137 below detectable limits.

• The project would be adopting cooling towers thus there will not be the problem of

thermal pollution in Rana Pratap Sagar receiving the cooling water discharge

Executive Summary

NEERI• Waste management centralized facility (WMCF) is planned to cater to the

management of solid and liquid waste of RAPP 1 to 8

• The values of radioactivity recorded in air, water, soil and dietary items are much

below the permissible limits

• The results of environmental surveillance programme, 2002 show that the doses

received even by a hypothetical man staying at fence post (1.6 km) is 37.1 uSv

which is less than 4% of the dose limit of 1000uSv per year prescribed by

AERB/ICRP

• Flood analysis indicate that discharge capacity of Rana Pratap Sagar is less than

probable maximum flood. Hence, the guidelines issued by Govt. of Madhya

Pradesh in the Operation Manual of upstream Gandhisagar dam should be strictly

followed

• Soils are microbiologically active but cultivation of crops is very much restricted

due to shallow soils with stones and their poor productivity

• Good biodiversity of flora and fauna is recorded in the forests and sanctuaries in

study area.

• Population density is less in study area. The main occupation of local people is

agriculture. Infrastructure facility with respect to safe drinking water,

communication and employment opportunities are poor. The average QoL index

values are low i.e. 0.51-0.53

Assessment of Impacts

• Conventional pollutants are given out in air and water from the township area viz.

dust, sewage and solid waste. Presently treated sewage is discharged in nallah

which is contaminating water bodies. Solid waste needs treatment and recycling

to protect environment

• The noise levels in study area are below stipulated limits

• Most of the surface and ground water samples, air, soil and dietary items showed

the activity of cesium and strontium far below detectable limit. Therefore, there is

no radiological hazard through various routes

• The wildlife sanctuaries especially Bhainsroadgarh Wildlife Sanctuary is greatly

affected by increasing anthropogenic and grazing activity. Five tree species and

Executive Summary

NEERIsix faunal species from the study area are included under rare, threatened,

endangered, vulnerable and intermediate category

• Quality of life (QoL) is poor due to poor infrastructure facilities.

Prediction of impacts

• The RAPP requires development of water source for its running. The site falls in

seismic zone II and development of reservoir may pose threat with respect to

seismic activity

• Flood level in Rana Pratap Sagar at maximum rainfall may be hazardous to RAPS

and RAPP

• Radiological pollution through various routes due to the expansion programme

would be higher than the present level

• Radiological hazard during operation or accident conditions

• Increasing anthropogenic activity would lead to more production of dust pollution

in study area

• Increasing population with the increase in industrial activity will lead to

contamination of environment due to disposal of wastewater effluents and solid

waste, threatening ecology and public health

• Unless and until some preventive measures are undertaken, increasing population

of man and cattle may affect the biodiversity of flora and fauna in environmentally

sensitive sanctuaries and forest area

• Discharge of heated coolant water will be responsible for thermal pollution which

would be detrimental to aquatic flora and fauna in Rana Pratap Sagar

• Radioactive liquid discharge in environment without proper treatment may affect

aquatic flora and fauna

• Soil may be exposed to radionuclides fallout from atmosphere; disposal of

hazardous radioactive waste would pose a threat to flora and fauna

• The geographical features would be altered due to construction activity of RAPP

Executive Summary

NEERIEnvironmental Management Plan

Salient features of environment management plan are given in Table 1 and are

discussed below in brief.

• Due consideration should be given to water retaining structures such as water

reservoirs to account for induced seismicity and the consequences of dam failure

on the safety of RAPP

• Considering the flood level of Chambal River of Rana Pratap Sagar at maximum

rainfall, the guidelines issued by Govt. of Madhya Pradesh for the operation of

upstream Gandhisagar dam should be followed strictly and selection of proper

elevation to RAPP 7 & 8 to keep maximum possible safety margin

• Radiological emissions from stacks would be reduced by adoption of proper

technology and compliance to the limits set by ICRP and AERB.

• Proper planning for safety approach and protection against common mode

incidents

• Development of good quality roads and afforestation measures as a social welfare

measure would reduce dust pollution

• Air emissions from solid waste dumping site would be reduced by using improved

technology of composting and vermiculture with added benefit of recycling and

reuse of produced manure for green belt development.

• The domestic sewage would be treated in proper effluent treatment plant and the

stabilized effluent would be utilized for irrigation of green belt, parks and gardens

• The green belt development around plant site and township and natural

vegetation in exclusion zone and sterilized zone (5 km radial distance area) would

act as sink not only for radionuclides in air but also for conventional air pollutants,

and would be effective in reducing the noise levels produced during the operation

of the plant

• There are 3 wild life sanctuaries in the study area which are rich in biodiversity.

These sanctuaries especially Bhainsroadgarh is affected by anthropogenic

activity. Thus these sanctuaries need protection from anthropogenic impact and

conservation measures to improve wildlife habitat viz. afforestation and habitat

improvement

Executive Summary

NEERI

• The impact of thermal discharge would be minimized by compliance to

permissible limits set by MoEF by adopting cooling towers for condenser cooling

water discharge

• Adoption of proper disposal of radioactive waste: The radioactive liquid waste

would be collected in holding tanks and will be processed further to separate

water and highly concentrated radioactivity residue. Highly concentrated (up to

800 g/l) residue would be solidified through cementation and sent for interim

storage in solid waste depositary

• The green belt development and plantations at plant site and township would

enhance the aesthetic value of the area

• Socio-economic aspect is the important issue in the development of NPP project.

The negative feelings of local people, if any, arisen due to propaganda by anti

nuclear lobby should be mitigated by giving proper information to public and

educating them about the benefits, and to create awareness about nuclear power

plant and safety measures. The quality of life in surrounding villages can be

improved by providing various welfare measures and recreational facilities and job

opportunities to local people

• Guidelines and recommendations are given in the report for post project

environmental monitoring of air, noise, water and radionuclides around the RAPP

area.

Executive Summary

NEERITable 1

Summary of Impacts, Problems and Appropriate Management Plan for theirMitigation

EnvironmentalComponent

Impacts and Problems Inputs : Management Plan for Mitigation of Impact

Earthquake DesignBasis forconstruction

Flooding of RAPS

Air Environment

The site falls in seismic zone II

Flood level at maximum rainfall may behazardous to nuclear power plant

Radiological emissions from stacks

Radiological hazardaccident conditions

during operation or

Air emissions from solid waste dumping site

Dust pollution pose threat to arblic healthand wildlife

Noise Environment Marginal problems

Water Environment

Land Environment

BiologicalEnvironment

Pollution due to discharge of domesticwastewater from township

Discharge of heated water to Rana PratapSagar would affect aquatic flora and fauna

Radioactive liquid discharge in environmentmay affect aquatic flora and fauna

Soil may be exposed to radionuclides dueto fall out from atmosphere

Disposal of hazardous solid radioactivewaste

Accidental release of radionuclids would behazardous to terrestrial ecosystem andhuman being

Exposure of flora and fauna to radionuclidsthrough different routes

Ecologicallysensitive Areas

Rare andendangeredspecies of flora andfauna

Aesthetics

SocioeconomicEnvironment

RAPP is present very near to three wildlifesanctuaries

Deterioration of wildlife habitat

Topographical features will be altered dueto construction activity of RAPP

Beneficial effects outweighs adverse effectson socio-economic environment

Due consideration should be given to the water retaining structure suchas reservoirs built around RAPP to account for induced seismicity andthe consequences of dam failure units on the safety of present andproposed Nuclear Power Plant

The elevation from MSL of different units should be decided on thebasis of flood analysis

Appropriate technological measures to meet the limits set by ICRP andAERB with respect to existing and proposed units.

Development of green belt around nuclear power plant and townshipand natural vegetation growth in exclusive zone (within 2 km radialdistance) and sterilizing zone (2 km to 5 km radial distance area) to actas sink for pollutants

Proper planning for safety approach and protection against commonmode incidents

Adoption of improved treatment, recycling and reuse technology viz.composting, vermicomposting etc.

Proper stabilization and maintenance of roads; Development of greenbelt to reduce dust pollution

Development of green belt would reduce the noise levels in surroundingarea

Development of effluent treatment plant (ETP) and reuse of effluent forirrigation in parks and green belts

Compliance with permissible limits set by MoEF by adoption of coolingtowers would be helpful in reducing thermal pollution.

Specific treatment of radioactive liquid waste to reduce its volume andcontainment and secured deposition of concentrated nuclear waste

Compliance to air quality standards related to radioactivity (ICRP andAERB)

Adoption of appropriate treatment to reduce the volume of radioactivewaste and containment and secured deposition of concentratedradioactive waste

Proper planning should be ready to handle emergency situations; suchplanning is already implemented for existing units of RAPS 1 to 4

Compliance to radiological standards for air and water;containment and secured deposition of radioactive waste

treatment,

Development of green belt around RAPP and natural vegetation inexclusive zone and sterilizing zone (5 km radial distance area aroundNPP) would act as sink for radionuclids as well as conventional airpollutants

Compliance with regulation (ICRP, AERB & MoEF)

Protection of sanctuaries from anthropogenic actives

Protection of wildlife habitat in wildlife sanctuaries and improvement intheir status with respect to food, feed and shelter.

There will be improvement in the aesthetic quality of water, air and landenvironment

Quality of Life (QoL) would be improved due to increase in jobopportunities and improved facilities related to transport,communication, medical, education, electricity and water supply.

Chapter 1

Introduction

Chapter 1

Introduction1.1 Introduction

It is proposed to construct two pressurized heavy water Reactors (PHWRs)

(RAPP-7 & 8) of 700 MWe capacity each at Rawatbhata Atomic Power Project site in the

adjoining area of the existing plant. The site is situated on the right bank of the Rana

Pratap Sagar (RPS), upstream of the RPS dam, at a radial distance of 6 km from the

dam. The nearest village to the site is Tamlav. The site lies within the property limits of

the existing Rajasthan Atomic Power Project (RAPP) in Begun taluk of Chittorgarh

district. The approximate latitude and longitude of the site are as follows :

Latitude : 24° 521 N

Longitude : 75° 37' E

The existing Rajasthan Atomic Power Station consists of four units as detailed

below:

Present Capacity Commencement of Commercial operation

RAPS -1 1 x 100 MWe PHWR December 1973

RAPS-2 1 x 200 MWe PHWR April 1981

RAPS - 3&4 2 x 220 MWe PHWR June /December 2000

All these units are generating electricity and feeding to the Northern Grid. At

present RAPS-5, 6 (2X220 MWe - PHWR) project is under construction. The operational

performance details of RAPS 2-4 is presented in Table 1.1.

The nearest thermal power station is at Kota, about 65 km away from site, with an

installed capacity of 850 MWe consisting of 2 x 110 MWe and 3 x 210 MWe units. The

NEERI Chapter 1: Introduction

nearest hydro-electric power station is at RPS dam, with a total installed generating

capacity of 172 MWe (4 x 43 MWe).

Jaipur, the State capital, is about 300 km by road from the site. Coal for Kota

thermal power station is supplied by Nowrazabad coalfields in M.P. at a distance of about

700 km (by broad gauge rail cum road route) from the site. The general location map of

the site is shown in Figure 1.1.

This site had earlier been cleared from safety angle by AERB and environmental

angle by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) for additional 4 x 500 MWe PHWR

units over and above the existing four units (RAPS - 1 to 4). Subsequently, capacity of

RAPP - 5 & 6 was changed to 2 x 220 MWe instead of 2 x 500 MWe PHWRs and

necessary clearances from MoEF and AERB were obtained. Present report is for

evaluating setting up of additional 2 x 700 MWe PHWRs (RAPP - 7 & 8) instead of 2 x

500 MWe PHWRs. The total power potential of RAPP site is projected at 2580 MWe after

such addition.

The Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited retained National Environmental

Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur with a view to establish the baseline

status with respect to various environmental components viz. air, noise, water, land,

biological and socio-economic including parameters of human interest and to evaluate

and predict the potential impacts due to the proposed activities. Environmental data

collected during summer (2003), post monsoon (2003), and winter (2003-2004) seasons

are analyzed and presented in the form of Comprehensive Environmental Impact

Assessment (CEIA) with a view to assess the present baseline environmental status, An

Environmental Management Plan incorporating control measures has also been

delineated in this CEIA report.

1.2 Project Setting

The land required for locating buildings and structures of additional four units of

PHWRs (RAPP - 5 to 8) has already been acquired, fenced and is in the control of the

station authorities. This is adequate to locate 2 x 220 MWe (RAPP - 5 & 6) and 2 x 700

MWe PHWR (RAPP - 7 & 8). Additional land for exclusion zone, where no public

habitation exists up to 1.6 km radius from the proposed layout of Unit 8 (Centre line of the

Reactor Building of RAPP - 8) admeasuring 326.81 ha of forestland has already been

released by Rajasthan State Government. The legal status of the land will remain

1.2


unchanged and project has borne the cost of afforestation of the area as per the

government order. This area will be allowed to be fenced.

The ground elevation gradually rises away from the reservoir, with elevation

varying from + 345 m to + 410 m. The grade level for RAPP - 3 & 4 has been fixed at

+384 m which is safe against flooding. The area for additional units is south east of the

existing units along the banks of the RPS. The grade elevation for RAPP - 5 & 6 is fixed

at 392.7 m. The same elevation as for RAPP - 5 & 6 or above as per topography will hold

good for the proposed additional units. Based on the topography, a grade level of 400 m.

appears probable. This could be fixed at the design stage based on techno-economic

considerations. There are three nullahs in this area. Suitable site drainage scheme by

providing cut off drains and diverting the flows to nearby major nullahs needs to be

engineered and implemented. This is feasible. Significant leveling of the area is required.

The land around the site is barren with little topsoil. Agriculture and fishing are

carried out on very small scale within 10 km radius of the site. An area of about 120 ha,

around 6 km away from the site has been identified and acquired as an extension of the

existing housing colony. The land for colony is partly private patta land and partly

government land. There is no forestland in the colony area. As there is no resident

population in the exclusion zone mentioned above, the problem of rehabilitation of

population does not arise.

The area is sparsely populated with the average population distribution of 60

persons/sq km in the 30 km radial distance of RAPP. There is negligible population within

5 km radial distance from RAPP. Even upto 15 km the total population is only 60,000 as

per 1991 census and majority of this, about 36,000 is in NNW sector, comprising mainly

of Rawatbhata (Bhabha Nagar) at about 6 km from RAPP. The population in the 5 to 10

km zone consists mostly of workers living in nearby townships and also the villagers.

Gaseous emissions are discharged through tall stacks. The main components of

these gaseous emissions are Ar-41 (Specially for RAPS 1 & 2), FPNG and tritium and

micro quantities of fission products. The main radionuclide in liquid effluent is tritium with

micro quantities of fission and activation products.

Keeping in view the dry climate at the Rawatbhata site, a solar evaporation facility

has been in operation since 1979 for the slow evaporation of liquid effluents, thereby

concentrating fission and activation products and reducing their discharge in the lake

1.3


1.3 Salient Features of 700 MWe Design

The reactor size and the design features of 700 MWe units are essentially same

as that 540 MWe TAPP 3 & 4 units, except that partial boiling of the coolant, limited to

about 3% at the coolant channel exit has been allowed. This limit on exit quality is

consistent with the later version of PHWRs operating satisfactorily elsewhere in the world.

The process systems have been suitably modified, over, that of 540 MWe design, for

extracting the enhanced power produced in the core. Similar to TAPP 3 & 4, the reactor

power is controlled using lonization Chambers at low power (less than 15%) and through

signal derived from SPNDs (Slow Power Neutron Detectors) in the power range (higher

than 15% FP). Both signals are used in the range 5-15% FP. For the purpose of control

of bulk and zonal power, the core is divided into 14 zones, 42 SPNDs are provided 3 in

each zone, for measurement of zonal and bulk power. The flux mapping system is used

for correcting zonal power estimates derived from ZCDs. Bulk power estimates are

corrected using selected channel temperature and flow measurements made on the

primary side, upto 87% FP. Above this the secondary side measurements are used to

verify the thermal output of the core. Double containment, as used now in all Indian

PHWRs, has been provided, to contain the radioactive nuclides. The primary pressure

and temperature at the Reactor headers are also nearly the same as that of TAPP 3 & 4,

though bigger size pressuriser, and higher capacity Secondary system and auxiliary

systems are involved.

Some of the salient differences from TAPP 3 & 4 units are as follows:

> 2-4% boiling allowed in coolant channels

> About 6°C higher primary coolant temperatures viz. 266°C at Reactor inlet and

310°C at outlet header

> Higher size pressuriser

> Enhanced capacity steam generator with modified process parameters,

> Reduced number of pumps (i.e. 3 x 50%) in the moderator system

> Higher capacity Turbine, generator, and condenser

1.4


> Appropriate modifications/capacity increase in Reactor Process Systems, Reactor

Auxiliary Systems, Secondary System Process Water and Cooling Water System,

and Electrical System

> Improved and compact plant layout with better segregation

1.3.1 Safety Approach

The objective of nuclear safety is the protection of the plant personnel, public and

the environment from radiological hazards, during operation as well as under accident

conditions by incorporating and maintaining effective defenses against such hazard by

adopting the concept of defense in depth. This concept implies a series of consecutive

physical barriers in the path of release of ionizing radiation and radioactive substances

into the environment, and redundancy in equipment and control and other complex

engineering and managerial measures for protecting these barriers and maintaining their

effectiveness. In addition there are engineering safety features such as Emergency Core

Cooling System, Pressure Suppression System, Radionuclide clean-up system etc. to

take care of the accident situations.

The plant configuration is aimed to ensure that the radiation impact on the plant

personnel, general public and the environment during operation, under anticipated

operation occurrences, and design basis accidents does not exceed the exposure limits

set forth by AERB as well as the risk from beyond design basis accidents is minimized.

1.3.2 Protection Against Common Mode Incidents

There are a number of postulated single events, which, if not protected against,

could lead to widespread damage of station equipment. These initiating events are

referred to as common mode incidents and can be caused by a common external event,

failure of a common process or a common environment.

The general philosophy to limit the consequences of these common mode

incidents requires that the following capabilities must be maintained.

1. The capability to shut down the reactor

2. The capability to ensure that the reactor remains shut down

3. The capability to remove decay heat from the reactor

1.5


4. The capability to monitor the status of the nuclear steam supply system

It is also a requirement that systems, other than the reactor systems, containing

significant amounts of radionuclides, e.g. the irradiated fuel bays, not be unacceptably

damaged.

In providing the protection against postulated common mode incidents, two

groups of systems have been identified such that each group can meet the required

capabilities. In general, systems in each group are sufficiently separated or hardened

such that no common mode incident can cause the loss of any of the required

capabilities.

The two-group approach is primarily designed to provide an acceptable level of

protection for a set of very low probability events of known or unknown origin. With this in

mind, an attempt has been made to provide the greatest practical degree of separation of

those systems necessary to meet the required capabilities. To meet this target of greatest

practical separation in a clear and thorough manner, the number of systems in each

group have been minimized.

Group 1 systems include the SDS#1 ECCS, SG cooling and shutdown cooling

system, main control center and their associated services

Group 2 systems include SDS#2 containment system, decay heat removal by

injecting fire water to SGs/moderator cooling, emergency control room, emergency

service water system and emergency power supply system.

1.4 Plant Description

1.4.1 General

The plant (Figure 1.2) is accommodated in an area of approximately 700 m x 700

m. The two reactor buildings are of 56 m outside diameter and are situated at 100 m

centre-to-centre distance. For each reactor, a reactor auxiliary building (RAB) is provided

adjacent to the reactor building and accommodates vapour recovery system and other

Reactor Auxiliary systems such as end-shield / calandria vault cooling systems etc. Each

unit has been provided with two Natural Draught Cooling Towers (NDCTs) for condenser

cooling and an IDCT for safety related loads. Each unit will have its own emergency

control room, emergency power DG sets and fuel oil day tank, SUT, UT, GT, SABS,

1.6


turbine buildings, and CCW pump house. An emergency make up water pond catering to

7 days requirement is also provided for the twin unit plant.

The Service Building, Spent Fuel Storage Bay, Safety Related Pump House,

Stack with Radiation Monitor room, Waste Management Facility, D2O Upgrading Plant,

F/M Maintenance facility, CW Intake Structure, CW Discharge Channel, Switchyard, O &

M Ware house, Administrative Building and Technical Building etc, are common to both

units. Physical separation and redundancy have been provided between the safety

related systems.

1.4.2 Layout Considerations

Following basic philosophy has been adopted

> Compact layout with due consideration to accessibility, maintainability, and ease

of construction, operation and maintenance

> Avoid turbine missile zone for locating buildings structures important to safety

> Personnel movement (walking) required to perform various activities are

minimized by suitably locating various facilities

> Locations are so chosen as to facilitate reduction in operating personnel

> Minimize tunnels to ease maintenance

> Facilitate routing of major underground piping and cabling within the building,

largely eliminating underground trenches

> Seismic class of equipment is housed in seismic class structures. Consistent with

this philosophy, Reactor Building (RB), Control Building (CB), Reactor Auxiliary

Building (RAB), and Station Auxiliary Buildings (SABs) are designed for Safe

Shutdown Earthquake (SSE).

1.4.3 Reactor System

The reactor is of pressurized heavy water type using heavy water as moderator,

and heavy water as coolant and natural uranium dioxide as fuel with zircaloy - 4 as a

cladding material. The reactor consists of integral assembly of calandria vessel holds D2O

1.7


moderator and Reflector. The reactor is having 392 coolant channel assemblies.

37element zircaloy claded natural uranium dioxide (UO2) fuel bundles (10.24 cm dia x

49.5 cm long) are contained in pressure tubes (coolant tubes), which are made of

Ziroconium - 2.5% Niobium Alloy. Though the basic fuel is UO2, some Thorium/Depleted

fuel bundles may be used in fresh core for initial flux flattening in order to operate at

higher power level even before equilibrium is attained. The pressure tubes are arranged

in a square lattice of 286 mm pitch. At each end, pressure tubes are rolled to AISI 403

(Modified) stainless steel end fittings, which penetrate the end shields and extend into the

fuelling machine vaults so as to facilitate on line re-fueling. Feeders are connected to the

end fittings by means of high-pressure couplings for transport of coolant to the reactor

headers. The pressure tube, calandria, end fittings, fuel bundles, and the contained heavy

water coolant together constitute the coolant channel. Around each coolant tube, a

concentric calandria tube, which is rolled into the end shield lattice tube, has been

provided with an annular gap. Each coolant channel is supported by the end shield at the

end fitting location and also supported partially by the surrounding calandria tubes

through 4 nos. garter springs installed in the annulus between pressure tube and

Calandria tube. Carbon dioxide gas filled in this gap serves as thermal insulation between

the high temperature primary coolant and low temperature moderator. This annulus gas

forms part of an advance sensing system regarding pressure tube leak. Axial shielding to

the coolant channel is provided by removable shield plugs fitted in the end fittings on

either end. At the face of each end fitting, a seal plug is installed which serves as a leak

tight mechanical joint and can be removed during refuelling operations.

1.4.4 Primary Heat Transport (PHT) System

The high-pressure high temperature primary heat transport (PHT) system extracts

heat from the fuel bundle and transports to the steam generators, which generate steam

to run the turbo-generator and produce electricity. The PHT main system is essentially

two independent pressurized heavy water (D2O) coolant closed loop circuits circulating

coolant through the coolant channels containing fuel bundles, the outlet feeders, the

outlet reactor header, the steam generators, the circulating pumps, the inlet reactor

header, the inlet feeders and back into the coolant channels. Partial boiling up to 4% at

coolant channel exit is permitted to extract more heat (i.e. 2162 MWth) from the reactor

core to produce about 700 MWe instead of 540 MWe. The channel flows are matched

with the time averaged channel power pattern and Primary main circuit pressure is

1.8


controlled at Reactor Outlet header at a pressure corresponding to saturation pressure at

310 °C. The pH and dissolved gases are kept under control in the Primary circuit.

The PHT system includes a pressuriser and a feed and bleed system for pressure

and inventory control and pressure relief system to protect the system pressure boundary

from over pressurization. It also includes coolant purification system; high pressure heavy

water supply system for fueling machines, shutdown cooling system to remove decay

heat from the fuel, emergency core cooling system (ECCS) and Inventory Addition and

Recovery System (IARS) to maintain core cooling following a loss of coolant Accident

(LOCA) or collecting and putting back small leakages back to PHT through purification;

and a leakage collection system to collect, contain and transfer the collected heavy water

and to provide venting and draining facility to the equipment.

Salient Features of the System

Ensures coolant circulation to remove core heat under all anticipated

circumstances. Core cooling is ensured by

> PHT main circulating loop coolant flow under normal operation

> Primary circulating pump (PCP) flywheel inertia maintains adequate coolant

circulation during short period of non-availability of normal power to PCPs and

delay in establishing diesel driven emergency power

> Shutdown cooling circuit pumps and heat exchangers ensure cooling during

shutdown condition

> Thermo-syphon flow ensure cooling during station blackout condition

> Emergency injection from H2O accumulators in the initial phase of loss of coolant

accident (LOCA) followed by long term core cooling phase using suppression pool

water re-circulation

PHT system is well instrumented to monitor and control inventory, temperature,

pressure and chemistry of the coolant. The associated control and protection system is

designed with adequate margin and redundancy to ensure that the safe limits of pressure

boundary are not exceeded under any operational states.

1.9


1.4.5 Moderator System

The purpose of heavy water moderator is to maintain criticality in the reactor core

by slowing down the high-energy neutrons to low energy thermal neutrons where

probability for fission capture is higher. The bulk of the space in the calandria i.e. the

space available between the calandria tubes is filled with heavy water moderator, which is

continuously circulated with the help of two out of three moderator pumps. Heavy water

sued as moderator inside calandria gets heated up due to neutron moderation and

capture, attenuation of gamma radiation, as well as due to transfer of heat from reactor

components in contact (total 123 MW). The moderator temperature is controlled at about

80 °C at the outlet of calandria by passing it through the two numbers of tube and shell

type moderator heat exchangers.

1.4.6 Instrumentation and Control System

It encompasses monitoring and control of various plant parameters. For protection

systems, principle of redundancy, diversity, testability and maintainability are given prime

consideration. A high degree of automation is aimed at promoting reliability. The safety

systems are designed to conform to fail safe criteria. All visual indication and controls,

which may be required for operator's intervention during operation, are located in a single

main control room. The protection systems are triplicated, the protection functions being

achieved by 2 out of 3 logic. Each channel is totally independent of other channels with

separate sensors, signal processing instruments and power supplies. This arrangement

also facilitates on power testing of equipments of the triplicated channels. In cases where

the complexity of the system is likely to reduce reliability, as in channel temperature

monitoring system, only two channels are used with a coincident logic of 2 out of 2. The

instrumentation for the control and protection systems is kept separate and independent

of each other. An extensive operator information system is provided. CRT displays are

used for information display and alarm parameter signal on control panels. Also, a limited

number of dedicated, hard wired window annunciations are provided on control room

panels to cover certain essential alarms. A separate control room is provided, for the

unlikely situation of inhabitability of main control room, to enable safe shutdown of the

reactor and to maintain it in a prolonged sub critical state.

1.10

NEER1 Chapter 1: Introduction

1.4.7 Reactivity Control Reactor Shutdown System

Reactor control devices are required to regulate the reactor power, to control

neutron flux tilt and for the reactor start up process. These functions are achieved by

Liquid Zone Control (LZC) system, (light water absorber in 14 liquid zone control

compartments), 4 Control Rods (in 2 banks) and 17 Adjuster Rods (in 8 banks).

Automatic Liquid Poison Addition System (ALPAS) is provided to supplement the

regulating system, with controlled addition of boron poison into the moderator. Boron

concentration in moderator is also used for long-term reactivity control. Two fast acting

independent shutdown systems are provided as part of the protective system. Both these

have adequate capability to suppress any fast reactivity transient under various operating

and accident conditions and to maintain reactor in sub critical condition for long-term

shutdown. Shut Down System#1 (SDS-1) contains 28 Shut off Rods (Cadmium

sandwiched in SS), which are dropped into the core when system is activated. Control

Rods, which are normally parked outside the core, are also dropped along with shut off

rods. Shut down system #2 (SDS-2) provides fast injection of liquid poison (Gadolinium

Nitrate solution) directly into the moderator. SDS-1 activation is the preferred mode of

reactor shutdown, from economic considerations due to poison outage and gadolimium

poison removal requirements, Set points for SDS-2 actuation are kept at a higher level

normally compared to SDS-1. Some set points are same for SDS - 1 & 2.

1.4.8 On Power Re-fuelling

Two fuelling machines (F/Ms) operating in conjunction at the two ends of the

reactor are provided to carry out on power fuelling. On power fuelling is a characteristic

feature of Indian PHWR and is required on a regular basis mainly in view of the use of

natural uranium fuel. New fuel bundles are inserted by one of the F/Ms at one end of the

reactor while the other machine at the other end receives the spent fuel bundles. Bi-

directional fuelling in adjacent channels along the direction of flow is adopted to smoothen

axial neutron flux pattern. By using F/M and fuel transfer equipments, spent fuel bundles

are shifted to a shuttle which slides inside a transport tube laid from Reactor Building to

the inspection bay in the spent fuel building. Creating a hydraulic differential pressure

across the shuttle causes this movement. The discharge fuel if required, may be

inspected in the inspection bay for any damage before being transferred to the trays in

the storage bay. The necessary inspection facility is provided. Spent fuel is stored under

water in the trays for sufficient time period before it is transferred out of the Station.

1.11

NEER1 Chapter 1: Introduction

1.4.9 Shut Down Cooling System

Shutdown cooling system is used for cooling the system below 150 °C to about

55°C to facilitate maintenance.

Under planned shutdown of the reactor, PHT is cooled down with the help of

steam generators by controlled discharge of steam through steam dump discharge valves

on the secondary side of SG. After the PHT system temperature comes to 150 °C, S/D

system is valved-in to cool the system further to about 55 °C. Two single stage centrifugal

pumps along with two heat exchangers provide cooling in each loop. Elevation wise, the

location of the steam generators in relation to the reactor core is so chosen that during

class IV power failure and consequent coasting down of the main circulating pumps, heat

removal would be possible by thermo-syphoning. This phase of the heat removal plays an

important role in bringing down the temperature of the PHT system consequent to a class

IV failure to temperatures where shut down cooling can be valved-in.

1.4.10 Emergency Core Cooling System

In the event of a loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA), as a consequence of rupture in

primary coolant system pressure boundary, the cooling of the fuel is ensured by utilizing

ECCS, a high pressure light water coolant injection system followed by long term re-

circulation from suppression pool. Passive equipments like light water accumulators,

pressurized by N2 accumulator have been provided for high-pressure coolant injection.

Subsequently, emergency core cooling pumps are used to re-circulate the suppression

pool water through the core and remove decay heat. Decay heat is picked up by the re-

circulating water and is removed by passing the hot water through the plate type heat

exchangers. The system has been designed to ensure safety under various postulated

conditions involving different break sizes and locations.

1.4.11 Reactor Auxiliary Systems

> Reactor Vault Cooling System

Calandria is submerged inside a pool of water contained in the calandria vault.

The function of water is two fold, one to provide shielding around the calandria and

secondly to cool down the vault walls which serve as a biological shield. The heat

generated in the vault water and the concrete vault walls is removed by circulating the

1.12


vault water through heat exchangers SS Line. The peak concrete temperature in the

calandria vault during worst scenario is expected to be around 55 °C.

> End Shield Cooling System

At each end of rector, steel balls filled end shields are used as radiation shield to

limit the radiation dose in the F/M vaults. The volume of circulating water in the end shield

and the steel balls are arranged in such a ratio that they provide adequate shielding

against neutrons and gamma rays. The recirculating water removes the heat generated in

the end shields.

1.4.12 Containment

Double containment philosophy has been followed. The containment system

consists of an (Primary) inner containment enveloped by (secondary) an outer

containment. The annulus between the inner and outer containments is kept at a slightly

negative pressure with respect to the atmosphere so as to minimize ground level activity

releases to the environment during an accident condition.

The containment serves basically three functions

1) Provide an envelope around the structure housing supporting calandria, end

shields, reactivity mechanisms, PHT and moderator systems, fuelling system, and

various associated systems

2) Provide shielding, and also to permit access to equipment within the containment

building under reactor operating/shutdown conditions

3) It forms the last barrier in the path of radioactivity release to the environment

following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA). The leak tightness integrity of the

containment is therefore important. The peak containment pressure following a

double ended break in the main steam line (MSLB is higher than that resulting

from LOCA). Containment structural design is therefore, based on MSLB and the

leakage integrity specifications are based on LOCA

4) The primary containment is of pre-stressed concrete and the outer (secondary)

containment is of reinforced concrete.

1.13


5) During normal operation of the plant the primary and secondary containments

remain at a small negative pressure.

1.5 Services/Conventional Systems

1.5.1 Active Process Water System and Service Water System

The heat from different reactor process heat exchangers is transferred to a closed

loop active Process Water System. The plate type heat exchangers located in the

basement of reactor auxiliary building cools the active process water. The heat is

transferred here to SW (Service water) system, which in turn transfers it to IDCT. This

system is safety related and the equipment pertaining to these systems are qualified for

SSE. Service water system also absorbs heat from non-active water system and transfers

this heat to IDCT.

1.5.2 Fire Water System

The main plant area is provided with extensive hydrant and sprinkler systems for

minimizing the consequences of any fire hazard. Automatic sprinkler type protection is

provided for all transformers and non-automatic sprinkler systems for main oil tank,

turbine oil tank and associated lubricating oil piping. In door and out door hydrants

located suitably will provide fire protection within and around the plant buildings.

In case of process water failure, fire water supply will be provided as back up to

process water to meet, among other things, reactor core cooling requirements. Under

extreme emergencies (station black out etc.) also, firewater will be available through

diesel driven pumps.

1.5.3 Turbine Generator System

The valve wide open rating of Turbine Generator is 695 MWe with 0.25% wet

steam flow of 3840 T/hr at 41.8 kg/cm2, before the emergency stop valves (ESV), and a

condenser pressure of 70 mm hg. The Turbo-generator output may vary from 710 MWe

to an assured minimum of 690 MWe depending on the ambient condition.

The steam pressure in steam generator is 43.5 kg/cm2 (g). The steam is delivered

to double flow H.P. turbine from steam generators via two sets of ESV (emergency stop

valve) and governor valves.

1.14


After expansion in HP cylinder, steam exhausts to the moisture separator-reheater

wherein wetness is reduced and further reheated in bled steam reheater and live steam

reheater sections. Subsequently steam enters the 2 nos. of LP double flow turbines and

exhausts to their respective surface condensers cooled by condenser cooling water.

Steam is extracted from suitable stages of HP and LP turbine to provide regenerative

feed heating to about 180 °C.

1.5.4 Secondary System

The main function of secondary system is to provide heat sink for the heat

transported from the reactor core by primary coolant under various operating conditions.

Secondary system consists of steam generator (4 Nos.) HP and LP turbines, condenser,

condenser extraction pumps (CEPs), LP heaters, deaerator and storage tank, boiler feed

pumps (BFPs), feed pumps auxiliary boiler feed pumps (ABRPs), HP heaters, etc.

The design pressure of steam system is 51 kg/sq. cm (g). The steam pressure in

the steam generators is controlled at about 43.5 kg/sq cm (g) at full power. High-pressure

transients may be expected due to sudden loss of demand of steam or by malfunctioning

of emergency stop valves (ESV). In such events, the pressure on the secondary side is

limited within the permissible value by using the following devices.

1. Steam dump valves (SDVs) which discharge the steam into the main condenser

2. Atmospheric steam discharge valves (ASDVs), which will be actuated to relieve

the steam to the atmosphere when required e.g. loss of condenser vacuum,

turbine trip etc.

3. Relief valves (RVs) which are provided as means of ultimate safety to the steam

generators and secondary side steam lines.

1.5.5 Condenser Cooling Water (CCW) System

A re-circulating type CCW system incorporating a Natural Draught Cooling Tower

(NDCT) has been adopted. The natural draught, hyperbolic cooling tower has been

designed for cooling 175000 Cu.m./hr of re-circulated water from 40 °C to 32°C.

1.15


1.5.6 Electrical System

Various auxiliaries (i.e. various electrical loads) of the power station are provided

with power supply from off-site and on-site sources. The off site power supply is derived

from 400 KV and 220 KV switchyards. The switchyard structures and equipment are

designated as codal category.

Start up transformers (SUTs) are connected to 220 KV switchyard. These are

used to derive start up power for the station generally. Turbo-generators (TGs) are

connected to 400 KV switchyard through generator transformer. Unit transformers (UTs)

are connected to the LV side of GTs and serve as an alternate off site source of power.

When a shutdown has to be taken up on TG, it is isolated by means of generator circuit

breaker (GCB) and UTs will continue to be available. The number of transmission lines

connected to the switchyard is such that a double circuit line break and maintenance

outages of bus breakers etc will not impair the off site power supply availability.

The station auxiliary power supply system is classified into four classes depending

on the reliability requirements. These are:

Class 1 system : 220V DC control power supplies from batteries

Class 2 system : 415 V AC 3 phase system

Class 3 system : 6.6 KV and 415 V 3 phase system

Class 4 system : 6.6 KV and 415 V 3 phase system

Class 1 system (based on batteries) is most reliable. It is used for the supply of

control power to circuit breakers, diesel engine control schematics, turbine control

schematics, static excitation for turbo-generator, control schemes for diesel driven fire

fighting pumps etc.

Class 2 power supply is derived from uninterruptible power supply system

comprising of rectifier, inverter and a dedicated battery bank. The battery bank is capable

of feeding inverter loads for a period of at least 30 minutes after the failure of AC supply

to the rectifier. Major loads on Class 2 include FM supply pumps, emergency lights, seal

oil pump and flushing oil pump.

1.16


Class 3 power supply is connected to emergency diesel generators to provide

power supply in the event the class 4 power has failed. Diesel generator sets are

designed to provide power automatically to the class 3 bus whenever class 4 has failed.

Loads connected to the class 3 supply can tolerate short interruptions in power supply.

The class 3 power can be restored within two minutes after the loss of class 4.

The capacity of each on-site emergency diesel generator is 3400 kW. Four nos of 50%

diesel generator (DG) are provided for each unit.

Major loads connected to class 3 power supply are primary feed pumps, power

and control UPS, moderator circulating pumps, ECCS pumps, air compressors, auxiliary

boiler feed pumps, shut down cooling pumps and process water pumps.

Class 4 power supply is derived from 400kV and 220 kV switchyards through

start-up transformer and from the turbo-generator unit transformer. The capacity of SUT

is 80 MVA. There are two Nos of UTs each rated 40 MVA per unit. Either SUT or two UTs

are capable of supplying the entire station load. Loads connected to this system can

tolerate prolonged power supply interruption.

Electrical power supply system is grouped into two independent divisions. One of

the divisions is connected to startup transformer and the other to the unit transformers.

The capacity of each group, their location and routing of the cables are such that common

mode failures are minimized. The electrical power supply systems catering to all safety

related loads are designed to meet the requirement of single failure criterion.

1.6 Safety Classification

To ensure adequate safety to the public and plant site personnel, the plant design

meets following general safety requirements.

> The capability for safe shutdown of the reactor and maintaining it in the safe shut

down condition during and after all operational states and postulated accident

conditions.

> The capability to remove residual heat from the core after reactor shut down, and

during and after all operational states and postulated accident conditions and

maintain a coolable geometry.

1.17


> The capability to reduce the potential for the release of radioactive materials and

ensure that releases are within the prescribed limits during and after all

operational states and postulated accident conditions.

> To meet these requirements, systems, components and structures have to

perform certain safety functions. These safety functions include those necessary

to prevent accident conditions as well as those necessary to mitigate the

consequence of accident.

The relative importance of the safety function determines the safety class of the

systems, components and structures performing the safety function.

1.6.1 Safety Classes

Based on the above methodology, the following four different safety classes

(Class 1, 2, 3 & 4) are generally considered appropriate in view of the design codes and

standards in vogue.

Safety Class 1:

Safety class 1 incorporates those safety functions, which are necessary to prevent

the release of substantial fraction of the core fission product inventory to the

containment/environment.

Safety Class 2:

Safety class 2 incorporates those safety functions necessary to mitigate the

consequence of an accident, which would otherwise lead to the release of substantial

fraction of core fission product inventory to the environment.

Safety class 2 also includes those safety functions necessary to prevent

anticipated operational occurrences from leading to accident conditions; and those safety

functions whose failure under certain plant condition may result in severe consequences

e.g. failure of residual heat removal system.

Safety Class 3:

Safety class 3 incorporates those safety functions, which perform a support role to

safety functions in safety classes 1, 2 and 3. It also includes:

1.18


> Those safety function necessary to prevent radiation exposure to the public or site

personnel from exceeding relevant acceptable limits from sources outside reactor

coolant system.

> Those safety functions associated with reactivity control on a slower time scale

than the reactivity control functions in safety classes 1 and 2.

> Those safety functions associated with decay heat removal from spent fuel

outside reactor coolant system.

Safety Class 4:

Safety class 4 incorporates all those safety functions, which do not fall within

safety classes 1, 2 or 3.

Non-Nuclear Service (NNS)

This class includes all other systems, which are not associated with any of the

safety functions.

1.7 Seismic Classification

To meet the requirement given in the previous section, a three tier (or level)

system has been adopted for the seismic classification of systems, components,

instruments and structures, i.e.

(i) Safe Shut Down Earthquake (SSE) category,

(ii) Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) category and

(iii) General (Codal) category.

SSE Category:

SSE category incorporates all systems, components instruments and structures

conforming to safety classes 1, 2 and 3 and shall be designed for the maximum seismic

ground motion potential at site (i.e. SSE) obtained through appropriate seismic

evaluations based on regional and local geology, seismology and soil characteristics.

1.19


SSE category corresponds to Category S2 of IAEA safety guide 50-SG-S1. The

equipment and systems that are required to be qualified for SSE are classified as seismic

category - 1 .

OBE Category

All systems, components, instruments and structures which are to remain

functional for continued operation of the plant without undue risk fall under OBE category

and the design basis shall be a lower level seismic ground motion than SSE which may

reasonably be expected during the plant life. A seismic event, exceeding OBE level,

would require a shut down of the plant and carrying out a detailed inspection of the entire

plant. OBE category corresponds to category S1 of IAEA safety guide 50-SG-S1. The

equipment and systems that are required to be qualified for OBE are classified as seismic

category -2.

General (Codal) Category

This category incorporates those systems, structures, instruments and

components, the failure of which would not cause undue radiological risk and includes all

systems, components, instruments and structures which are not included in SSE or OBE

category. The seismic design basis shall be that prescribed by the relevant Indian

standards (IS-1893, year 1984). The equipment and systems that are required to be

qualified for Codal requirements are classified as seismic category - 3.

1.8 Quality Group Classification

Quality class of systems, components and structures generally corresponds to

their respective safety class (i.e. quality class 1, 2, 3 & 4 corresponds to safety class 1, 2,

3 & 4 respectively).

Quality class 1 shall meet the highest quality requirements. Quality class 2, 3 & 4

are of progressively lower quality requirements. Quality class 4 will also include other

systems, structures and components of the plant, which do not fall under any on the

safety classes.

A few examples of the requirements of quality classes are as under:

1.20


> Pressure retaining components of quality classes 1, 2 and 3 shall meet the

requirements of ASME B and PV code, section III sub section NB, NC and ND

respectively.

> Pressure retaining components of quality class 4 (Safety class 4) may be

designed as per ASME Section VII Division 1

> Components supports under quality class 1, 2, & 3 shall meet the design

requirements of ASME section III, sub section NF

> Electronic components used in class 1 and 2 I & C systems are of MIL grade. The

I & C equipment and components are also subjected to qualification tests

including ageing and seismic tests as required.

> For the purpose of performance qualification, the class EA electrical equipment

are divided into three categories, depending on the location inside or outside the

containment and LOCA service. The qualification is done by type tests on

equipment components /materials and further analysis wherever application.

Quality assurance is carried out as per AERB safety code AERB/SC/QA.

1.9 Quality Assurance

Quality Assurance in design, manufacture, construction, commissioning and

operation is enforced in order to accomplish high level of safety and reliability.

1.9.1 Design

The design adopts the concept of "Defense in depth" which incorporates

successive and mutually reinforcing echelons of equipment and systems provided to

ensure high reliability. The single failure criteria have been uniformly adopted in the

design of safety related systems, which ensures desired function of all safety related

systems even in case of a single component failure. The principle is extended further in

critical areas to systems as a whole. For example, there are two independent shut down

systems (Shut Down Systems #1 and Shut Down Systems #2). These SDSs get actuated

on independent trip parameters. The design provides multiple barriers against radioactive

releases. Dual failure events are postulated and evaluated to ensure no undue risk of

radiation hazards to public.

1.21


Due consideration is given to avoid common cause failures in the safety systems.

Principle of independence and redundancy are adopted in the design to achieve the

required reliability targets.

IAEA safety guides form the basis of Quality Assurance in design. To ensure

quality, safety related systems, structures and components are first classified into

different safety classes (in line with international practice) based on the relative

importance of their safety function. Each class of structures, systems and components

are then designed with the help of codes and standards relevant to their safety class.

Safety related equipment, components and structures are generally designed as per

ASME Sec III whereas Electrical and instrumentation systems are designed to meet the

IEEE standards.

All design and analysis is carried out through well established practices and using

validated softwares, where ever necessary. Validation of softwares are normally done

through benchmark problems, comparison of results using different softwares,

international exercises etc. The designs are reviewed within the group and also subjected

to independent reviews depending on their importance.

Safety related design and analysis reports are further reviewed by the Design

Safety Committee before their submission to AERB.

1.9.2 Manufacture, Construction, and Commissioning

During the fabrication/construction of various components, stage inspection and

quality control are carried out by the manufactures as per the procedures and

requirements laid down in the NPCIL specifications. NPCIL quality Surveillance

Engineers or the authorized outside third party AQ agencies oversee the Quality of

product under manufacture. For this the QS engineer ensures that the appropriate

procedures are followed during fabrication, by carrying out stage inspection as well as

random checks. After completion of the manufacture, the quality surveillance engineer

issues shipping release after getting fully satisfied with the product. Vital equipment may

be repeat tested to check their operational capability in simulated experimental set ups.

At the construction site, field engineering cell operates independently as a

representative of the design office to overview various construction activities to ensure

that the design intents are fully met. Apart from the FE personnel, at the construction site,

quality surveillance engineers also work to ensure the quality of construction.

1.22


During the commissioning, proper functioning of al systems and equipments are

ensured through written down procedures.

1.9.3 Operation

Engineers and operators undergo special training in plant operation and

radiological safety. They are qualified from time to time to ensure the requisite level of

expertise is maintained. Written procedures duly cleared by competent authority are also

made available to the operating staff. Technical specifications for operation approved by

Atomic Energy Regulatory Board are adhered to during operation. A strict control on

operating conditions and periodic in service inspection of safety related components of

the plant ensure the health of the safety related systems. Appropriate corrective actions

are taken on the basis of in service inspections. The plant operation and maintenance

staff is also exposed to current operational practices and trends during plant peer reviews

by international bodies life WANO.

1.10 Scope of EIA

The scope of the study includes detailed characterization of status of environment

in an area of 25 km radius around the proposed RAPP 7 & 8 units. The basis for 30 km

radius for the study zone is MoEF's recommendation that there should not be any major

urban centre with population of more than one lakh within 30 km area. In addition within

10 km radius, there should not be any population centre with more than 10,000

population. The size of the study zone is primarily based on topographic considerations.

The Scope of the Study Includes

i. To assess existing environmental status covering major environmental

components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological, socio-economic and health

aspects.

ii. To identify potential impacts on various environmental components during pre-

construction and operational phases of the project

iii. To predict significant impacts through identification, calibration and validation of

appropriate mathematical / simulation models

iv. To evaluate impacts of the project through appropriate evaluation techniques

v. To prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining control strategies

to be adopted for minimizing adverse impacts

1.23


vi. To delineate post construction environment quality monitoring programme to be

pursued by Nuclear Power Corporation

vii. To assess the risk incorporating structural safety subject to seismic activity

1.11 Methodology for EIA

The nature of impacts due to nuclear power plant operations on surrounding

environment is different from conventional industrial projects, since NPP does not release

conventional air pollutants e.g. SO2> NOX and SPM. The releases from nuclear power

plant at Rawatbhata to air and water environment are primarily radioactive isotopes.

However, the impacts during construction phase of the nuclear power plant would be

similar to any other industrial project during construction phase. The sources of

radioactivity in NPP arise from the production of radioactive fission products and certain

activation products formed by neutron irradiation of reactor materials including coolant

and moderator. The atmospheric discharges at RAPP nuclear power plant are mainly

FPNG, Iodine (I131) and mixture of long-lived nuclides. The nature of effects of radiological

pollution on biological environment would be different from that for conventional

pollutants. Unlike for chemical pollutants where biological effects depend both on

concentration and duration of exposure, the effect of radiation dose depends on total

cumulative dosage. So, short-term peaks, which are treated as very important in

conventional pollutants, have no significance in radioactive pollution. Extreme care is

taken at every stage viz. in site selection, during construction, commissioning and

operational phases of the nuclear power plant to keep the radioactive releases within

internationally acceptable limits and limits prescribed by AERB.

While siting nuclear power plants, three areas are defined as exclusion zone,

sterilised zone and monitoring zone. Exclusion zone extends upto 1.6 km, which will be

under the exclusive control of the power station where no public habitation is allowed.

Any existing population within the exclusion zone has, therefore, to be rehabilitated. The

sterilised zone is the annulus between 1.6 km and 5 km radius from the reactors where

natural growth is permitted but new expansion of activities, which lead to enhance

population growth, are not permitted. 5 to 30 km zone is the monitoring zone and is

monitored for radioactive levels. The areas under plant zone, exclusion zone and

sterilised zone for the RAPP Project are shown in Figure 1.3. The exclusion radius for the

purpose of calculating the doses to the public is 1.6 km. A circular area covering 25 km

radial distance from the centre of the project site at Rawatbhata Nuclear Power Plant was

1.24


identified as an impact zone (Figure 1.3) for Comprehensive Environmental Impact

Assessment (CEIA) purpose.

Even though the radiological pollution is a major factor to be considered in

environmental impact assessment of nuclear power project, the impacts of conventional

pollutants were also studied within the impact zone. The Comprehensive EIA of proposed

additional units 7 and 8 at Rawatbhata project site was carried out through

reconnaissance survey, and assessment of baseline status during three seasons

including identification and prediction of impacts under each environmental component

viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic environment including

radiological parameters. The work carried out is briefly reported below and has been

discussed in detail in subsequent sections.

1.11.1 Air Environment

The source of atmospheric radioactive releases from the nuclear power plant

during normal operation will be ventilation air passing through the stacks. The ventilation

air of reactor building and reactor auxiliary building will be passed through High Efficiency

Particulate Absolute (HEPA) filters and iodine filters (activated charcoal filters) before

sending it to the stack. The nuclear reactor based on PHWR technology is expected to

generate radionuclides in the form of FPNG (Fission Product Noble Gases), radio iodine

(I131) and long-lived nuclides. The radioactive nuclides released into atmosphere will

undergo the dispersion and dilution process in the atmosphere like any other

conventional air pollutants before reaching the receptors. Their impact on human body

and other biological systems will depend upon the time integrated cumulative radiation

dose from the different radio-isotopes. The impact of atmospheric releases on people and

other biological life is given below:

> First of all, the released radioactive isotopes will be dispersed and diluted in the

atmosphere by atmospheric diffusion process. The dispersed radioactive clouds

lead to external dose due to Beta ((3) and Gamma (y) radiations and internal dose

due to inhalation of the air containing radionuclides.

> The dispersed particulates can dry deposit on surface soil and vegetation, leading

to direct external beta and gamma doses and ingestion (internal) dose by

consumption of vegetables from affected zone and through cow milk route

1.25


> Soil contamination leading to contamination of agricultural products by uptake

from soil and leading to internal dose due to ingestion

> Rainfall can deposit the radioactive particulates on soil and contaminate water

which leads to internal dose by drinking this water

The inter-relationships of these different exposure pathways in air route have

been depicted in Figure 1.4 & 1.5.

1.11.1.1 Data Collection

Site Related

The details related to topography of project site, general climatological conditions

and processes involved in nuclear power generation, were collected through

reconnaissance survey. The micro-meteorological data was collected by installing a

weather station at site. In addition, the micrometeorological data recorded by ESL

(BARC), Rawatbhata have also been used for characterising atmospheric dispersion

conditions within the impact zone.

Baseline Data - Conventional Air Pollutants

Different conventional air pollution parameters viz. Suspended Particulate Matter

(SPM), Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), and

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) were identified to assess prevailing status of ambient air quality

within the impact zone. The baseline status of these parameters was monitored during

three seasons at the selected sampling stations within the impact zone.

1.11.1.2 Baseline Background Radiation Data

Data related to present Radiation in and around the proposed nuclear power plant

site at selected sampling locations as monitored by BARC and other agencies was

obtained from NPCIL and incorporated in the report.

1.11.2 Noise Environment

Noise often defined as unwanted sound interferes with speech communication,

causes annoyance, distracts a person from work, and disturbs sleep, thus, deteriorating

quality of human environment. Noise pollution survey has, therefore, been carried to

assess the impact of the project on the acoustic environment.

1.26


Noise levels were measured around the proposed site of the plant, present

reactors of NPP, and in several human settlements around the plant using precision

sound level meter (Model 2230, Bruel and Kjaer, Denmark).

1.11.3 Water Environment

Information on water resources (ground and surface water) was collected. The

parameters of prime importance were selected under physical, chemical inorganic,

chemical organic and nutrient groups including heavy metals. Samples were collected at

different locations for assessing surface water and groundwater quality. Baseline data for

bacteriological parameters was also collected. The analysis data on ground water and

surface waters as collected by NPCIL authorities was also made use of.

The aquatic discharges from the proposed NPP will be in the form of low level

liquid effluent in condenser cooling water discharge, which will involve radioactive

parameters such as gross beta, gamma activity. These discharges are through the

average volume of excess water, including laundry water.

Similar to atmospheric releases, the nuclear power plant does generate liquid

wastes to which the people, biological life and other systems get exposed and as a result

of exposure, may get affected. Possible exposure pathways for releases from NPP to

aquatic environment are depicted in Figure 1.5. In case of Rawatbhata plant, liquid

radioactive wastes will be stored for decay, concentrated by evaporation and solidified by

vitrification and treated as solid wastes.

Sources of radioactive wastes and non-radioactive wastes were identified from the

proposed nuclear power plant. The quantity and characteristics of these wastes were

anticipated by collecting data from NPCIL. Based on the information available, treatment

schemes as suggested in the project report of NPP, Rawatbhata for the safe disposal of

these wastes in environment were reviewed critically.

1.11.4 Land Environment

A reconnaissance survey was conducted by field visits to the nuclear power plant

site and the surrounding areas. Soil samples were collected from different locations for

determining characteristics of soils in the study area. The existing land-use pattern within

the study area was studied from the available data and information.

1.27


As regards the solid wastes, information on expected quantities of solid wastes to

be generated, their types, mode of collection, transportation and disposal methods was

obtained from NPCIL and was reviewed critically from the view point of their safe

disposal.

1.11.5 Biological Environment

For biological environment, baseline data on flora and fauna within the study area

was collected. Water samples from aquatic environment were collected for determining

biological characteristics such as phytoplankton and zooplankton. Information was also

collected about availability of common animals at various places around the project site.

Scientific data on terrestrial fauna was also collected around the project site.

1.11.6 Socio-economic Environment

Baseline information was collected within the study area of 25 km radius around

the project. Data on the demographic pattern, population density per hectare, educational

facilities, agriculture, income, fuel, medical facilities, health status, transport and

entertainment centers were collected for surrounding villages and analysed. Information

related to health and safety aspects as also infrastructural facilities to be provided,

number of workers to be employed etc. was obtained from NPCIL. The data and

information collected was used to determine the quality of life indices in the region based

on which strategies were formulated for achieving further improvement in quality of life

indices in the study area.

1.28


P U N J A B

HARYANA

RAJASTHAN ATOMICPOWER STATION ":;

MUMBAI

PUNE

Figure 1.1 : Location Map for Rajasthan Atomic Power Project (RAPP) atRawatbhata

1.29

too

Reactor BuildingReactor Auxiliary BuildingStation Auxiliary Building-AService BuildingSpent Fuel Storage BayControl BuildingStation Auxiliary Building-AInduced Draft CoolingTowerWaste ManagementBuildingWorkshopStack Monitoring RoomD2O Upgrading PlantSafety Related PumpHouseTurbine BuildingCCW Pump HouseDM Water PlantNatural Draft CoolingTowerSwitch YardEmergency Water StorageTankFire Water Pump HouseTransformer AreaStackTechnical BuildingAccess Building

Figure 1.2 : RAPP- 7 & 8 Plant Layout

o

I


n'sd

LESEMD .

SAMPLW5 LOCATIONS 1 \ ,2,3 ... . . >

TAR HOAO

EARTHERN ROAOg^3 RANA PRATAP SAGAR

Figure 1.3 : Study Area for EIA Studies of RAPP, Rawatbhata

1.31


AtmosphericRelease

AtmosphericDispersion

Depositionon Land

Resuspension

ExternalDose

FoodContamination

IngestionDose

CloudP y Dose

InhalationDose

PopulationDistributionand Habits

AgriculturalProduction

Data

CollectiveDose

Figure 1.4 : Exposure Pathways for Atmospheric Releases from NPP

1.32


WaterTreatment

Drinking Water

Agricultural andAquatic Food

Production

Liquid Releases

Low level liquid waste

Dispersion

Water

Irrigation

TerrestrialFood Stuff

Ingestion

High level liquid waste

BioAccumulation

Internal Dose

PopulationDistribution and

Habitats

CollectiveDose

Sedimentation

SedimentConcentration

Other AquaticEnvironmentalUtilization

> Boating

> Fishing

> Swimming etc.

ExternalRadiation

Figure 1.5 : Exposure Pathways for releases by NPP to Aquatic Environment

1.33


Table 1.1

Operat ional Per formance Detail of R A P S 2 - 4

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

Date of CommercialOperation

Date of Commercial Operation

Total electricity generated tilldate (in million units)

Performance in 2004-05electricity generated (in millionunits)

Performance in 2004-05capacity factor

Total electricity produced byRAPS 2,3 & 4 (in million units)till date

RAPS-2

01.04.1981

24802

1321

75

39018

RAPS-3

01.06.2000

7413

1470

76

RAPS - 4

23.12.2000

6803

1649

86

1.34

Chapter 2

Jjaseline Environmental Status andIdentification of Impacts

Chapter 2

Jjaseline Environmental Status andIdentification of Impacts

2.1 Air Environment

Assessment of impacts on air environment and feed back on EMP requires

information on existing ambient air quality status. The baseline studies for air environment

include identification of specific air pollutants due to proposed project and measuring their

levels in ambient air in the study area prior to implementation of the project. The data

required to assess the status can be collected, analysed and evaluated through a well-

designed air quality monitoring network.

2.1.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

The following criteria were taken into account while designing the ambient air

quality monitoring network :

> Topography of the study area

> Representation of regional background

> Populated and sensitive areas

> Representation of valid cross sectional distribution in downwind direction

> Prediction of maximum ground level concentrations and distances of their likely

occurrence under prevailing meteorological conditions.

The locations for ambient air quality survey are shown in Fig. 2.1.1 and

Table 2.1.1

NEERI Chapter 2: Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

2.1.2 Micrometeorology

The microrneteorological conditions at the proposed site regulate the transport

and diffusion of air pollutants released in atmosphere. The principal meteorological

variables are horizontal convective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical

convective transport (atmospheric stability, mixing height) and topography of the area.

The meteorological data was provided by Environmental Survey Laboratory under BARC

at Rawatbhata.

The wind rose diagram (Figure 2.1.2) have been prepared on the basis of

meteorological data collected during post monsoon season similarly, annual wind rose at

RAPS site is given in Figure. 2.1.3. The most dominant wind direction was observed from

NE and ENE to SW and SSW & during post monsoon and from N to S and from SW,

SSW to NE and NNE on annual average basis. The most dominant wind speed was

12-29 km/h.

Meteorological station of Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL) of BARC at

Rawatbhata has been in operation from 1964 in Phase II. Later this became functional at

the plant site from 1978. The meteorological conditions at Rawatbhata are summarized

below.

> Maximum of maximum daily temperature> Minimum of minimum daily temperature> Maximum of maximum daily relative humidity> Minimum of minimum daily relative humidity> Average ambient temperature> Average ambient temperature (1990-99)

> Rainfall data yearly (1964-99)

47.8 °C (May 98)3.9 °C (Jan 1967)100%5%27.5 °C (1978-98)-6.7 °C (Jan 91)47.8 °C (May 98)Max 1273.5 mm1976Min 442.8 mm 1998

Average 831.1 mm

Wind Data (1991-99)

Average Calms

Wind Speed

Wind Check

Affected Direction

7 m Height

25.2

Q-35

P-30

R-8.9

N-111.8

WSW-8.9

WSW-7.2

S

ENE

ENE

9 m Height

5.9

Q-33.6

R-29.3

S-15.1

WSW-8.9

SW-8.2

N-7.5

ENE

NE

S

120 m Height

5.9

R-29.4

Q-29.0

S-19.0

WSW-8.4

W-7.7

Nw-7.0

ENE

E

SE

2.2


> P : 3 to 5 km/hr; Q : 6 to 11 km/hr; R : 12 to 19 km/hr; S : 20 to 29 km/hr.

> Prominent wind direction :

7 m : N (11.8%)

9 m : WSW (8.9%) Sparsely populated area

120 m : WSW (8.4%) Sparsely populated area

2.1.3 Reconnaissance

The plant site has typical topographical character as RAPP is located at the foot-

hills of slopes forming the catchment area of Maharana Pratap Lake. Two sides are

covered by undulating hilly terrain. As such the area has no other industrial activity

except Heavy Water Plant (HWP) located about 0.7 km from RAPP. Other major regional

characteristics include low level commercial, residential and transport activities forming

well distributed area sources.

The prime objectives of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) in the study area

is to establish the existing background levels of Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM),

Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX).

The ambient air quality in the study area is expected to be governed by regional

emissions and micrometeorology. The sampling locations were selected during

reconnaissance based on network siting criteria as detailed above. An area of 25 km

radius from the project site was delineated as study area in case of air quality impact

assessment study. Twenty nine sampling locations were identified within 0 - 25 km

distance from the proposed expansion site. The ambient air quality monitoring locations

are shown in Fig. 2.1.1 and details of these locations are described in Table 2.1.1. The

ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during summer 2003, post monsoon 2003,

and winter 2003-2004 seasons.

2.1.4 Ambient Air Quality Survey

The air quality moitoring was carried out for a total of 29 Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring (AAQM) locations for the three seasons viz. Summer (2003), Post monsoon

(2003) and Winter seasons (2003-2004). At all these sampling locations, SPM, SO2, NOx

were monitored on 24 hourly basis to enable the comparision with standards of Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB).

The values of concentration of various pollutants at all the sampling locations

were processed for different statistical parameters like arithmatic mean, standard

2.3


deviation, minimum concentration, maximum concentration and various percentile values.

The existing baseline levels with respect to SPM, RSPM, SO2, NOx expressed in terms of

various statistical parameters are presented in Tables 2.1.2-2.1.16.

2.1.5 Baseline Status

There are no industrial activities existing within the impact zone. Air quality

monitoring was carried out for 19 stations in summer season and 26 stations in Post-

monsoon and winter seasons as it was felt necessary to add more AAQM stations after

the completion of air quality monitoring studies in summer season.

2.1.5.1 Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM)

Average SPM concentration (ug/m3) in the study area during summer, post-

monsoon and winter seasons varied from 31-171, 115-250 and 115-252 respectively with

minimum and maximum concentrations ranging from 13, 63, 45 and 583, 287, 301

respectively (Tables 2.1.2-2.1.4). The maximum concentration was recorded at Jagpura

(9 km from plant site) in summer season, which was due to local anthrogenic activity in

that area. The 98th percentile values (ug/m3) of 24 hourly SPM at all these locations

(Tables 2.1.5-2.1.7) ranged from 54-223, 135-283, and 138-296 for summer, post-

monsoon and winter season respectively. The values at some places are higher than

CPCB limit of 200 ug/m3 (Annexure I) for residential, rural and mixed use area being

38.5% of sampling stations in winter season, 2 1 % in summer seasons and 11.5% in post

monsoon season. The higher SPM concentrations are primarily due to natural dust

getting air borne due to human activity and blowing wind.

2.1.5.2 Repirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPN)

Average RSPM concentration (ug/m3) in summer, post-monsoon and winter

seasons varied in the range of 18-88, 41-90 and 41-91 respectively (Tables 2.1.2-2.1.4).

The 98th percentile values (ug/m3) ranged from 31-126, 48-102 and 50-106

respectively(Tables 2.1.8-2.1.10). The 98th percentile values were below the CPCB

standard (100ug/m3) for residential and rural area (Annexure I) at most of places except

Baroliya in post-monsoon & winter seasons, and at Charbhuja, Chainpura, Khatikheda

square, & Aklingpura in summer season.

2.1.5.3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

The average concentrations (ug/m3) of Sulphur-di-oxide in summer, post-monsoon

and winter seasons varied in the range of 3-8, 3-9 and 3-9 respectively

(Tables 2.1.2-2.1.4). The 98th percentile values (ug/m3) (Tables 2.1.11-2.1.13) in these

2.4


seasons were observed to vary from 4-8, 5-12 and 6-15 respectively which were below

the AAQM standard set up by CPCB (80 ug/m3) for residential and rural area.

2.1.5.4 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

The average concentration (ug/m3) of NOx varied in the range of 3-7, 4-10 and 5-

11 in summer, post-monsoon and winter seasons respectively (Tables 2.1.2-2.1.4) while

the 98th percentile values (ug/m3) ranged from BD-9, 7-14 and 9-15 (Tables 2.1.14-

2.1.16). The 98th percentile values were observed to be below national standard set up by

CPCB of 80 ug/m3.

2.1.6 Radiological Observations

At RAPP site, Ar-41, FPNG Tritium, Iodine and particulates are released through

93 m stack at RAPP 1&2, and 100 m stack at RAPP 3&4 to the environment. Following

release, Ar-41 and FPNG undergo atmospheric diffusion and dispersion under prevailing

meteorological conditions, resulting in possible external exposures to members of public.

Observations were made on Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) and long lived

gross alpha and beta activities. The GM values for gross alpha and beta are 0.08 and

1.18 mBq/m3 and radiocesium was below detection limit in quarterly cumulative samples

analyzed by gamma spectrometry. The average value of SPM obtained during this year

was 179.0 ug/m3.

Air Tritium in air at sixteen locations was monitored by condensing the air

moisture. The results are given in Table 2.1.17 to 2.1.21 for the period from 1998 to

2002. At fence post the annual GM value varied from 0.3 to 6.8 Bq/m3 during this period.

Rainwater samples collected by ESL were analyzed for H-3 content. Monthly

rainfall constituted a sample. The tritium activity ranged from 22-131 Bq/I in 1998,

19.3-116 Bq/I in 1999, 19-53 Bq/I in 2000, BDL-23 Bq/I in 2001 and BDL to 91 Bq/I

in 2002.

Annual cumulative rainwater sample was analyzed for radiocesium and

radiostrontium during 1998 to 2002. The levels of activity for radiocesium and

radiostrontium were below detection limit.

2.1.7 Active Gases

2.1.7.1 General

For minimum environmental impact, the releases of airborne radioactive materials

from the plant would be maintained at lowest possible levels. The only significant

2.5


radionuclides that are likely to be released are tritium, fission product noble gases

(FPNG), radio-iodines and activated particulate. The experience at NAPS, KAPS, KGS 1

and 2, RAPP 3 and 4 (which also have water cooled vaults) shows that occasional Ar-41

generation and release occurs from the annular system. The limits of releases of the

radionuclides into environment and the monitoring system arrangements for these

radionuclides are given in the following sections.

2.1.7.2 Derived Discharge Limits

The airborne effluent generated during the normal operating' conditions of the

reactor will be discharged to the environment through a tall (100 m) stack after filtration

through pre-filters and high efficiency particulate activity (HEPA) filters having filtration

efficiency of better than 99.9% for particulate matter of 0.5 u size. The exhaust flow rate

from each of the reactor buildings is 17,200 m3/hr and from the service building about

3,47,970 m3/hr. The dilution of the released activity takes place by atmospheric dispersal,

radioactive decay and the cloud depletion factors, such as, rain out, dry deposition etc.

before it reaches the ground level.

For the calculation of the Discharge Limits (DLs) of activities of the radionuclides

released from the stack, the following important modes of exposure levels are

considered.

i) External whole body gamma exposures from the plume of active inert gases. The

exposure from submersion in the radioactive cloud and the radiation from the

overhead plume is considered and the dose due to the main sector and two

adjacent side sectors on either side of main sector are also considered.

ii) Internal exposure due to intake of radionuclides through inhalation and ingestion

for I -131, H - 3 and particulates.

The Discharge Limit (DL) for stack discharge is arrived at by using the following

equation.

Ca HappDL = x x8.64x104Bq/d

XIQ HLWhere Ca = Derived air concentration for the radionuclide applicable to the

public, derived for the critical pathways of exposure (Bq/m)

X/Q = The annual average atmospheric dilution factor at the exclusion

distance of 1600 m (s/m3)

2.6


Happ = The apportionment for air route for the particular radio nuclide (in mSv)

per year

HL = Effective Dose Limit (EDL) for members of public (1 mSv/year)

Using the micro meteorological data the external ground level plume gamma dose

for unit release of Air - 41 and FPNG are computed for all the 16 sectors and various

distances. Annual dose at exclusion distance of 1.6 km was computed as 85.14 mSv/y

per TBq/s (315 mrem/year per Ci/s) for FPNG and 241.4 mSv/y per TBq/s (893

mrem/year Ci/s) for Air-41. For a dose apportionment of 5 mrem/year and 3 mrem/year

for FPNG and Ar - 41, the release values worked out as 50.7 TBq/day (1370 Ci/day) and

10.8 TBq (291 Ci/day) respectively.

H-3 - 41.2 TBq/d (1112 Ci/d)

1-131 - 1.4 GBq/d (38 mCi/d)

Particulates - 1.0 GBq/d (27 mCi/d)

FPNG - 50.7 TBq/d (1370 Ci/d)

Ar -41 - 10.8 TBq/d (291 Ci/d)

The above authorized limits are to be considered as annual averaged values/

year. The actual releases may fluctuate over some range and these fluctuations can be

accommodated by stipulating the peak discharge values for operational transients. In

general, activity releases upto 10 times the above values can be allowed occasionally, for

short periods, provided the annual averages do not exceed the authorized limits as given

above.

It must be borne in mind that the above release limits have been arrived at by

employing a number of approximations and conservative assumptions and are subject to

limitations of knowledge and information in the field of atmospheric diffusion, food habits,

environmental transport processes of radionuclides, physiological, dosimeter parameters,

etc. It is therefore necessary that a regular environmental monitoring programme is

carried out to establish that the radiological burden to the environment around the site is

being maintained well below the stipulated limits.

2.7


?5°25' 75°45' 75°50'

KHATIKKEpA

KHATIKHEDA SOJftRE

N

LEGEND:

» SAMPLING LOCATIONS ( I , Z ,3 )

TAR ROAD

EARTHERN ROAD

E z : 3 RANA PRATAP SA6AR

Figure 2.1.1 : Sampling Locations for Air Environment

2.8


4-69%

5-6% 1 \

96%

16-4%

1420%

H 15 79%

00-24 Hr*

Scote

0 3% 6% 9% 12% !5% 1-5 6-10 11-20 20

Fig. 2.1.2: Windrose at Rawatbhata During October - November 2003

2.9


CAtM »"•

[ 1 1 I I I I I I I I

O I 2 » 4 f t « 7 « » I O

•CALK

8l-«< «X-*O Ka/kr

Figure 2.1.3 : Annual Wind Rose at RAPS Site for the Year 2001

2.10


Table 2.1.1Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

(Summer 2003)

or.Kin

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

29

Sampling Location

Met Lab (Plant site)

Baroliya

Saddal dam

Tamlao

Rawatbhata(Mewar guest house)

Charbhuja

Chainpura (Anandpura)

Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jarjhani

Khatikheda

Khatikheda Square

Bhainsroadgarh

Barodiya

Dholai

Badodiya

Mandensara

Jaora

Aklingpura

Shripura

Mohna

Renkhera

Ganeshpura

Kundaliya

Nalikheda

Borabas

Nagani

Borav

Height AboveGround Level

(m)

4

5

3

3

6

3

6

3

6

6

5

6

3

4

5554

57

5

6

6

5

5

4

5

4

5

Bearing Appro AerialDistance in (km)

With Respect to Plant Site

~

NNW

NNW

E

NNW

N

W

ENE

NNW

NNW

ENE

ESE

ESE

NNW

E

SSE

ESE

W

N

ESE

NW

SE

SEWSW

W

W

NNE

W

WNW

-

4.4

5

5.5

5.5

7

7

7.5

7.5

9

10

10

11.5

11.5

11.5

12.0

12.0

13.0

13.0

13.0

15.0

15.7

16.0

16.0

18.0

19.5

20.0

24.0

25.5

l .W


Unit: |jg/m3

Sr.i i

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

~7

1

8

Qi)

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Note :BDL •

bampiing Location


Saddal dam

Tamlao

Rawatbhata(Mewar Guest House)

Charbhuja

Chainpura(Anandpura)

Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Khatikheda Square

Bhainsroadgarh

Barodiya

Mandensara

Aklingpura

Shripura

Nalikheda

Borav

Values in parenthesis

Table 2.1.2Ambient Air Quality Status

(Summer 2003)

SPM RSPM

Average ± Standard

156 ±15(129-175)

31 ±14

(18-54)109 + 22

(73-133)

123 ±16(102-146)

104 ±79(27-211)

105 ±79(32 - 230)

85 ±11(72-100)

87 ±8(81 -98)

171 ±207(37- 583)

85 ±54(27-161)

96 ±60(13-184)

103 ±87(22 - 223)

97 ±12(86-117)

99 ± 10(88-112)

82 ±36(14-115)117 + 57

(55 - 208)133 ±40

(74-180)

87 ± 8(77-100)

96 ±9(87-113)

indicate the range

88 ±8(72 - 98)

18 ±8

(10-31)61 ±12

(41-71)

69 ±8(58 - 82)

59 ±45(15-119)

60 ±45(18-120)

48 ±6(41 - 56)

50 + 4(46 - 55)

47 ±5(40 - 53)

48 ±30(15-91)

54 ±34(7-104)

58 ±49(13-125)

55 ±6(49 - 66)

56 ±6(50 - 63)

47 ±20(8 - 65)

66 ±32(31-117)

74 ±22(42-101)

49 ±4(4 3 - 56)

54 ±5(50 - 64)

Average: 24 hrly.so2 NOX

Deviation (Range)

4±1(3-6)

BDL

6±1(3-7)

8± 1(6-8)

6 ±0.7(5-7)

5 + 2(3-7)

6 ± 2(5-7)

4 ±0.4(3-4)

3 ±0.4(3-4)

6±1(4-7)

4 ±0.2(3-4)

4± 1(4-7)

3 + 0.2(3-4)

6 ± 2(3-8)

3 ±0.3(3-4)

4 ±0.7(3-4)

5 ± 2(4-7)

3 ±0.2(3-4)

5 ± 1(3-6)

5±2(3-7)

BDL

6±1(4-7)

7 + 0.2(8-9)

6±2(4-8)

7 ± 2(3-9)

7 ± 1(5-7)

7 + 0.8(6-7)

6 ± 1(4-7)

6 + 2(3-7)

6±1(4-7)

6±1(3-7)

6±2(4-7)

6 + 2(3-8)

6 ± 2(4-8)

5 ± 2(3-8)

6 ± 2(3-8)

3 ±0.3(3-4)

6 + 1(4-7)

112


Table 2.1.3

Ambient Air Quality Status(Post Monsoon, 2003)

Jnit:

Sr.No

[jg/m3

Sampling LocationSPM RSPM

Average ± Standard

Average : 24 hrly.

SO2 NOX

Deviation (Range)

4

5

6

7

8

1 NPCIL Plant Site

Badoliya

Saddle dam

Tamlao


Chainpura

Deepura

Sentab

9 Jagpura

10 Jharjhani

1 1 Khatikheda

12 Bhaisrodgarh

1 3 Dholai

14 Badodiya

15 Mandesara

16 Jaora

17 Eklingpura

18 Shripura

144 ± 32(75-183)

250 ± 24(212-287)

140 ±13(114-161 )

132 ± 18(95 -155)

148±33(98-197)160 ±22

(117-193)128 ±29

(78-165)119 + 20

(87-152)140 ± 24

(97-186)115 ± 31

(67-172)128 ±21

(89-163)125 ±26

(96-176)153 ±22

( 114-197)156 ±18

(131-187)

129 ±9( 112-143)

163 ±28( 119 -210)

125±25(63-159)

148 ±27(98- 194)

52 ±12(27 - 66 )

90 ±8(76-103)

51 ±5(41-59)

47 ±6( 34 - 56 )

53 ±12(35-71 )

58 ±8(42 - 69 )

46 ±10(28 - 59)

43 ±7(31-55)

50 ±9( 35 - 67 )

41 ±11(24 - 62 )

46 ±7(32 - 59 )

45 ±9( 35 - 63 )

55 ±8( 4 1 - 7 1 )

56 ±7(47 - 67)

46 ±3(40-51 )

59 ± 10(43 - 76 )

45 ±10(23 - 57 )

53 ±10( 35 - 70 )

9 ±1( 7 - 1 1 )

7 ± 2( 3 - 9 )5 ± 2

(3-10)7 ± 2

( 3 - 1 1 )8 ± 2

( 5 - 1 2 )

5 ± 2( 3 - 9 )

9 ± 2( 7 - 1 2 )

7 ± 1( 5 - 9 )

7 ± 1( 5 - 9 )

7±2(5-11)

7±2(3-11)4± 1(3-6)7±1

(5-10)8±2

(6-11)3± 1(3-5)6±2

(3-11)8±2

(6-12)

5±2(3-9)

10± 1(8-11)

10 ± 3(4-14)

8±2

(4-12)

7±2

(3-12)

6±2

(3-9)

6±1

(4-9)

10 ± 1

(7-12)

8± 1

(5-11)

8±2

(5-11)

8±1

(7-10)

9±2

(5-13)

7±2(3-12)

9±2(5-13)

8±2(5-13)

5±1(3-7)

7 + 3(4-13)

7±2(4-11)

9±3(4-12)

2.13

NfcbWI

Sr.No

Sampling Location

Chapter 2: Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

SPM RSPM SO2 NOX

Average ± Standard Deviation (Range)

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

Mohna

Renkhera

Ganeshpura

Kundaliya

Nalikheda

Borabas

Nagani

Borav

128 ± 22

( 9 6 - 1 6 3 )

132 ± 23

(98-181 )

127 ±15

(108-150)

132 ±12( 114- 151 )

134 ± 1 8( 1 0 8 - 1 6 5 )

163 ±30(112-211 )

156 ±30( 112-201 )

119 ± 13(89-135)

46 ±8

35 - 59 )

48 ±8

35 - 65 )

46 ±6

39 - 54 )

48 + 441 - 54 )

48 ±6

39 - 59 )

59 ±11

40 - 76 )

56 ± 11

40 - 72 )

43 ± 5

32 - 49 )

8 ± 2( 5 - 1 0 )

8 ± 2( 5 - 1 2 )

4 ± 2( 3 - 8 )

5 ± 2

(3 -10)

4 ± 1( 3 - 6 )

6 ± 2(3-11)

4 ± 1

( 3 - 7 )

5 ± 2( 3 - 1 1 )

6 ± 2( 4 - 1 1 )

8±1( 6 - 1 0 )

7 ± 3( 3 - 1 2 )

8 ± 3( 4 - 1 3 )

6 + 2( 3 - 9 )

7 ± 3(4-12)

5±1( 3 - 8 )

4 ± 2(3-8)

2.14

NEERi Chapter 2: Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

Table 2.1.4Ambient Air Quality Status(Winter Season 2003-2004)

Unit:

Sr.

No

Mg/nrSampling Location SPM

Average

RSPM

± Standard

Average : 24

SO2

Deviation (Range)

hrly.

NOX

1 NPCIL Plant Site

2 Baroliya

3 Saddle dam

4 Tamlao

5 Rawatbhata(Mewar Guest House)

6 Chainpura

7 Deepura

8 Sentab

9 Jagpura

10 Jharjhani

11 Khatikheda

12 Bhaisrodgarh

13 Dholai

14 Barodiya

15 Mandesara

147 ± 29

( 7 9 - 2 1 0 )

252 ± 26

(215-301)

141 ±15

(118-165)

134 ± 15

(98 - 1 6 0 )

149±! 37

(103-207)

161 ±36

(124-252)

129 ±41

(69-215)

120 ±24(86-156)

141 ±32

(101 -201 )

115 ± 42

( 45 - 200 )

129 ± 34(91-220)

126 ±26(85-186)

154 ±28

( 119-210)

157 ±14

( 144-198)

129 ±16

(112- 162)

53 ±11

(28 - 76 )

91 ±9

(77-108)

51 ±5

(42 - 59)

48 ±6

( 35 - 58 )

54 ± 13

( 37 - 75 )

58 ±13

(46 - 90)

46 ±15

( 25 - 77)

43 ±9

( 31 - 56)

51 ±12

( 36 - 72 )

41 ± 15

( 1 6 - 7 2 )

46 ±12

( 33 - 79 )

45 ±9

(31-67)

55 ±10

(43 -76)

57 ±5

( 5 2 - 7 1 )

47 ±6(40 - 58)

10 ±2

( 8 - 1 2 )

8 ± 5

(3-14)

5 ± 3

(3-11)

7 ± 2

( 5 - 1 2 )

9 ± 3

( 6 - 1 5 )

6±4

(3-13)

10±2( 8 - 1 3 )

8± 1( 5 - 1 0 )

8± 1

( 6 - 1 1 )

8±2

( 6 - 1 4 )

8 ± 2

( 6 - 1 1 )

5 ± 2

(3-10)

8±1

( 6 - 1 0 )

9 ± 2

( 7 - 1 3 )

3±1

(3-7)

11±2

( 9 - 1 3 )

11 ±4

(4-15)

9±4

(3-14)

8±2

( 3 - 1 3 )

7±2

( 3 - 1 0 )

6 ± 4

(3-13)

11 ±2

(8 -14)

9 ± 3

( 6 - 1 5 )

8±2

( 6 - 1 2 )

10 ± 1

(8 -12 )

9±2

( 6 - 1 5 )

8 ± 3

(3-14)

10 ± 2

( 7 - 1 5 )

9 ± 2

( 5 - 1 5 )

5 ± 3

(3-13)

2.15


Sr.

No

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

Sampling Location

Jaora

Eklingpura

Shripura

Mohna

Rainkheda

Ganeshpura

Kundaliya

Naiikheda

Borabas

Nagani

Borav

SPM RSPM

Average ± Standard

164 ±35(118 -210)

127+ 30(67-170)

149 ±31

(100-195)

128+ 25(90-176)

133 ± 26(101-97)

128 ± 13(112-152)

134 ± 13(115-153)

135 ±24(115-178)

164 ±45(108-259)

157 ±35(120-239)

120± 15(90-139)

59 ±13

(42 - 76)

46+11

(24 -61 )

54 ±11

(36 - 70)

46 ±9

(32 - 63)

48 ±9

(36 -71 )

46 ±5

(40 - 55)

48 ±5

(41 - 55)

48 ±9

(41 -64)

59 ±16

(39 - 93)

57 ±13

(43 - 86)

43 ±6

(32 - 50)

SO2

Deviation (Range)

7 ± 4

(3-14)

9 ± 2

( 7 - 1 5 )

6 ± 3

(3-14)

8 ± 3

( 3 - 1 3 )

9 ± 3

( 6 - 1 4 )

5 ± 3

(3-14)

6 ± 4

(3-12)

4 ± 4

(3-14)

7 ± 4

(3-14)

5 ± 2

( 3 - 9 )

6 ± 3

(3-12)

NOX

8 ± 3

(5-14)

7 ± 2

(3 -12 )

10±4

(3-15)

6 ± 4

(3 -14 )

9 ± 2

(7 -11 )

8 ± 4

(3-15)

9 ± 5

(3-16)

6 ± 5

(3-14)

8 ± 4

(3-13)

6 ± 2

(3-9)

5 + 2(3-9)

2.16


Unit:

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Table 2.1.5Cumulative Percentile Values

(Summer 2003)

Mg/m3

Sampling Location


Saddal dam

Tamlao


Charbhuja


Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Khatikheda Square

Bhainsroadgarh

Barodiya

Mandensara

Aklingpura

Shripura

Nalikheda

Borav

Min

128

17

73

102

27

33

72

81

72

27

13

22

86

88

14

55

74

77

87

of SPM

Average:

Cumulative Percentile

10% 25% 50% 75% 98%

141

20

80

108

32

34

75

81

74

34

18

28

87

90

47

73

96

79

88

150

21

99

115

40

40

77

82

78

44

61

31

89

92

81

94

116

83

90

157

23

115

121

53

91

82

85

82

61

104

62

95

95

88

101

147

86

95

165

43

122

132

150

148

89

90

88

130

125

177

101

107

101

127

147

89

99

174

54

132

145

208

223

99

97

94

159

178

220

116

112

114

201

177

99

111

24 hrly

Max

175

54

133

146

211

231

100

98

94

162

184

223

117

112

115

208

180

100

113

2.17

NEERI Chapter 2 Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

Unit:

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

ug/m3

SamplingLocation

NPCIL PlantSite

Baroliya

Saddle dam

Tamlao

Rawatbhata(Mewar GuestHouse)

Chainpura

Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Bhainsrodgarh

Dholai

Badodiya

Mandesara

Jaora

Eklingpura

Shripura

Mohna

Renkhera


(Post Monsoon 2003)

lUlinIVIm

75

212

114

95

98

117

78

87

97

67

89

96

114

131

112

119

63

98

96

98


10%

98

220

126

116

112

135

89

93

104

87

99

98

130

138

118

126

98

123

101

106

25%

136

232

134

121

119

152

110

102

132

92

118

111

143

145

121

143

104

135

111

119

50%

150

253

140

130

149

157

131

127

144

110

131

115

150

149

128

154

134

144

125

129

of SPM

75%

165

266

146

148

176

176

151

131

150

129

139

133

157

176

135

163

143

166

139

144

Average :

95%

180

278

158

154

196

190

165

148

170

168

155

172

191

184

142

180

158

190

160

171

98%

182

283

160

155

197

192

165

151

180

170

160

174

195

186

143

207

159

192

162

177

24 hrly

M a v•VI d A

183

287

161

155

197

193

165

152

186

172

163

176

197

187

143

210

159

194

163

181

2.18

NhbRI

Sr.No.

SamplingLocation

IWlinivnn

Chapter 2: Baseline Environmental Status


10% 25% 50% 75%

and Identification

95% 98%

of impacts

M a yIVIdA

21 Ganeshpura

22 Kundaliya

23 Nallikheda

24 Borabas

25 Nagani

26 Borav

108 109 113 124 142 147 149 150

114 118 123 133 139 149 150 151

108 115 122 130 150 159 163 165

112 132 140 164 180 206 209 211

112 123 132 156 180 199 200 201

89 99 113 122 127 134 135 135

2.19

NEERI Chapter 2. Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

Table 2.1.7Cumulative Percentile Values of SPM

(Winter Season 2003-2004)Unit: |jg/m3 Average : 24 hrly

Sr. Sampling Cumulative PercentileNo. Location M i n M a x

10% 25% 50% 75% 95% 98%

1 NPCIL Plant Site 79 127 132 150 158 187 201 210

2 Baroliya 215 223 242 252 258 287 296 301

3 Saddle dam 118 121 126 147 153 161 163 165

4 Tamlao 98 124 125 135 145 155 158 160

Rawatbhata5 (Mewar Guest 103 106 112 151 181 196 203 207

House)

6 Chainpura 124 128 138 150 185 217 238 252

7 Deepura 69 81 103 124 160 185 203 215

8 Sentab 86 96 102 114 144 153 155 156

9 Jagpura 101 105 111 140 155 191 197 201

10 Jharjhani 45 76 96 105 132 193 197 200

11 Khatikheda 91 99 105 119 149 178 203 220

12 Bhainsrodgarh 85 94 111 124 140 177 177 186

13 Dholai 119 122 135 149 163 202 207 210

14 Badodiya 144 147 149 153 160 180 191 198

15 Mandesara 112 112 121 124 136 157 160 162

16 Jaora 118 124 135 154 198 210 210 210

17 Eklingpura 67 90 119 126 143 165 168 170

2.20

NEERI

Sr. SamplingNo. Location


Cumulative PercentileMin

10% 25% 50% 75% 95% 98%Max

18 Shripura

19 Mohna

20 Renkhera

21 Ganeshpura

22 Kundaliya

23 Nalikheda

24 Borabas

25 Nagani

26 Borav

100 119 121 151 175 190 193 195

90 96 109 129 148 162 170 176

101 107 114 128 148 170 186 197

112 117 120 122 136 148 150 152

115 120 126 132 145 152 153 153

115 116 117 125 153 168 174 178

108 120 130 160 195 237 250 259

120 123 127 150 171 213 229 239

90 98 116 120 133 138 138 139

2.21


Unit:

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Cumulative

ug/m3

Sampling Location


Saddal dam

Tamlao


Charbhuja


Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Khatikheda Square

Bhainsroadgarh

Barodiya

Mandensara

Aklingpura

Shripura

Nalikheda

Borav

Table 2.1.8Percentile Values(Summer 2003)

Min

72

10

41

58

15

18

41

46

40

15

7

13

49

50

8

31

42

43

50

10%

79

11

45

61

18

19

42

46

42

19

10

16

50

51

28

41

54

45

50

of RSPM

Average


25% 50% 75%

85

12

55

65

23

23

43

46

44

25

34

18

52

52

49

53

82

47

51

88

13

65

67

30

51

46

49

46

34

58

35

54

54

51

57

86

48

54

92

24

68

73

85

83

50

52

49

73

70

100

57

61

56

71

85

50

55

: 24 hrly

98%

98

30

74

81

117

126

56

55

53

89

100

124

65

63

65

113

100

56

63

Max

98

31

75

82

119

130

56

55

53

91

104

125

66

63

65

117

101

56

64

2.22


Unit:

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Table 2.1.9Cumulative Percentile Values *

(Post Monsoon 2003)ug/m3

SamplingLocation

NPCIL PlantSite

Baroliya

Saddle dam

Tamlao


Chainpura

Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Bhainsrodgarh

Dholai

Badodiya

Mandesara

Jaora

Eklingpura

Shripura

Mohna

Renkhera

M i nnflin

27

76

41

34

35

42

28

31

35

24

32

35

41

47

40

43

23

35

35

35

10%

35

79

45

42

40

49

32

33

38

31

35

35

47

50

42

45

35

44

36

38

of RSPMi

Average : 24


25%

49

84

48

43

43

55

40

37

48

33

42

40

51

52

44

51

37

49

40

43

50%

54

91

50

47

54

57

47

46

52

40

47

41

54

54

46

59

48

52

45

46

75%

59

96

52

53

CO

C

OC

O

CO

54

47

54

46

50

48

57

63

49

65

51

60

50

52

95%

65

100

59

55

71

68

59

53

61

61

56

62

69

66

51

73

57

68

58

61

98%

65

102

59

56

71

69

59

54

65

61

57

63

70

67

51

75

57

69

58

64

hrly

M a yIVIdA

66

103

59

56

71

69

59

55

67

62

59

63

71

67

51

76

57

70

59

65

2.23

NEERI

Sr. SamplingNo. Location


MinCumulative Percentile

10% 25% 50% 75% 95% 98%Max

21 Ganeshpura

22 Kundaliya

23 Nalikheda

24 Borabas

25 Nagani

26 Borav

39 39

41

39

40 48

40 44

32 36

41

43 44

41 44

50

48

41

44 51

48 50

47 54

59 65

56 65

53

54

57

74

72

54 54

44 46 48

54

59

75

72

48

54

59

76

72

49

2.24


Table 2.1.10

Cumulative Percentile Values of RSPM

(Winter Season 2003-2004)Unit :

Sr.No.

ug/m3

SamplingLocation Min

Cumulative

10% 25%

Percentile

50% 75%

Average

95%

: 24 hrly

n/iax98%

1 NPCIL Plant Site 28 46 48 54 57 67 72 76

2 Baroliya

3 Saddle dam

4 Tamlao

Rawatbhata5 (Mewar Guest

House)

6 Chainpura

7 Deepura

8 Sentab

9 Jagpura

10 Jharjhani

11 Khatikheda

12 Bhainsrodgarh

13 Dholai

14 Badodiya

15 Mandesara

16 Jaora

17 Eklingpura

77 80 87 91 93 103 106 108

43 44 45 52 55 58 59 59

35 44 45 48 52 56 57

31 35 37 41

43 44 49 54 59 73

58

37 38 40 54 65 71 73 75

45 46 50 54 67 78 86 91

25 29 37 44 57 67 73 77

52 55 56 56

36 38 40 50 56 67 71 72

16 27 34 38 47 69 71 72

33 36 38 43 53 64 73 79

31 34 40 45 50 64 64 67

74 76

52 53 54 55 58 65 69 71

40 40 44 44 49 57 58 58

42 45 48 55 71 76 76 76

24 32 43 45 51 60 61 61

2.25

NEERI

ST. SamplingNo. Location


Cumulative PercentileMin

10% 25% 50% 75% 95% 98%Max

18 Shripura

19 Mohna

20 Renkhera

21 Ganeshpura

22 Kundaliya

23 Nalikheda

24 Borabas

25 Nagani

26 Borav

36 43 43 54 63 68 69 70

32 35 39 46 53 58 61 63

36 38 41 46 53 61 67 71

40 43 43 44 49 53 54 55

41 43 45 48 52 55 55 55

41 42 42 45 55 60 63 64

39 43 47 58 70 85 90 93

43 44 46 54 61 77 82 86

32 35 41 43 48 50 50 50

2.26


Table 2.1.11Cumulative Percentile Values of SO2

(Summer 2003)

Unit:

Sr.No.

ug/m3

Sampling Location Min10%

Average:

Cumulative Percentiie

25% 50% 75% 98%

24 hrly

Max

1 Met Lab (Plant site)

2 Saddal dam

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Tamlao


Charbhuja


Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Khatikheda Square

Bhainsroadgarh

Barodiya

Mandensara

Aklingpura

Shripura

Nalikheda

Borav

3

6

5

3

3

3

3

4

3

4

3

3

3

3

4

3

3

4

7

6

3

4

3

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

3

5

3

4

6

CO

C

D

4

5

3

3

5

3

4

3

5

3

3

4

3

5

7

8

7

4

7

4

3

6

4

4

3

6

4

4

5

3

5

7

8

7

5

7

4

4

7

4

4

4

7

4

4

6

3

6

7

8

7

7

7

4

4

7

4

7

4

8

4

4

7

4

6

7

8

7

7

7

4

4

7

4

7

4

8

4

4

7

4

6

*Below detectable level

2.27


Unit

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

: ug/m3

SamplingLocation

NPCIL PlantSite

Baroliya

Saddle dam

Tamlao


Chainpura

Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Bhaisrodgarh

Dholai

Badodiya

Mandesara

Jaora

Eklingpura

Shripura

Mohna

Renkhera


(Post Monsoon 2003)

M i niviin

7

3

3

3

5

3

7

5

5

5

3

3

5

6

3

3

6

3

5

5

101

8

4

3

6

CO

C

O

7

6

5

6

4

3

6

7

3

3

6

3

5

6

Cumulative

% 25%

8

5

3

6

7

4

8

6

6

6

6

3

6

7

3

4

7

3

7

7

50%

9

7

4

8

8

5

9

7

7

8

7

4

7

8

3

5

9

5

8

8

ofSO 2

Average:

Percentile

75%

10

8

5

8

10

6

10

8

8

8

9

5

8

9

4

7

9

6

9

9

95%

10

9

8

10

11

9

11

9

8

10

10

6

9

11

4

10

11

8

9

11

24 hrly

98%

11

9

9

11

12

9

12

9

9

11

11

6

10

11

5

11

12

9

10

12

lUlav•VI a A

11

9

10

11

12

9

12

9

9

11

11

6

10

11

5

11

12

9

10

12

2.28


Sr.No.

21

22

23

24

25

26

SamplingLocation

Ganeshpura

Kundaliya

Nalikheda

Borabas

Nagani

Borav

Ulinnnin ~

3

3

3

3

3

3

10%

3

3

3

3

3

3

25(

3

4

3

4

4

4

Cumulative

% 50%

4

5

4

6

5

5

Percentile

75%

4

7

4

8

5

7

95%

7

9

6

9

6

9

98%

8

10

6

10

7

10

M a vIVIdX

8

10

6

11

7

11

2.29


Table 2.1.13

Cumulative Percentile Values of SO2

(Winter Season 2003-2004)

Unit:

Sr.No.

ng/mSamplingLocation Min

10%

Cumulative

25% 50%

Average

Percentile

75% 95%

:24

98%

hrly

- Max

1 NPCIL Plant Site 8 8 9 10 12 12 12 12

2 Baroliya 3 3 3 7 12 13 14 14

3 Saddle dam 3 3 3 3 7 11 11 11

4 Tamlao 5 5 6 7 9 11 12 12

Rawatbhata

5 (MewarGuest 6 6 7 9 11 14 15 15House)

6 Chainpura 3 3 3 3 6 13 13 13

7 Deepura 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 13

8 Sentab 5 7 8 9 10 10 10 10

9 Jagpura 6 7 7 7 9 10 11 11

10 Jharjhani 6 6 7 7 9 13 13 14

11 Khatikheda 6 6 7 9 9 10 11 11

12 Bhaisrodgarh 3 3 3 5 7 9 9 1 0

13 Dholai 6 6 7 8 9 10 10 10

14 Badodiya 7 7 7 9 10 13 13 13

15 Mandesara 3 3 3 3 3 5 6 7

16 Jaora 3 3 4 6 7 14 14 14

2.30

NtbRI

Sr.No.

SamplingLocation Min

Chapter 2:

10%

Baseline Environmental Status and Identification


25% 50% 75% 95% 98%

of impacts

- Max

17 Eklingpura

18 Shripura

19 Mohna

20 Renkhera

21 Ganeshpura

22 Kundaliya

23 Nalikheda

24 Borabas

25 Nagani

26 Borav

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

8

3

4

4

3

3

6

4

4

11

11

13 14

11 13

12 12

15

11 13 14

10 12 12 13

11 13 14 14

14

12

11 13 14

13 14 14

11 12 12

2.31


Unit:

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19


(Summer 2003)

pg/m3

Sampling Location


Charbhuja

Saddal dam


Tamlao


Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Khatikheda Square

Bhainsroadgarh

Barodiya

Mandensara

Aklingpura

Shripura

Nalikheda

Borav

Min

3

4

*

7

4

3

5

6

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

4

4

3

4

10%

3

5

*

7

6

5

6

6

5

5

4

5

4

4

5

4

5

3

5

of NO,

Average:


25%

4

6

*

7

6

7

7

7

6

7

5

6

5

6

6

5

7

3

6

50%

5

7

*

7

7

8

7

7

6

7

6

7

7

7

7

5

7

4

7

75%

6

7

*

7

7

9

8

7

7

7

6

7

7

7

7

6

7

4

7

98%

7

7

*

8

7

9

8

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

.7

7

4

7

24 hrly.

- Max

7

8

*

8

7

9

8

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

7

4

7

*Below detectable level

2.32


Unit:

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

ug/m3

SamplingLocation

NPCIL PlantSite

Baroliya

Saddle dam

Tamlao


Chainpura

Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Bhaisrodgarh

Dholai

Badodiya

Mandesara

Jaora

Eklingpura

Shripura

Mohna

Renkhera


(Post Monsoon 2003)

M i nnnin

8

4

4

3

3

4

7

5

5

7

5

3

CJl

5

3

4

4

4

4

6

10%

8

7

5

6

4

5

8

7

6

7

6

6

7

6

4

4

5

6

4

7

Cumulative

25%

9

9

8

6

5

6

9

8

7

8

7

6

9

7

4

CJl

5

7

4

8

50%

9

11

9

7

6

6

10

8

8

8

8

7

9

8

5

7

7

8

6

9

of NOx

Average :

Percentile

75%

11

12

9

7

8

6

11

9

9

9

10

9

10

9

5

8

8

11

6

9

95%

11

14

11

10

9

8

11

10

10

10

12

11

12

12

6

11

9

12

9

10

98%

11

14

12

11

9

9

12

11

11

10

13

11

13

13

7

12

10

12

10

10

24 hrly

M a yIwlaX

11

14

12

12

9

9

12

11

11

10

13

12

13

13

7

13

11

12

11

10

2.33


Sr.No.

21

22

23

24

25

26

SamplingLocation

Ganeshpura

Kundaliya

Nalikheda

Borabas

Nagani

Borav

iviin

3

4

3

4

3

3

10%

5

5

4

5

4

3

25'

6

6

5

5

4

3

Cumulative

Vo 50%

7

7

7

6

5

4

Percentiie

75%

9

10

7

9

6

5

95%

11

12

8

11

7

7

98%

12

13

9

12

8

8

M a vIVIaX

12

13

9

12

8

8

2.34


Table 2.1.16Cumulative Percentile Values of NOx

(Winter Season 2003-2004)Unit: |

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

ug/m

SamplingLocation

NPCIL Plant Site

Baroliya

Saddle dam

T^rmkrt

Min •win

9

4

3

3

10%

9

5

4

5

Cumulative

25%

10

10

6

6

50%

10

12

11

8

Average: 24

Percentile

75%

11

14

12

9

95%

12

15

13

12

98%

13

15

14

12

hrly

M a y

13

15

14

13

Rawatbhata5 (Mewar Guest 3 4 5 7 8 9 1 0 1 0

House)

6 Chainpura 3 3 3 5 10 12 13 13

7 Deepura 8 8 9 11 12 13 14 14

8 S e n t a b 6 6 7 8 11 14 15 15

9 Jagpura 6 6 7 8 10 12 12 12

10 Jharjhani 8 8 8 10 10 11 12 12

11 Khatikheda 6 7 8 9 11 13 14 15

12 Bhaisrodgarh 3 5 7 8 9 13 13 14

13 D n o l a i 7 7 9 10 12 14 15 15

1 4 Badodiya 5 7 8 9 10 13 14 15

15 Mandesara 3 3 3 3 5 11 12 13

16 Jaora 5 5 5 7 8 13 14 14

1 7 Eklingpura 3 5 7 7 9 10 11 12

18 Shripura 3 6 7 10 12 14 15 15

1 9 Mohna 3 3 4 5 8 13 14 14

2 0 Renkhera 7 7 7 9 10 11 H 11

2.35


Sr.No.

21

22

23

24

25

26

SamplingLocation

Ganeshpura

Kundaliya

Nalikheda

Borabas

Nagani

Borav

Min -iviin

3

3

3

3

3

3

10%

3

3

3

4

3

3

Cumulative

25%

4

3

3

5

4

3

50%

7

8

3

9

5

3

Percentile

75%

11

14

11

10

7

6

95%

14

15

14

13

8

8

98%

14

16

14

13

9

9

M a vIVmA

15

16

14

13

9

9

2.36


Table 2.1.17

Concentration of H-3 in Air Samples Collected Around RAPPEnvironment During 1998

Sr.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Location

(Distance from Stack)

RAPP First Barrier (1.6 km)

Phase 1 (2.5 km)

Tamlao (5 km)

Saddle Dam (5 km)

Bhaba Nagar (6 km)

Vikram Nagar (6 km)

Baheliya (8 km)

Chainpura (8 km)

Baroli(IOkm)

Jharjhani (10 km)

Barodiya (12 km)

Bhainsroadgarh (13 km)

Mandesara (13 km)

Aklingpura (13 km)

Shripura (15 km)

Barkheda (18 km)

Jawahar Sagar (20 km)

No. ofSamples

Total

49

43

41

25

46

44

2

22

27

23

22

28

23

19

25

4

8

BDL

4

4

16

9

9

9

0

4

10

12

13

11

11

6

12

0

7

Max.

Bq/cu.m.

282.0

166.2

78.0

55.4

23.1

25.4

2.4

10.0

10.0

15.9

3.2

18.3

37.8

5.0

56.1

4.0

3.2

GM

Bq/cu. m.

5.3

5.4

1.7

1.9

2.1

1.8

-

1.0

1.1

0.9

0.7

1.5

1.2

1.0

1.0

1.2

0.5

GSD

5.8

4.8

4.6

5.0

3.5

3.2

-

2.8

2.7

2.5

2.1

3.3

3.6

2.3

3.1

2.4

1.6

2.37


Table 2.1.18


Sr.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Location



Phase 1 (2.5 km)

Tamlao (5 km)

Saddle Dam (5 km)

Bhaba Nagar (6 km)

Vikram Nagar (6 km)

Baheliya (8 km)

Chainpura (8 km)

Baroli (10 km)

Jharjhani (10 km)

Barodiya (12 km)


Mandesara (13 km)

Aklingpura (13 km)

Shripura (15 km)

Barkheda (18 km)


No ofSamples

Total

48

44

37

23

49

42

3

23

21

25

25

22

24

22

20

3

11

BDL

4

4

10

10

13

10

1

13

11

17

15

9

17

13

12

2

5

Max.

Bq/cu.m.

509.0

112.0

17.0

17.0

61.0

56.8

2.4

6.0

20.6

14.4

11.4

7.9

3.4

6.0

8.0

6.5

4.5

GM

Bq/cu. m.

4.8

5.4

1.1

1.1

2.2

1.9

1.9

0.9

0.7

1.1

0.6

0.7

1.0

0.6

0.8

0.9

0.8

GSD

4.9

4.9

2.5

3.0

4.3

3.7

2.5

2.0

3.1

2.0

2.2

2.6

1.7

2.4

2.7

6.1

1.9

2.38


Table 2.1.19


Sr.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Location



Phase 1 (2.5 km)

Tamlao (5 km)

Saddle Dam (5 km)

Bhaba Nagar (6 km)

Vikram Nagar (6 km)

Baheliya (8 km)

Chainpura (8 km)

Baroli (10 km)

Jharjhani (10 km)

Barodiya (12 km)


Mandesara (13 km)

Aklingpura (13 km)

Shripura (15 km)

Barkheda (18 km)


No.ofSamples

Total

45

45

43

18

47

44

3

17

25

22

22

25

18

20

23

3

10

BDL

3

6

12

12

13

8

1

10

9

9

7

8

7

8

9

1

3

Max.

Bq/cu.m.

68.9

86.1

28.7

5.1

56.6

17.7

1.6

6.0

8.2

13.4

28.8

83.3

7.6

53.3

15.9

3.5

9.6

GM

Bq/cu. m.

6.8

4.1

1.3

0.6

1.2

1.4

0.7

0.7

1.0

0.9

1.0

1.1

0.8

1.0

0.9

1.1

1.2

GSD

4.0

4.5

3.2

1.9

3.1

2.7

2.1

2.1

2.5

2.6

2.8

3.2

2.1

2.9

2.5

3.1

3.2

2.39


Table 2.1.20


Sr.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Location



Phase 1 (2.5 km)

Tamlao (5 km)

Bhaba Nagar (6 km)

Vikram Nagar (6 km)

Baheliya (8 km)

Chainpura (8 km)

Baroli (10 km)

Jharjhani (10 km)

Barodiya (12 km)


Mandesara (13 km)

Aklingpura (13 km)

Shripura (15 km)

Barkheda (18 km)


No.ofSamples

Total

29

31

24

26

26

4

21

24

23

23

23

14

14

12

4

11

BDL

27

4

10

9

9

3

19

11

12

13

10

11

7

8

1

9

Max.

Bq/cu.m.

195.3

103.0

12.4

18.6

166.0

1.4

1.0

6.4

13.5

24.0

5.6

1.9

1.4

1.9

3.0

4.1

GM

Bq/cu. m.

6.7

5.0

0.8

1.2

1.2

-

-

0.6

0.6

0.5

0.6

0.3

0.4

0.3

1.0

-

GSD

6.7

7.2

3.9

4.9

5.9

-

-

3.1

3.4

3.0

2.7

1.7

2.1

2.0

3.1

-

2.40


Table 2.1.21

Concentration of H-3 in Air Samples Collected Around RAPP EnvironmentDuring 2002

Sr.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Location



Phase 1 (2.5 km)

Tamlao (5 km)

Bhaba Nagar (6 km)

Vikram Nagar (6 km)

Baheliya (8 km)

Chainpura (8 km)

Baroli(IOkm)

Jharjhani (10 km)

Barodiya (12 km)


Mandesara (13 km)

Aklingpura(13 km)

Shripura (15 km)

Barkheda (18 km)


No. ofSamples

Total

25

27

25

25

24

4

23

23

23

23

24

14

12

11

4

12

BDL

3

6

13

5

11

2

14

11

12

10

9

6

8

6

3

7

Max.

Bq/cu.m.

49.5

95.0

27.3

15.4

2.4

2.5

2.8

30.0

15.2

6.5

9.9

2.3

1.2

4.1

2.9

3.3

GM

Bq/cu. m.

4.3

2.9

0.7

0.9

0.5

0.4

0.4

0.7

0.6

0.6

0.8

0.6

0.3

0.6

—

0.4

GSD

5.6

6.4

4.1

2.9

2.5

2.9

2.1

3.7

3.5

2.9

3.4

2.5

1.7

3.2

—

2.4

BDL: Below detectable limit

2.41


2.2 Noise Environment

The objective of the survey of noise pollution in and around the power plants and

surrounding villages is to assess the impact of noise that will be generated by the plants 1

to 8 and also the incremental impact of the plants 7 and 8 on the human settlements

within 25 km from the plants. At present plants 1, 2, 3 and 4 are operating and

construction of plants 5 and 6 is in progress. The studies were carried in the following

steps.

> Reconnaissance survey

> Identification of existing sources of noise

> Measurement of baseline noise levels in the site, neighboring villages and

localities


Noise environment study has been carried out through reconnaissance followed

by field observations to identify the major activities contributing the ambient noise levels

within the study area, and to assess the prevailing community noise exposure to serve as

background noise prior to implementation of the proposed expansion plan. The noise is

mainly contributed from vehicular movement. However there is no major industry, except

heavy water plant, close to the plant site. Total 21 locations were identified for noise

monitoring so as to have fair representation of various activities within the impact zone of

25 km radius; 3 locations in plant site; 8 locations in Rawatbhata village and 9 locations in

Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL), Rawatbhata.

2.2.2 Identification of Existing Sources of Noise

The main sources of noise in the nuclear power plants are 1) turbines 2) air

compressors 3) liquid nitrogen compressors 4) ventilation inlets 5) diesel generators 6)

pump houses 7) chillers 8) vents 9) transportations activities. Present volume of traffic is

not very high. About 250 heavy vehicle trips and 300 light vehicle trips generate

insignificant noise in the area.

2.42


2.2.3 Measurement of Baseline Noise Levels in the Study Area

Noise levels (A-Weighted) in and outside the existing plant premises, villages and

localities within the study area were measured using a precision microprocessor based

digital sound level meter. The noise monitoring locations along with the data on observed

noise levels are depicted in Fig 2.2.1 and presented in Table 2.2.1 to 2.2.3.

The noise levels within 5 km radius area around the NPP varied from 59.3 dBA to

90.2 dBA. In commercial and residential areas, the noise levels varied between 53.2 dBA

to 83.4 dBA within 5-10 km area and between 59.1 dBA to 70.9 dBA within

10-25 km area. The noise levels in infrastructural facility buildings ranged from 76.5 dBA

to 83.3 dBA.

2.43


2 5° 5 73°25" 75° 45 75°5O'

N

LEGEND:

• SAMPLING LOCATIONS T 1,2,3 .)

TAR ROAD

EARTHERN ROAD

' - a RAN A PRATAP SAGAR

Figure 2.2.1 : Sampling Locations for Noise Environment

2.44


Table 2.2.1

Ambient Noise Level Measuraed During Day Time(Summer 2003)

Sr.No. Location

Within 5 km

1

2

3

4

Near Reactor 1

Near water supply

Near magnetic gate

Saddle dam

Above 5 km and within 10 km

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

Tamlao

Mewar Guest House(Rawatbhata)

Charbhuja


Deepura

Sentab

Jagpura

Khatikheda sq.

Jharjhani

Khatikheda

Above 10 km and within 25

Bhainsroadgarh

Barodiya

Mandesara

Aklingpura

Shripura

Nalikheda

Borav

Type ofLocation

I

I

I

R

R

R

C

R

R

R

R

C

R

R

km

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Bearing

-

-

-

WNW

E

NNW

N

W

ENE

NNW

NNW

ESE

ENE

ESE

NNW

E

W

ESE

NW

W

WNW

App. Aerialdistance in kmwith respect to

Plant Site

-

-

-

5

5.5

5.5

7

7

7.5

7.5

9

9.5

10

10

11.5

11.5

13

13.5

16

19.5

25.5

Noise level(dBA)

90.2

69.9

73.1

59.3

63.2

62.3

83.4

67.3

53.2

63.2

61.8

69.5

64.1

64.9

70.9

62.4

59.1

62.6

64.2

68.2

62.4

= Industrial; R = Residential; C = Commercial; S = Silence

2.45


Table 2.2.2

Ambient Noise Level at Rawatbhata in Residential, Commercial and SilenceZones Measured During Day Time (Summer 2003)

c M~ i ^ -.+ «^ TyPe °f Noise LevelS r N o - L o c a t l o n Location (dBA)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Anuchaya*colony

Anukiran colony

Chetan market

RPS colony

Saddle dam forest

RAPP guest house

Heavy water colony (Anuasha colony)

RAPP hospital

R

R

C

R

S

R

R

S

75.2

64.8

79.7

67.3

40.6

59.2

67.1

60.5

R = Residential; C = Commercial; S = Silence

2.46


Table 2.2.3

Noise Level at Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL), RawatbhataMeasured During Day Time

(Summer 2003)

Sr. No. Location

1. Outside ESL

2. At corridor

3. Inside the lab (1st room)

4. Inside the lab (2nd room)

5. Inside the tritium room (with AC on)

6. Officers cabin (without AC and Fan)

7. Officer cabin (with AC and Fan on)

8. Officers cabin (with two AC and two Fans on)

9. Officers cabin (without AC and two Fans on)

Noise Level(dBA)

76

80

81

83

81

78

78.

80.

79.

.5

.0

.2

.3

.5

.1

,8

.5

5

2.47


2.3 Water Environment

The site for RAPP units 7 & 8 is located about 8 km upstream of the existing Rana

Pratap Sagar (RPS) dam, on the right bank of RPS reservoir. The drinking water supply

in general in the villages falling under study area is obtained from the handpumps and

wells, whereas RPS provides domestic water to quite limited towns such as Rawatbhata,

Vikramnagar, Bhabhanagar and Bhainsroadgarh etc. which are located immediately

downstream of the plant site. Jawahar Sagar is about 22 km downstream of Rana Pratap

Sagar (RPS). At Jawahar Sagar, located in between RPS and Kota Barrage, water use is

mainly for power generation. Water at Rana Pratap Sagar is also used for irrigation

through a canal at right bank. The capacity of canal is 1400 m3/hr (14 cusecs) and an

average supply of 1100 - 1200 m3/hr (11 to 12 cusecs) is maintained throughout Rabi

crop. The major use for irrigation starts at Kota barrage about 48 km downstream along

the river. Two major canals take off from Kota Barrage, right canal with a head discharge

of 1.88 m3/sec, (6656 cusecs) and left canal 42.5 m3/sec (1500 cusecs). In addition,

utilization for industrial use amounts to 4.25 m3/sec, (150 cusecs) at Kota. From Rana

Pratap Sagar, a small right bank canal takes off. Being a small capacity canal, use for

irrigation is quite limited. The unconfined ground water table in the area is replenished

only during the monsoon by rainwater. Since the surrounding regions to the reservoir

slope steeply upwards, the water from reservoir does not contribute towards the

replenishment of the ground water table near the surface.

2.3.1 Reconnaissance Survey

A reconnaissance survey with the objective to determine the baseline water

quality in terms of conventional, biological and radioactive pollutants was undertaken.

During the survey total 23 water samples containing surface and ground water within 25

km radius of proposed site were collected and analyzed for conventional parameters

related with physico-chemical and biological quality. Previous five years records on

radioactive pollutants were, however collected from Health Physics Division, Bhabha

Atomic Research Centre (BARC), Mumbai and used for analysis in this report.

2.3.2 Availability of Water Source

The source of cooling water is the Rana Pratap Sagar. The gross storage capacity

of the Rana Pratap Sagar at full reservoir level (RFL) of + 352.06 m is 2987.6 Mm3 (102.3

TMCft) and the storage corresponding to minimum draw down level (M.D.D.L)

2.48


of + 342.9 m is 1332 Mm3 (47 TMCft). Rana Pratap Sagar is a balancing reservoir, which

receives flows from upstream Gandhisagar dam.

Closed loop system of cooling with cooling towers has been adopted for the RAPS

units 3 & 4. RAPS 5 & 6 units also adopt the same type of cooling system. The proposed

additional units (RAPP- 7 & 8) will also have closed loop system of cooling with natural

draught cooling towers (NDCT) and induced draught cooling towers (IDCT) for condenser

cooling and process cooling respectively.

The drawal requirement for additional 2 x 700 MWe PHWR plant is 4.5 m3/sec

(160 cusecs) based on adopting closed loop system of cooling with cooling towers out of

which 50-60% will be on consumptive use basis. The drawal for RAPS 3&4 is about 0.85

m3/sec. (30 cusecs), which adopts closed loop system of cooling with cooling towers.

RAPS 1 & 2 plant adopts once through cooling system. The requirement of RAPS 1 & 2 is

110 m3/hr (1.1 cusecs) on consumptive use basis mainly for domestic use. The existing

colonies require 300 m3/hr (3 cusecs) of water. The total drawal requirement for

RAPS -3 to 8 including consumptive use for RAPP 1 & 2 works out to about 8.07 nrVsec

(285 cusecs). Out of this, consumptive use is estimated at about 4.22 m3/sec (150

cusecs). RPS reservoir is used for supplying drinking water at RPS colonies (5.5 MGD),

Jawahar Sagar supplying drinking water (about 0.5 MGD) and Kota barrage (18 MGD).

Jawahar Sagar is abnout 22 km downstream of RPS. RPS water is also used for irrigation

through a canal at right bank. The capacity of canal is 1400 m3/hr (14 cusecs) and an

average supply of 1100-1200 m3/hr (11 to 12 cusecs) is maintained for rabi crop

(November, December, January). The major use for irrigation starts at Kota barrage abut

48 km downstream along the river. Two major canals take off from Kota barrage, right

canal with a head discharge of 118.5 m3/sec (16656 cusecs) and left canal 42.5 m3/sec

(1500 cusecs). In addition, utilization for industrial use amounts to 4.25 m3/sec (150

cusecs) at Kota. Government of Rajasthan had earlier assured to supply 11.33 m3/sec

(400 cusecs) with 6.8 m3/sec (240 cusecs) as consumptive use. The commitment of water

for the proposed expansion has been reaffirmed from Rajasthan State Government.

These quantities will be adequate for 2 x 1000 MWe LWRs or 2 x 500 MWe FBRs as

well as for 2 x 700 MWe PHWRs.

2.3.3 Drawal and Discharge

Condenser cooling water system for RAPS 1 & 2 is based on once through

cooling system. An intake channel of about 295 m length in the reservoir has been

constructed upto RAPS 1 & 2 pump house. For RAPS 3 & 4, the cooling system is based

2.49


on closed loop system with cooling towers and therefore the make up water requirement

is much smaller. The same intake channel of RAPS 1 & 2 serves the requirement of

drawal of water from the lake for RAPS 3 & 4. At the RAPS 1 & 2 pump house, additional

two pumps each of 3000 m3/hour have been provided to draw the water requirement of

RAPS 3 & 4 out of which one is standby. For the units under construction RAPS 5&6,

closed loop system with NDCT for condenser cooling and IDCT for process cooling is

adopted. For the additional units RAPP 7 & 8 closed loop system with NDCT for

condenser cooling and IDCT for process cooling is proposed to be adopted. Based on a

grade elevation of 400m the maximum pumping had about 57 m. This could be optimized

at the design stage. In the case of additional units, one alternative could be to construct a

separate intake channel from the lake and pump house considering that it is away from

the existing units. The length of intake channels is expected to be about 400 m.

Possibility of utilizing the intake system of RAPS 1 & 2 for drawal of water for the

additional units 7&8 and conveying water by pipelines along the shore to the new units

(since the quantity of water to be drawn is on the basis of closed loop system) exists.

Discharge channel for the new units could be suitably engineered or connected with the

discharges for RAPS 1 & 2. However, these arrangements could be finalized at the

design stage.

The existing units RAPS 3 & 4 adopt NDCT for condenser cooling and IDCT for

process cooling. The design wet bulb temperature adopted for NDCT and IDCT of the

existing units are 26.6 °C. Taking into account the operating experience of the existing

units and historical data on the wet bulb temperatures, the design wet bulb temperatures

for the NDCT/IDCT of the proposed expansion need to be optimized for maximizing the

continuous power output.

2.3.4 Geohydrology

Ground water occurs under unconfined water table conditions and depth of water

table is greater than 5 m. With the dip of the strata also being towards the lake, the water

table is not shallow in the high ground in the site area. Proximity to the reservoir results in

the water table rising up but the slope of the ground water is towards the lake.

Geohydrological conditions do not pose any problem at this site.

In RAPS 1 & 2 area where plant grade level is about 362 m, general water table

was about 5 m below the grade level. In RAPS 3 & 4 area where plant grade level is

383.7 m, general water table was found to vary from 356 m to 381 m. As HWL of Rana

Pratap Sagar is 30 m below the plant grade level of 383.7 m, its influence on water table

2.50


in area is found to be insignificant. For RAPS 5 to 8 units, general grade level is around

400 m and water table in the area is observed to be 40 m below ground level.

2.3.5 Baseline Water Quality

Physico-chemical, bacteriological & biological parameters have been determined

to ascertain the baseline status of the existing groundwater and surface water. Sampling

locations for water quality monitoring are shown in the Figure 2.3.1. These sampling

locations are enlisted in the Table 2.3.1. The groundwater quality was assessed by

collecting samples from borewell, dug wells and hand pumps. Three surface water

sampling locations connected to Rana Pratap Sagar namely Gandhi Sagar Dam,

Jawahar Sagar and Bramini river (sampling location at Bhagawatpura) were identified

and samples were collected for various parameters.

2.3.5.1 Physico-chemcial Characteristics of Surface Water

Physico chemical characteristics of surface water for the three seasons are

reported in Tables 2.3.2-2.3.13 respectively. The surface water was mostly alkaline with

pH 7.8-8.3. The temperature of water ranged from 29-31 °C (summer), 29-31 °C (Post

monsoon), and 26-30 °C (winter season). The turbidity of surface water varied from 2.6 to

4.5 NTU except in Brahmini River (23 NTU) in summer season and saddle dam (23 NTU)

in post-monsoon season. The variations in other parameters were: total suspended solids

(1.6-8.0 mg/l), total dissolved solids (120-218 mg/l), and conductivity (240-400 mg/l). The

ranges of inorganic parameters were: total alkalinity (86-138 mg/l), total hardness (50-127

mg/l), chlorides (5-18 mg/l), sulphates (4-22 mg/l), sodium (7-33 mg/l), and potassium (4-

7 mg/l). The nutrients varied as: nitrate (0.3-2.0 mg/l), phosphate (0.24-1.76 mg/l).

Dissolved oxygen and COD were found to vary from 3.8-10.1 mg/l and 10-21 mg/l

respectively. Oil and grease and hydrocarbons were not detected in the water samples.

2.3.5.2 Physico-chemcial characteristics of Groundwater

Physico-chemcial characteristics of groundwater for the three seasons are

reported in Tables 2.3.2.-2.3.13. The pH, temperature and turbidity were observed to

vary from 6.5 to 8.5, 21-32 °C, 1-9.2 NTU during three seasons except at Bhaisrorgarh,

Ambabadi and Gandhisagar colony (26-160 NTU). Total suspended solids ranged from

0.4-12 mg/l, while total dissolved solids and conductivity were observed to vary from 140-

1472 mg/l and 250-2540 uS/cm respectively.

Total alkalinity, total hardness and chlorides (mg/l) were found to vary during

study period in the range of 46-444, 51-586 and 6-547 respectively. Sulphates, sodium

2.51


and potassium were observed to vary in all 3 seasons in the range of 1-160 mg/l, 2-510

mg/l, and 1-92 mg/l respectively.

The nutrients viz. nitrates and total phosphate were observed to vary in study

period in the range of 0.1-47.0 mg/l and ND - 3.06 mg/l respectively. Higher values of

nitrates were recorded at Udpura (47 mg/l) and Tamlao (46 mg/l) in summer season and

higher total phasphate at Gandhisagar No. 8 (3.06 mg/l) in winter season.

COD values ranged from 3-19 mg/l during study period. The heavy metal content

in groundwater was observed to be low and below the stipulated standards for drinking

water.

2.3.5.3 Bacterilogical Characteristics of Surface water

Bacteriological quality of surface water is shown in Tables 2.3.14-2.3.16. The total

coliform density (CFU/100 ml) in surface water varied from 210-610, 150-950 and 360-

1200 in summer, post monsoon, and winter seasons respectively. Whereas faecal

coliforms density (CFU/100ml) varied from 16-84, 10-40 and 21-68 respectively. The

highest total coliforms and faecal coliforms were observed in Saddle dam in winter

season.

2.3.5.4 Bacterilogical Characteristics of Groundwater

Bacteriological quality of groundwater is shown in Tables 2.3.14-2.3.16. The total

coliform density (CFU/100ml) and faecal coliform density (CFU/100ml) were observed to

vary from ND-480, ND - 300, ND-310 and from ND-84, ND-45, ND-71 in summer, post

monsoon and winter seasons respectively. Most of the water samples are not faecally

contaminated except reasonably high faecal pollutation at Mandesara (in winter and

summer seasons), Tamlao (summer and Post monsoon seasons), Jaora (summer),

Nalikheda (summer and post monsoon seasons) and Agra (summer and post monsoon

seasons).

2.3.5.5 Biological Quality of Fresh Water

Biological species viz. phytoplankton and zooplankton which are indicators of

particular water quality are important in environmental impact assessment in view of the

conservation of environmental quality and safety of natural flora and fauna. Information

about the impact on the biological species serves as an inexpensive and efficient early

warning and control system to check the effectiveness of control measures to prevent

damage to a particular ecosystem. Keeping this in view, planktons (phytoplankton and

zooplankton) being good indicators of environmental stress, were included in the study.

2.52


Shannon Weaver Index is a measure of diversity of plankton, which takes into

account the total count, and individual species count in water samples collected from a

particular source.

The Shannon Weaver Index is calculated from the equation :

ND = - 2 (ni/n) log2 (ni/n)

i = 1Where,

ni = Number of individuals of each species in the sample

n = Total number of individuals of all the species in the sample

N = Total number of species in the sample

Surface Water and Groundwater

The observations on phytoplankton population are shown in Table 2.3.17-2.3.19.

Total phytoplankton population density (no/ml) varied from 4183-18578, 1140-2040,

3749-15650 in summer, post monsoon and winter seasons. The phytoplankton density in

Brahmini River is low i.e. 3749-4183 showing that the water quality is relatively good. This

observation is substantiated by dominance of bacillariophyceae (indicator of clean water)

and Shannon Weaver Diversity Index 1.5 to 1.8 showing deficiency of some nutrient (s) in

water body. Jawahar Sagar and Gandhi Sagar supported phytoplankton count (no/ml)

varying from 1140-18578 indicating mesotrophic water quality. The cyanophyceae, the

indicator of organic pollution, is dominant in phytoplankton community showing low level

of organic contamination in these water bodies.

These observations are supported by the zooplankton density (low in Barhmini

River and higher in Jawahar Sagar and Gandhi Sasar) (Tables 2.3.21-2.3.23). Presence

of organic pollution indicator rotifera in Jawahar Sagar and Gandhi Sagar and low values

of Shannon Weaver index in these water bodies.

The list of species of phytoplankton and zooplanton are given in Tables 2.3.20-

2.3.24 respectively. The organic pollution indicator species recorded in Gandhi Sagar and

Jawahar Sagar are Chlorella, Ankistrodemus, Euglena, Anacycstis, Merismopedia,

Oscillatoria, Nitzschia (Phytoplankton), Keratella, Brachionus (Zooplankton).

In case of ground water, planktons are not recorded in any of the water sample.

This may be due to unfavourable underground conditions for their growth.

2.53


2.3.6 Radioactivity in Water Environment

The acceptable concentrations and total activity limits for the radioactive

contaminants in the liquid effluents discharged to water have been evaluated by Health

Physics Division, BARC, Mumbai, depending on the values obtained in the recent study

done in the year 2002. The quantity of wastewater generation and their radiological

characteristics are given in Tables 2.3.25-2.3.26. Total 550 water samples from various

locations were analyzed for H-3 content and the values are given in Table 2.3.27. The

GM of tritium concentrations in the Rajasthan Atomic Power Station main outfall #1 and

#2 are 194 and 189 Bq/I respectively. The tritium activity in surface water at Rana Pratap

Sagar Dam, Bhainsroadgarh, Jaora, Jawahar Sagar Dam and Kota Barrage was

analyzed and GM values ranged from 22 to 98 Bq/I. 60 water samples from domestic

water supplies of Vikram Nagar, Bhabha Nagar, Anu Bhagya, Anu Kiran and Sentab

colony were analyzed for H-3 contents and GM values ranged from 63 to 101 Bq/I

respectively. 45 water samples of liquid effluents from HWP, which traverse through delay

Tank and Baisakhia Nullah and meet lake at Soil Conservation Weir were also monitored

for tritium activity. The GM value recorded was 964 Bq/I and maximum value was 1427

Bq/I at Soil Conservation Weir.

One hundred forty two cumulative lake water samples from Rajasthan Atomic

Power Station Site, Rana Pratap Sagar (RPS) Dam area, RPS downstream area, Gandhi

Sagar, Kota Barrage, barkheda, Jawahar Sagar were analyzed for Sr'89+9°, 1-131 and Cs

-137. The values are given in Table 2.3.28. Two hundred twenty six well and pond water

samples collected from 13 villages within 20 km area around Rajasthan Atomic Power

Station were monitored for H-3 content. The values are summarized in Table 2.3.29.

Twelve well water samples collected from Aklingpura, Mandesara and Udpura were

analyzed for radiocesium and radiostrontium. The levels of radiostrontium and

radiocesium were below detection limit in most of the samples.

2.3.7 Radio-Active Liquid Effluent Management

Waste Management Centralized Facility (WMCF) has been planned to cater to the

radioactive liquid and solid waste management needs of RAPP-3 to 8. The planning is

based on the assumption that on single shift operations RAPP - 3 & 4 needs will be met,

on double shift operation RAPP - 5 & 6 needs will be met and on three shift basis RAPP 7

& 8 needs will be met. However in regard to RAPP 5 & 6 and RAPP 7 & 8, some

augmentation of the treatment facilities may be required which can be decided upon

based on the details of setting up the projects. For RAPP 3 & 4 a storage provision of 2

2.54


weeks has been made. For RAPP 7 & 8 appropriate provisions could be made as part of

the design in setting up these projects.

Liquid effluents having almost negligible activity from WMCF of RAPP 3 & 4 are

filtered through 25 urn size fitters and led into the condenser cooling water outlet channel

of RAPP 1 & 2 which has a flow of about 100,000 rrrVhr where all the CCW pumps of

RAPP 1 & 2 are in operation providing enormous dilution before the treated liquid effluent

is released to the lake. In addition, a solar evaporation facility has been set up at the site

for handling liquid waste having higher activity. The solar evaporation facility consists of

60 nos. of solar evaporation pans (sep) (Size: 6m x 31.25m x 0.6m deep) and 20 no. of

effluent storage tanks (EST) (Size: 6m x 31.25m x 3.1m deep). All pans and tanks are

constructed by RCC in modular form. One module has 3 nos. of Pans and one storage

tank. Effluent comes from LEMP or LESS in upper pan, then overflow in first lower pan,

then second lower pan and then storage tank. The average evaporation rate at the site is

5 mm/day. The site based on the climatic condition offers a significant advantage for solar

evaporation. The residues from liquid effluent after solar evaporation are fixed with

cement and immobilized in 200 L capacity MS compartments or drums in earth-trenches

within the controlled premises of nearby Solid Waste Management Facility (SWAMP).

Since solar evaporation is used continuously and efficiently, the discharge to lake are

maintained below 1% of the prescribed limit given by AERB.

CCW discharge flow of RAPP 1 & 2 will normally be available for discharge of low

level liquid effluents from RAPP 3 to 8. However in the long term, for any reason if this

flow becomes unavailable, the discharges can be laid through respective cooling tower

blow downs and also even otherwise, effluent treatment facility combined with dilution

available in cooling tower, blow down should enable meeting the limits for releases.

The engineering of the plant is based on the storage/containment of liquid

effluents during any off normal conditions and release them only in a controlled rate

meeting the stipulated release limits.

2.3.8 Thermal Pollution

In view of the adoption of cooling towers, thermal pollution of the aquatic

environment does not arise.

2.3.9 Flood Analysis

The design flood for Rana Pratap Sagar is 18,400 rrrVsec (6,40,000 cusecs) which

can be safely passed over the spillway. The top of Rana Pratap Sagar is +357.32 m while

2.55


site elevation varies from + 355 m to +410 m with an average well above the top of the

RPS dam.

Nearest upstream dam of importance to the site is the Gandhisagar dam which is

located at a distance of 40 km upstream of Rana Pratap Sagar Dam. The hydrological

studies carried out by Central Water Commission (CWC) indicate a maximum probable

flood peak discharge of 40,000 m3/sec. (14.15 lakhs cusecs). This is on the assumption of

80% run off factor with 5 days storm duration and intensity of rainfall of 30.28 cms in 2Vi

days. Flood frequency studies carried out by CWC indicate that flood of 43,890 m3/sec,

(15.5 lakhs cusecs) peak discharge will have return period of about 1000 years and flood

of 40,000 m3/sec (14.15 lakhs cusecs) will have return period of about 200 years. The

discharge capacity of Gandhisagar dam spillway at elevation + 400m is around 13,590

m3/sec (4.8 lakhs cusecs). As can be seen, the discharge capacity is less than probable

maximum flood. Hence some guidelines were issued by Govt. of M.P. in the operating

manual of Gandhisagar Dam. Previous Site Selection Committee got the safety of Dam

reviewed by Shri L. G. K. Murthi who opined that it is most unlikely that the dam will be

ever be over topped and that the selected site for Nuclear Power Plant is quite safe.

Further, dam break studies for Gandhisagar Dam were carried out by CWC. The

studies considered that Gandhi Sagar Dam Breaches when water is at FRL and no

breach in RPS reservoir. Under these conditions the water level at RAPP site is 359.46m.

The RAPP 3 & 4 is constructed at 384 m giving a safety margin of 24 m. from the

flood level. RAPP - 5 & 6 elevation is fixed at 392. 7 m. For RAPP - 7 & 8 level may be

kept same as RAPP - 5 & 6 or higher. Based on the contours of the site a grade level of +

400 m. appears probable. This can be decided at the design stage based on techno

economic considerations.

2.56


LEGEND• Sampling Location

"~~" Tar Road""""Earthem Road

Rana Pratap Saaar

Figure 2.3.1: Sampling Locations for Water Environment

2.57


Table 2.3.1

Sampling Locations for Water Environment

S. No

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Sampling Location

Surface Water

Bramini river

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sagar Dam

Ground WaterDugwell

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

Charbhuja

Handpump

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi Sagar No. 8(Residential Colony)

Udpura

Agra

Borav

Direction

EN

NW

ES

W

N

S

N

W

E

ENE

NE

NW

SE

N

SSE

NNE

NW

WSW

W

S

WSW

WSW

WSW

Distance (km) fromPlant Site

19.00

19.5

20.0

5.0

13.0

17.5

7.0

5.0

8.0

10.5

12.0

12.0

12.5

13.00

13.0

18.00

18.0

18.4

19.0

20.0

20.0

25.0

25.5

2.58


Table 2.3.2Water Quality - Physical Parameters

(Summer 2003)

Sr.No. Sampling Location

Surface Water

1

2

3

Bramini river

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sagar Dam

Ground Water

Dugwell

4

5

6

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

7 Charbhuja

Handpump

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda


Udpura

Agra

Borav

PH

8.2

7.9

7.9

8.0

6.7

7.8

7.0

7.8

7.3

8.5

7.1

8.0

8.2

7.8

7.5

6.5

7.5

7.3

7.4

7.6

7.1

7.7

7.3

Tempe-rature

(°C)

29

31

31

29

30

29

29

30

29

28

29

29

27

29

28

29

29

29

29

29

30

29

29

Turbidity

(NTU)

23

4

3

1

2

4

8

5

1

1

1

26

2

1

112

5

2

1

2

160

5

3

4

TotalSuspended

Solids(mg/l)

7

8

4

2

2

1

2

8

2

2

1

3

1

1

9

5

1

1

1

4

1

3

1

TotalDissolved

Solids(mg/l)

218

130

160

560

234

520

150

656

404

642

908

762

356

790

1400

710

936

718

680

538

822

436

910

Condu-ctivity

(nS/cm)

400

250

290

1020

430

950

280

1200

740

1180

1660

1400

650

1440

2540

1300

1710

1310

1250

980

1500

800

1660

2.59



(Post monsoon -2003)

Sr.No. Sampling Location PH

Tempe-rature Turbidity

(NTU)

TotalSuspended

Solids(mg/l)

Total Condu-Dissolved ctivity

Solids (mg/l) (jiS/cm)

Surface water

1. Gandhi sagar Dam

2. Jawahar sagar Dam

3. Saddle Dam

Ground water

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

.2.

23.

Mandesara

Barkheda

Tamalo

Charbhuja

Agra

Udpura Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Chainpura

Kalipura

Borabas

Jaora

Borav

Gandhi Sargar No. 8

Ambabadli

Aklingpura

Jharjhari

Shripura

Saddle dam

Bhainshrodgarh

7.87

7.93

8.24

31

31

29

6.68 30

7.83

8.00

7.00

7.74

7.11

7.34

7.35

7.30

7.12

6.8

7.79

7.27

7.58

7.54

8.18

8.46

7.52

7.80

8.00

29

29

29

29

30

29

24

29

29

29

29

29

29

28

21

28

29

30

21

3

4

23

5

1

2

1

1

5

1

4

160

112

2

1

2

5

26

1

2

2

3

1

1

1

1

5

1

1

4

9

1

2

1

120

124

140

232

392

797

140

486

718

748

736

288

908

760

768

554

276

1472

320

582

895

550

890

250

250

350

400

700

1250

250

700

1100

1100

1150

700

1400

870

1400

1600

750

2400

600

1100

1600

950

1600

2.60



(Winter 2003-2004)

J' Sampling Location

Surface water

'. Gandhi sagar Dam

2. Jawahar sagar Dam

3. Saddle Dam

Ground water

PH

8.2

8.3

8.3

Tempe-rature<°C)

29

26

30

Turbidity(NTU)

3.5

2.6

4.5

TotalSuspended

Solids(mg/l)

4.8

1.6

2.0

TotalDissolved

Solids(mg/l)

200

120

210

Condu-ctivity

(nS/cm)

400

240

400

4. Rana pratep sagar Dam 8.3 27 2.8 12 210 410

5.

6.

7.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

Mandesara

Barkheda

Tamalo

Charbhuja

Bhainsrodgarh

Shripura

Borav

Nalikheda

Ganeshpura

Agra

Udpura

Chainpura

Saddle Dam

Ambavadi

Aklingpura

Jharjani

Jaora

Kalipura

Borabas

8.1

7.9

8.4

8.0

8.2

7.8

7.8

7.8

7.9

7.9

8.3

7.9

8.3

8.2

8.2

8.1

8.2

8.0

8.1

27

29

29

29

25

31

30

26

30

32

31

31

31

32

30

29

30

32

26

1.7

3.5

2.4

3.0

2.6

1.5

2.8

3.6

2.4

8.5

3.0

3.0

1.6

1.8

2.0

3.0

1.1

3.0

9.2

11.6

4.0

6.4

0.4

3.2

2.0

0.8

8.4

7.2

0.4

4.0

3.2

3.2

7.6

5.2

4.0

11.2

3.2

0.4

290

190

850

176

512

640

840

440

470

500

490

332

880

194

870

680

624

590

480

460

380

1680

340

990

1260

1610

890

930

970

960

580

1720

380

1710

1310

1230

1150

920

2.61


Table 2.3.5Water Quality - Inorganic Parameters

(Summer 2003)


Surface Water

1

2

3

Bramini River

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sagar Dam

Ground Water

Dugwell

4

5

6

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

7 Charbhuja

Handpump

8

g

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda


Udpura

Agra

Borav

TotalAlkalinity

138

86

89

117

117

119

56

391

316

385

444

328

253

357

233

150

282

382

383

236

168

270

307

TotalHardness

(as CaCO3)

127

70

61

430

121

133

61

194

280

79

515

322

208

266

463

290

586

453

396

97

320

279

499

CalciumHardness

108

53

38

279

96

74

38

111

206

1

285

229

81

117

334

213

291

335

185

65

212

197

353

Chloride

(mg/l)

16

11

12

113

33

91

16

39

20

76

79

58

34

198

547

53

167

67

81

61

64

35

156

Sulphate

14

6

22

13

12

80

15

88

5

3

27

10

14

3

160

6

11

3

3

79

1

11

70

Sodium

20

17

30

22

28

50

14

134

33

207

88

61

53

171

324

96

50

69

78

142

75

30

124

Pota-ssium

4

4

4

1

5

25

4

10

4

1

20

80

3

20

40

30

20

5

20

10

87

10

5

2.62


Table 2.3.6

Water Quality - Inorganic Parameters(Post monsoon -2003)

Sr.No.

SamplingLocation

Surface water

1.

2

3.

Bramini River

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi SagarDam

Ground water

4.

5.

6.

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

7.

Hand

8.

9

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

1. .

20.

21.

22.

23.

Charbhuja

pump

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi SagarNo. 8(ResidentialColony)

Udpura

Agra

Borav

TotalAlkalinity

Mg/I

79

76

125

107

109

107

46

260

158

' 372

373

306

434

140

347

297

226

223

243

375

272

381

318

Total

Hardness

50

68

100

111

123

320

51

269

310

443

386

270

500

280

256

489

87

453

98

198

576

184

311

Calcium

Hardness

Mg/I

28

45

60

86

64

269

27

187

200

325

175

196

275

200

107

343

55

324

71

71

281

100

219

Chloride

7

5

10

11

55

103

6

16

54

57

53

10

69

43

188

146

51

537

24

24

157

29

48

Sulphate

11

4

7

7

70

4

7

7

1.0

3.0

3.0

5.0

17.0

6.0

3.0

50.0

55.0

17

15

15

11.0

60.0

10.0

Sodium

8

7

11

52

60

2

14

10

65

59

105

7

7

90

510

340

315

420

16

16

40

40

15

Potassium

4

4

4

5

6

1

4

10

60

5

40

40

20

30

20

55

10

40

3

3

20

10

60

2.63


Table 2.3.7Water Quality - Inorganic Parameters

(Winter 2003-2004)

Sr.No.

SamplingLocation

Surface water

1.

2.

3.

Bramini River

JawaharSagar

Gandhi SagarDam

Ground water

Dugwell

4.

5.

Tamlao

Mandesara

Borewell

6. Charbhuja

Handpump

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda


Udpura

Agra

Borav

Total Alkalinit;

Mg/I

115

114

121

119

gg

182

52

181

150

139

169

208

179

254

194

298

74

188

354

246

250

174

Total

Hardness

108

124

107

181

86

466

124

206

478

451

344

302

304

232

299

132

105

463

390

314

322

229

CalciumHardness

Mg/I

66

71

59

131

55

336

50

142

230

341

259

272

240

147

212

52

79

232

107

140

193

148

Chloride

14

17

18

16

20

121

15

62

88

186

48

19

18

26

22

39

19

191

123

67

35

34

Sulphate

19

17

17

3

8

103

7

45

61

107

17

6

8

48

3

55

10

46

36

31

35

58

Sodium

27

31

33

18

15

61

15

80

42

78

17

32

42

79

16

109

15

104

117

84

74

60

Potassium

6

6

7

4

10

56

3

7

11

92

30

3

4

18

3

12

11

7

5

16

7

19

2.64


Table 2.3.8Water Quality - Nutrients and Organic Parameters

(Summer 2003)

Sr.No.

Sampling Location

Surface Water

1

2

Bramini River

Jawahar Sagar

3 Gandhi Sagar Dam

Ground WaterDugwell

4

5

6

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

7 Charbhuja

Handpump

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda


Udpura

Agra

Borav

NitrateasN

2.0

1.0

1.0

46.0

5.0

15.0

5.0

0.1

4.0

10.0

40.0

40.0

3.0

7.0

0.35

38.0

40.0

24.0

19.0

0.15

47.0

10.0

3.0

Total Phosphate

0.24

0.65

0.54

0.11

0.71

1.23

0.09

ND

0.80

0.14

0.96

ND

1.14

0.38

1.99

0.71

ND

0.63

0.48

0.78

0.68

0.53

0.60

DissolvedOxygen

(mg/l)

6.6

5.8

6.4

6.4

4.7

5.6

3.7

3.6

2.8

2.7

2.7

3.7

2.3

2.4

2.8

2.6

2.1

3.7

2.6

3.2

2.8

3.2

2.9

Chemical OxygenDemand

13

16

21

19

12

18

4

4

17

4

13

8

17

15

14

10

5

10

11

10

3

16

11

2.65


Table 2.3.9Quality - Nutrient, Demand and Organic Parameters

(Post monsoon -2003)Sr.No.

Sampling Location

Surface water

1.

2.

3.

Bramini River

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sagar Dam

Ground water

Dugwell

4.

5.

6.

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Bore well

7. Charbhuja

Handpump

8.

9.

10.

11.

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda


Udpura

Agra

Borav

NitrateasN

1.0

1.0

2.0

5.0

15.0

33.0

5.00

10.00

36.0

24.00

19.00

4.0

33.0

32.0

7.00

3.0

0.15

0.35

3.0

10.0

28.0

0.10

25.0

Total Phosphate

0.4

0.5

0.4

0.7

0.11

0.1

0.5

0.6

0.5

0.6

0.8

0.9

0.7

0.6

0.6

0.7

1.4

1.1

0.7

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

DissolvedOxygen

(mg/l)

6.4

3.8

6.6

4.7

3.6

6.4

3.7

3.2

2.8

3.7

2.6

2.8

2.7

2.6

2.4

2.4

3.2

2 8

2.3

2.7

2.1

36

32

ChemicalOxygenDemand

21

16

13

10

16

17

4

14

3

10

11

15

13

10

15

11

10

14

13

4

5

4

8

2.66


Sr.No.

Water Quality -

Sampling Location

Surface water

1.

3.

3

Bramini River

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sgar Dam

Ground water Dugwell

4

5

6

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

7 Charbhuja

Handpump

8

g

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

Saddle darn

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi Sagar No. 8.(Residential Colony)

Udpura

Table 2.3.10Nutrient, Demand and Organic Parameters

(Winter 2003-2004)

NitrateasN

0.4

0.4

0.3

3.9

4.9

36.7

4.5

20.0

18.5

28.0

14.2

10.2

5.9

0.1

7.6

0.3

6.5

26.2

4.6

10.5

0.2

Total Phosphate DissolvedOxygen

0.960

1.755

1.425

1.500

1.905

1.68

1.725

1.140

1.035

1.080

0.975

1.035

1.875

1.125

0.900

1.155

1.275

1.56

2.49

3.06

2.22

(mg/l)

5.3

10.1

9.3

3.4

5.3

1.6

5.3

3.9

2.3

3.9

3

5

2.3

3.4

4.1

3.1

2.6

3.7

3.4

3.4

3.5

ChemicalOxygenDemand

20

10

10

15

15

19

6

10

7

11

11

10

16

3

17

4

14

17

4

15

13

2.67



Surface Water

1

2

3

Bramini River

JawaharSagar

Gandhi Sagar Dam

Ground Water

Dugwell

4

5

6

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

7 Charbhuja

Handpump

8

g

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda


Udpura

Agra

Borav

Water

Cadmium

0.02

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

Table 2Qual i ty- i

.3.11Heavy Metals

(Summer 2003)

Chromium

0.03

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.03

ND

0.12

ND

ND

0.07

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.01

ND

Copper

i

0.03

0.01

0.01

ND

0.01

0.01

ND

ND

0.03

ND

ND

0.11

ND

0.02

0.01

0.02

ND

ND

0.02

ND

0.01

0.01

0.01

Lead

ng/l

0.33

0.03

ND

0.07

0.05

0.04

0.08

0.04

0.14

0.01

0.01

0.06

0.14

0.01

0.03

0.09

0.05

0.07

0.12

0.01

0.02

0.08

0.02

Iron

0.31

0.35

0.03

0.43

9.90

0.90

1.56

1.93

0.88

0.73

0.06

3.60

1.62

0.18

1.57

1.02

0.80

0.10

10.50

0.42

0.99

10.40

0.75

Manganese

0.06

001

0.01

0.02

0.15

0.02

0.08

0.05

0.02

0.03

0.01

0.03

0.12

0.01

0.14

0.17

0.02

0.01

0.06

0.01

0.06

0.09

0.03

Zinc

0.01

0.75

ND

0.86

0.14

0.11

0.11

1.12

1.17

6.02

0.44

0.85

1.14

0.22

0.24

0.27

0.33

0.12

1.03

0.31

0.43

3.88

0.32

ND : Not detected

2.68


Table 2.3.12Water Quality - Heavy Metals

(Post monsoon -2003)Sr.No.

SamplingLocation

Surface water

1.

- •

3.

Bramii River

JawaharSagar

Gandhi SagarDam

Ground water

4.

5.

6.

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

7.

Hand

8.

9.

10

11.

12.

13.

14.

•5.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

- 2

23

Charbhuja

pump

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda


Udpura

Agra

Borav

Cad-mium

0.10

ND

ND

0.03

ND

ND

ND

0.06

0.01

0.03

0.03

0.08

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.01

0.02

0.06

0.01

0.03

0.06

0.01

0.06

Chro-mium

0.02

0.03

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.01

ND

ND

0.03

ND

ND

ND

0.01

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.01

ND

ND

Copper

0.03

0.01

0.01

ND

0.03

ND

ND

ND

0.1

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.02

0.02

ND

0.10

0.02

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

Cobalt

«

ND

0.01

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.01

ND

ND

0.08

ND

ND

0.05

ND

0.04

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.06

0.05

ND

Nickel

Mg/I

.02

0.05

0.01

0.03

0.02

0.01

0.02

0.01

0.03

0.04

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.03

0.02

ND

ND

ND

ND

0.06

0.03

Lead

0.2

0.5

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.2

0.4

0.03

0.02

0.6

0.6

0.4

0.08

0.3

0.06

0.3

0.04

0.4

0.03

0.3

0.1

0.02

Iron

0.3

0.5

0.3

6.0

8.8

209

10.9

4.0

16.0

0.6

0.08

1.15

2.7

3.15

50

0.10

1 13

11.0

2.0

2.3

4.0

3.6

2.2

Mang-enese

0.08

0.8

0.6

0.20

0.20

12.0

0.30

2.3

0.30

6.0

3.5

0.40

0.30

4.0

0.25

0.18

0.15

5.3

0.18

0.23

6.3

0.13

0.40

Zinc

1.15

0.6

0.8

4.0

2.0

20.0

42.0

2.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

4.0

3.0

3.0

75.0

4.0

41.0

2.0

4.0

3.0

ND

ND

2.5

2.69


ST.kinNO.

Sampling Location

Surface water

1.

2.

3.

4.

Gandhi sagar dam

Jawahar sagar dam

Saddle dam

Rana pratap sagardam

Groundwater Dugwell

5.

6.

7.

Mandesara

Barkheda

Tamalo

Borewell

8. Charbhuja

Handpump

9.

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Bhainsrodgarh

Shripura

Borav

Nalikheda

Ganeshpura

Agra

Udpura

Chainpura

Saddle dam

Ambavadi

Aklingpura

Jharjani

Jaura

Kalipura

Borabas

Table 2.3.13

Water Quality - Heavy Metals

(Winter 2003-2004)

Nickel

0.32

0.02

0.04

0.05

0.13

0.02

1.11

0.74

0.06

0.42

ND

0.03

0.07

0.02

0.14

0.2

1.72

0.02

0.01

0.001

0.01

0.05

0.12

Cadm-ium

0.02

0.02

0.01

0.01

0.02

0.18

0.05

0.05

ND

0.03

0.20

0.02

0.02

0.01

0.03

0.05

0.26

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.004

0.38

0.005

Chrom-ium

0.03

0.02

0.02

0.02

0.10

0.03

0.98

0.46

0.05

0.22

0.005

0.05

0.08

0.18

0.08

0.09

3.66

0.04

0.02

0.03

0.03

0.03

0.24

Copper

0.025

0.02

0.03

0.03

0.054

0.02

0.02

0.32

0.03

0.16

0.01

0.03

0.03

0.01

0.06

0.07

1.63

0.02

0.01

0.013

0.01

0.02

0.02

Lead Iron

(mg/l)

0.026

0.3

0.5

0.4

0.46

ND

2.06

2.99

0.57

1.12

0.01

0.37

0.36

0.20

0.62

0.7

3.46

0.21

0.10

0.26

0.10

0.42

0.16

1.71

0.82

0.71

0.91

12

3.33

81.5

56.9

5.13

23.3

ND

0.94

2.94

0.12

7.76

2.1

2.31

16.4

2.6

1.93

1.11

0.04

0.62

Mangan-ese

0.102

0.12

0.15

0.20

0.22

0.03

20.25

1.738

0.57

12.8

ND

0.20

0.21

0.22

0.24

0.20

2.31

0.01

0.08

1.57

0.48

3.09

0.14

Zinc

-

2.1

0.9

0.8

6.73

2.77

34.66

56.6

7.63

18.52

ND

5.29

3.51

ND

134.42

2.0

77.06

ND

2.0

0.48

ND

ND

0.17

Cob-alt

0.02

0.07

0.09

0.06

0.08

0.02

0.47

0.31

0.03

0.15

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.02

0.07

0.08

1.09

0.08

0.07

0.02

0.01

0.06

0.07

2.70


Table 2.3.14

Water Quality - Bacteriology(Summer 2003)

Sr. No. Sampling Locations Total Coliform Faecal Coliform

CFU/100ml

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

22

21

23

Surface Water

Bramini River

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sagar Dam

Ground WaterDugwell

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Bore well

Charbhuja

Handpump

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi SagarNo. 8 (Residential Colony)

Agra

Udpura

Borav

210

610

370

90

480

ND

60

30

ND

120

ND

70

ND

280

20

ND

ND

210

310

60

140

80

ND

24

84

16

20

84

ND

ND

ND

20

ND

ND

ND

56

ND

ND

ND

16

44

ND

56

ND

ND

2.71


Table 2.3.15Water Quality - Bacteriology

(Post-monsoon 2003)

Sr.

No.

Sampling Location

Surface water

1

2

3

4

5

Brahmini River

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sagar

Saddle Dam

Rana Pratap Sagar

Groundwater Dugwell

6

7

8

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

9 Charbhuja

Handpump

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhiansrodgarh

Aklingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi SagarNo. 8 (Residential Colony)Agra

Udpura

Borav

Total

Coliform

(CFU/100

150

310

250

950

670

45

270

300

Faecal

Coliform

ml)

15

30

10

40

15

ND

45

ND

35 ND

40

ND

60

140

30

110

ND

150

ND

ND

50

65

40

45

50

ND

5

ND

7

ND

ND

ND

15

ND

ND

ND

ND

18

ND

22

ND

ND

2.72


Sr. No.

Surface

1

2

3

4

Dugwell

5

6

7

Table 2.3..16Water Quality - Bacteriology

(Winter 2003-2004)

Sampling Locations

Water

Gandhisagar Dam

Jawaharsagar Dam

Sadie Dam

Rana Pratap Sagar Dam

Mandesara

Barkheda

Tamlao

Borewell

8 Charbhuja

Handpump

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

Bhainsrodgarh

Shrifwra

Borav

Nalikheda

Ganeshpura

Agra

Udpura

Chainpura

Saddle Dam

Ambavadi

Aklinghura

Jharjani

Jaora

Kalipura

Borahas

Dugwell

TotalColiform

FaecalColiform

CFU/100ml

900

360

1200

800

82

4

30

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

280

200

ND

ND

310

ND

ND

65

40

68

21

71

ND

3

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

2.73


Sr.No.

SamplingLocation

Surface Water

1

2

3

Brahmini River

Jawahar SagarDam

Gandhi SagarDam

Ground Water

Dug

4

5

6

Well

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Bore Well

7

Hand

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Charbhuja

I Pump

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhainsrodgarh

Akhingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi SagarNo. 8

Udpura

Agra

Borav

- AbsentND - Not Detected

WaterTable 2.3.17

Quality - Phytoplankton(Summer 2003)

Total Percentage composition of Differentphytoplankton/ml Groups

4,183

16,967

18,578

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

Bacillario- Cyanoph-phyceae yceae

83.14

1.66 96.95

9.39 71.57

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Chloro-phyceae

16.85

1.38

9.64

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ShannonWeaver

Index

1.5

2.3

2.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.74


Table 2.3.18Biological parameters - Phytoplanktons

(Post Monsoon 2003)

Sr.No.

Samplinglocation

Surface water

1

2

3

Jawahar SagarDam

Rana PratapSagar Dam

Gandhi SagarDam

Groundwater Dugwell

4

5

6

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Borewell

7 Charbhuja

Handpump

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhainsrodgarh

Akhingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi SagarNo. 8

Udpura

Agra

Borav

Phytoplankton(No./ml)

1520

2040

1140

60

ND

300

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

Percentage

Bacillario-phyceae

4

-

-

67

ND

7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CompositionGroupsCyano-

phyceae

10

-

7

33

ND

7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

of Different

Chloro-phyceae

86

100

93

-

ND

87

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ShannonWeaver

Diversity Index

0.756

0.000

0.368

0.919

ND

0.698

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.75


Sr.No.

Samplinglocation

Surface water

1

2

3

Brahmini River

Jawahar SagarDam

Gandhi SagarDam

Ground water

4

5

6

Bore

7

Hand

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

•8

19

20

21

22

23

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Well

Charbhuja

Pump

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhainsrodgarh

Akhingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi SagarNo. 8

Udpura

Agra

Borav

Water i

Table 2.3.19

Quality Phytoplankton

(Winter 2003-2004)

Phytoplankton(No./ml)

3749

13780

15650

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

Percentage CompositionGroups

Bacillario-phyceae

76

4

11

ND

ND

ND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Cyano-phyceae

-

76

67

ND

ND

ND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

of different

Chloro-phyceae

24

10

22

ND

ND

ND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ShannonWeaver

Diversity Index

1.8

2.5

2.3

ND

ND

ND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.76


Table 2.3.20List of Species Identified

(Phytoplanktons)

Group

Chlorophyceae

Euglenophyceae

Cyanophyceae

Bacillariophyceae

Species

1) Chlorella sp.

2) Ankistrodesmus sp.

1) Euglena sp.

1) Anacystis sp.

2) Merismopedia sp.3) Oscillotoria sp.

1) Nitrschia sp.2) Diatoma sp.

3) Stephanodiscus sp.

2.77


Table 2.3.21Water Quality - Zooplankton

(Summer 2003)

Sr.No.

Samplinglocation

Surface Water

1

2

3

Bramini River

JawaharSagar

Gandhi SagarDam

Ground Water

Dug Well

4

5

6

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Bore Well

7

Hand

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Charbhuja

Pump

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhainsrodgarh

Akhingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi SagarNo. 8

Udpura

Agra

Borav

Totalzooplankton

(no/m3) "

ND

24,000

84,000

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

Percentage

Cladocera

-

12.5

7.14

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Composition of Different Groups

Copepoda

-

75.00

46.42

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Rotifera

-

12.5

46.42

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ShannonWeaver Index

-

1.545

2.254

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- AbsentND - Not Detected

2.78


Table 2.3.22Biological parameters - Zooplankton

(Post Monsoon 2003)

Sr.No. Sampling Station

Surface water

1

2

3

4

Jawahar SagarDam

Gandhi Sagar Dam

Rana Pratap SagarDam

Saddle Dam

Groundwater Dugwell

5

6

7

Bore

8

Hand

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Tamlao

Mandesara

Barkheda

Well

Charbhuja

Pump

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhainsrodgarh

Akhingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi Sagar No.8

Udpura

Agra

Borav

Total Zooplankton(no/m3)

3000

1500

3000

1500

3000

4500

6000

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

Percentage Compositionof Different Groups

Rotifera

100

100

-

-

-

100

50

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Copepoda

-

-

100

100

100

-

50

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ShannonWeaver

Diversity Index

1.8

2.0

1.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.79


Sr.No.

SamplingStation

Surface water

1

2

3

Brahmini River

Jawahar SagarDam

Gandhi SagarDam

Ground water Dugwell

4

5

6

Bore

7

Barkheda

Mandesara

Tamlao

Well

Charbhuja

Handpump

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Chainpura

Saddle Dam

Jharjhani

Kolipura

Bhainsrodgarh

Akhingpura

Jaora

Ambabadi

Borabas

Shripura

Ganeshpura

Nalikheda

Gandhi SagarNo. 8

Udpura

Agra

Borav

Table 2.3.23

Water Quality - Zooplankton

(Winter 2003-2004)

Total Zooplankt(no/m3)

12750

18950

68498

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

ND

on Percentage CompositionGroups

Nauplius

35

15

23

ND

ND

ND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Keratella

65

74

39

NDNDND

-

--

--

-----

---

-

-

--

of Different

Brachionus

-

11.0

38.0

ND

ND

ND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ShannonWeaver

Diversity Index

1.6

1.8

1.6

ND

ND

ND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.80


Table 2.3.24List of Species Identified

(Zooplankton)

Group and Name ofspecies

Copepoda

Rotifara

1) Cyclop

2) Nauplius

1) Keratella

2) Brachionus

Table 2.3.25

Quantity of Wastewater Generation (Unite wise) and its Characterization

Year

2000

2001

2002

RAPS 1 & 2(m3)

28942.03

34682.54

25618.05

RAPS 3 & 4(m3)

7534.31

13486.21

18583.60

RAPP 5 & 6(m3)

31.50

10.50

8.50

WMF (m3)

225.0

424.14

140.05

TOTAL (m3)

36732.840

48603.39

44350.20

Surce : Environmental Survey Laboratory BARC, RAPS

Table 2.3.26

Specific Activity Contained in Liquid Waste

Year

2000

2001

2002

RAPS

Tritium(Bq/ml)

2529.58

2603.15

2600.16

1 & 2

GrossP-Y

(Bq/ml)

0.116

0.235

0.18

RAPS

Tritium(Bq/ml)

163.26

904.5

2411.32

3&4

GrossP-Y

(Bq/ml)

0.061

0.075

0.48

RAPP

Tritium(Bq/ml)

0.00

0.00

ND

5&6

GrossP-Y

(Bq/ml)

25.15

17.934

0.85

WMF

Tritium(Bq/ml)

2524.71

13984.8

275.87

GrossP-Y

(Bq/ml)

0.045

0.444

0.002

Surce : Environmental Survey Laboratory BARC, RAPS

2.81


Table 2.3.27Concentration of H-3 in Water Samples Collected Around RAPP

Environment During 2002

Sr.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Location

Main Outfall unit -I

Main Outfall unit II

Reactor Coolant Fore Bay

RAPP 3 & 4 Pump house

Ground water seepage near Jetty

IDCT 3 & 4 Blow down

NDCT 3 & 4 Blow down

1.6 km upstream of RAPP

1.6 km downstream of RAPP

Saddle dam

RPS dam Bhabha Nagar End

RPS dam Vikram Nagar End

Sentab Bridge

Bhainsroadgarh

Jaora

Barkheda (RPS)

RPS at Gandhi Sagar

Gandhi Sagar

Jawahar Sagar Dam

Kota Barrage

No. of

Total

52

52

53

53

53

42

53

4

4

24

26

26

24

24

24

4

4

4

12

12

Samples

BDL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

2

1

1

3

4

2

2

Max.

Bq/I

612

509

234

1077

12039

837

925

122

220

142

230

220

181

142

177

66

68

-

61

177

GM

Bq/I

194

189

80

176

459

175

290

95

128

89

96

98

63

49

51

41

22

-

36

36

GSD

1.5

1.5

1.6

2.2

2.4

1.8

1.8

1.3

1.8

1.3

1.5

1.5

1.7

1.9

1.8

1.9

1.8

-

1.6

2.0

Source : BARC, Mumbai

2.82


Table 2.3.28

Concentration of Sr-89+90,1-131 & Cs-137 in Water Samples Collected

Around RAPP Environment During 2002

Radio

NuclideLocation

No. of Samples Max. GM GSD

Total BDL Bq/I Bq/I

Sr-89+90 RAPP site area

1.6kmU/S

1.6 km D/S

RPS dam area (5 km D/S)

RPS downstream area

(Jawahar Sagar 13 km U/S)

Barkheda(18kmU/S)

Jawahar Sagar (20 km D/S)

Gandhi Sagar (20 km U/S)

Kota Barrage (40 km D/S)

1-131 RAPP Site Area

RPS.dam area (5 km D/S)

RPS downstream area

(Jawahar Sagar 13 km D/S)

Cs-137 RAPP site area

1.6 km U/S

1.6 km D/S

RPS dam area (5 km D/S)

RPS downstream area

(Jawahar Sagar 13 km U/S)

Barkheda(18kmU/S)

Jawahar Sagar (20 km D/S)

Gandhi Sagar (20 km U/S)

Kota Barrage (40 km D/S)

52

4

4

25

24

24

24

4

12

4

12

51

4

4

25

24

4

12

4

12

53

25

4

12

4

12

51

25

24

53

4

4

25

30

4

4

20

5.0

6.6

1.5

2.6

52.9 4.6

11.0 3.0

22 4.0 2.6

1.1

1.1

2.1

1.4

1.1

11 3.1 2.5 1.1

4

11 3.6 2.6 1.1


2.83


Table 2.3.29

Concentration of H-3 in Well and Pond Water Samples Collected Around

RAPP Environment During 2002

Sr.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Location

Wells

Tamlao (5 km)

Baheliya (8 km)

Chainpura (8 km)

Jharjhani (10 km)

Barodiya (12 km)

Aklingpura (13 km)

Mandesara (13 km)

Shripura (15 km)

Ganeshpura (16 km)

Barkheda (18 km)

Udpura (20 km)

Borabas (20 km)

Ponds

Baroli

Tamlao

Jharjhani

No. of i

Total

25

4

25

24

24

14

15

12

4

4

4

12

20

19

20

Samples

BDL

2

4

23

16

14

14

15

-

4

3

4

12

0

1

2

Max.

Bq/I

67

-

34

96

57

-

34

-

-

19

-

-

220

285

99

GM

Bq/I

34

-

-

19

19

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

60

53

35

GSD

1.5

-

-

1.5

1.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1.6

1.8

1.7

Source BARC, Mumbai

2.84


2A Land Environment


Pre-operational studies on land environment have been carried out within the

impact zone of 25 km radius of proposed site of Rajasthan Atomic Power Project units 7

& 8. The studies include assessment of overall baseline environmental status of land

environment and secondary data on soil radioactivity.

The terrain is featureless gently sloping towards the reservoir, i.e. westemly

direction. The slope is governed by the dip of the rocks and is characterized by open

grassy land with very thin soil cap above the bed rock. The area is traversed by shallow

gently sloping Nallahs carrying monsoon runoff from upper catchment to the river

Chambal at intervals of a few hundred meters. The site is made up of flat bedded openly

folded Kaimur sandstone (Chittor fort sandstones) of Vindhyan super group. The

Chittorgarh sandstone is exposed in an area up to 8.5 km east of Rajasthan Atomic

Power Station reservoir and about 30 km along the reservoir, upstream of the dam.

Generally in the area warping of bedding surface is observed. At the plant site, south

westemly dips varying from 3 to 8 degrees have been observed. The sandstones are

moderate to thickly bedded and devoid of thick shale parting down to a depth of 40 m.

Localized thin shale layers few mms in thickness are not uncommon. The thickness of the

Chittorgarh fort sand stones exceeds 65 m. The sandstone is greyish white to buff colour

in upper reaches followed by pink and reddish brown coloured quartzite sand stones with

blotches in lower regions. It is fine to medium grained in texture.

The geological structure of the region reveals that the soil characteristics differ

from place to place. The soil on plateau and plains consists mostly of sandy clay and

clay, often mixed with stones and gravel, whereas the soil found in the low lying areas

and in the river basins is black which is very fertile. Most often there is only a thin layer of

soil on plateau. Hill soils (Lithosols) are found on and at the foot hills of the hill ranges

falling in the study area. The colour of soils vary from reddish to yellowish red to yellowish

brown. These soils are sandy loam to clay loam in texture and well drained. Cultivation of

crops in these soils is very much restricted due to shallow nature of these soils and

presence of stones on the surface.

2.85

NEER1 Chapter 2: Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

2.4.2 Geology

The site lies on the Kaimur Sandstone of Vindhyan Supergroup. The terrain within

300 km radius exposes Mangalwar Supergroup to Quaternary sediments. The basement

components are represented by greenstone belt of Hindoli, Bundelkhand granite massif,

unclassified gneissic complex of Mangalwar and composite Batholithic Complex of

Berach. The Aravalli fold belt lies to the west and SW on the site. The isolated patches of

Delhi fold belt striking NE-SW is exposed to the west and northwest of the site. Both the

Aravalli and Delhi sequences expose ultramafic rocks along narrow liner belts. The Delhi

rocks are invaded by late to post tectonic Erinpura, Sendra, Ambaji and Annasagar

granites. Along the southern fringe of the Aravalli Fold belt, synkinermatic acidic event is

mainly represented by Godhra Granite to the SW of the site. Marwar Super group lying

NW of the site represents Proterozoic self facies covers in intracratonic sags. Deccan

TRAPP occupying a vast area to the east and south of the site. Folded volcano-

sedimentary pile in intracratonic abortive rift within Deccan Trap terrain covers sequence

also include Cenozoic alluvial pericratonic fill on attenuates continental crust covering the

area in the Chambal and Kalisindh River courses and the quaternary cover occupying the

alluvial plains.

Geologically the area exposes, NNW-SSE trending buff to reddish brown coloured

quartzitic sandstones of Kaimur stage of upper Vindhyan group (each Paleozoic) having a

gentle dip of 5° - 8° (towards reservoir) in WSW direction. Shaly partings occur in

between the sandstone units but are generally infrequent and partly developed. Detailed

sub soil investigations were carried out before undertaking construction of RAPS 1 & 2 as

well as RAPS 3 & 4. These investigations have revealed that the rocks are jointed, giving

rise to blocky weathering. However, soil development is poor and even the weathered

zone is of very insignificant thickness (0.2 to 0.3 m) at the outcrop level, the quartzitic

sand stones are both cross bedded and ripple marked. Based on borehole data it is

observed that upto a depth of 16.00 mm they are buff white coloured, underlain by

reddish ferruginous banded quartzites and from 16 to 30 m depth without any shaly

partings. These findings have been further confirmed during construction of plant

structures of unit 1 & 2 as well as unit 3 & 4. Further a detailed subsoil investigation in

areas of proposed units 5 to 8 have been carried out by Echidna Company India Limited.

Total 54 boreholes have been dug in RAPS 5 & 8. Bore holes of depth upto 105 m have

been dug. Double Packer Permeability Tests, Pressure Meter Tests and Lab tests on

rock samples collected have been conducted. As in the case of RAPS-1 to 4 the

2.86


foundation for the reactor structures will be provided by the buff to reddish brown

coloured hard quatzites, which is quite suitable. The RQD and Core recovery for a typical

bore hole (Bore hole no. 18) located in RB-8 at a RL of about 380 m (near to founding

level of RB-8) indicate values of 99% and 95% respectively. And more or less same is the

range in other boreholes. Later on detailed subsoil investigations have been carried out

for RAPS-5 & 6 for confirming subsoil parameters for RAPS- 5 & 6 and they are in line

with above findings.

2.4.3 Baseline Data

Fifteen sampling locations within 25 km radius of the proposed project site were

identified for collection of soil samples. The sampling locations are shown in

Figure 2.4.1 and their details are reported in Table 2.4.1.

2.4.4 Physical Characteristics

Physical characteristics of soil samples are delineated through specific

parameters, viz., particle size distribution, texture, bulk density, porosity and water

holding capacity. The particle size distribution in terms of percentage of sand, silt and clay

is furnished in Table 2.4.2 and depicted in Figure 2.4.2. It is observed that soil texture

varied from sandy clay loam to sandy loam.

Regular cultivation practices increase the bulk density of soils, thus, inducing

compaction. This results in reduction in water percolation rate and penetration of

root through soils. The bulk density of soils in the region is found to be in the range of

1.39-1.54 gm/cm3 which is considered as moderately good.

Soil porosity is a measure of air filled pore spaces and gives information about

movement of gases, inherent moisture, development of root system and strength of soil.

Variations in soil porosity are presented in Table 2.4.2. The porosity and water holding

capacity of soils are in the range 32-53 % and 22 - 43 % respectively. The soils in the

impact zone have loam (40%), clay (26%), sandy loam/silt loam (34%), texture with

moderate to low water holding capacity.

2.4.5 Chemical Characteristics

Data was collected for chemical characterization of soils through select

parameters, viz. pH, electrical conductivity, soluble anions and cations, cation exchange

capacity (CEC), exchangeable cations, exchangeable sodium percentage, nutrients,

organic content and heavy metals and the same is presented in Tables 2.4.3-2.4.6.

2.87


pH is an important parameter indicative of the alkaline or acidic nature of the soil.

It greatly affects the microbial population as well as the solubility of metal ions and

regulates nutrient availability. Variation of pH of soils in the study area is presented in

Table 2.4.3 and it was observed to be neutral to slightly alkaline (within the range of 6.6

to 8.7) thus indicating that the soils are conducive for the growth of plants.

Electrical conductivity, a measure of soluble salts in the soils, is in the range of 0.2

to 1.3 mS/cm as seen from Table 2.4.3.

Variations in Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) of the soils are presented in

Table 2.4.4. Amongst the exchangeable cations, Ca2+ and Mg2+ are observed to be in the

range of 4.2 to 33.5 meq/100 gm and 0.9 to 14.1 meq/100 gm and for Na+ and K+, the

values of CEC are in the range of 0.2 to 0.6 and 0.02 to 0.25 meq/100 gm of soil

respectively. Exchangeable sodium percentage ranged from 1.0 to 3.9 indicating that the

soils are free from sodicity.

Organic matter present in soil influences its physical and chemical properties. It

commonly accounts for as much as one third or more of the cation exchange capacity of

the surface soils and is responsible for stability of soil aggregates. Organic matter and

available nitrogen in soil samples vary in the range of 0.4 to 1.5 % and 29.1 to 59.8 kg/ha.

Available phosphorus and patassium vary from 1.2 to 42.9 kg/ha and 6.2 to 374.3 kg/ha

respectively. This shows that the soils are good in organic matter but low in nutrient

content. The fertility status of soils is presented in Table 2.4.5.

Plants require some of the heavy metals at microgram levels for their metabolic

activities. These heavy metals are termed as micronutrients. Their deficiency becomes a

limiting factor for plant growth, but at the same time their higher concentration in soils

may lead to toxicity for plant growth. Levels of heavy metals in soils are presented in

Table 2.4.6

2.4.6 Microbiological Characteristics

Microbiological characteristics of soil samples are given in Table 2.4.7. Different

microorganisms play an important role in biotransformation of inorganic and organic

matter in the soil and convert it into simplest form, for other organisms and plants, for

example, stabilization of organic matter, nitrogen fixation, and production of growth

promoting factors. The study reveals that most of the soil samples contain high density of

total viable count (TVC) and fungi, whereas low density of actinomycetes, rhizobium and

2.1


azotobacter. Thus the soils are biologically active but comparatively less productive in

nature.

2.4.7 Radioactivity in Terrestrial Environment

Terrestrial ecosystem forms the major sink for radionuclides for all types of

releases i.e. into water, land or air either through seepages, water use, precipitation or

impaction. Plants receive these radionuclides either through roots or impaction on

surfaces. Here these radionuclides are retained until they find their way to another chain

i.e. animal or man or through animal to man. Based upon the annual reports of off site

environmental and micrometeoroiogical studies at Rawatbhata site done by Health

Physics Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai (1999 - 2003), it is inferred

that the concentration of Sr89*90 was not detected in milk except 1998, but Cs134+137 levels

registered little variation through these years. The maximum value of Cs134+137 was

recorded in 1999 and minimum in 2002. In case of cereals, the trend in Cs134+137 activity

exhibited maximum levels in 2001 and minimum in 2002. Sr89+90 was not detected from

cereals, except in 2002. In meat and fish samples, Sr89+90 was not detected and there was

not much variation in Cs134+13? values. In egg samples values showed up and down trend.

Radioactivity levels in vegetables grown in the region varies with respect to Sr89+90 and

Csi34+i37. The values pertaining to concentration of Sr89+90 and Cs134+137 in dietary items of

samples collected during 1998-2002 are indicated in Tables 2.4.8 to 2.4.12 year wise.

From these we find that no definite trend is observed in any of these samples. However,

the values recorded are much below the permissible limits. Apart from these samples,

several soil samples were collected during 1999 - 2003, from farms within 30 km from the

project site and they were analyzed by gamma ray spectrometry. Except Cs137 no other

anthropogenic gamma emitters were detected. The mean activity due to Cs137 in these

years was found to be 4.5 Bq/kg whereas Cs134 and Co60 were not detected.

2.4.8 Solid Wastes

The radioactivity in terrestrial environment due to the power plant would

significantly depend on the disposal of active materials from the plant as solid waste. The

conditioning and disposal of the solid waste is carried out with an objective to minimize

the possibility of the release of activity to the biosphere. Waste isolation depends on the

performance of the overall disposal system consisting of three major components, viz. the

waste package, including the waste form in a suitable container, the repository including

2.89


engineered barriers, and the host rock soil and surrounding geo-hydrological

characteristics of the site.

Initially, the existing Solid Waste Management Facility at Rawatbhata shall be

used for disposal of soild waste generated from RAPP 7 & 8. However, the Solid Waste

Management Facility for RAPP 7 & 8 will be integrated with the existing solid waste

management facility at this site. This area will be developed in stages. Presently total

quantity of radioactive solid waste generation (volume per unit) is 90.985 m3 (2000),

95.532 m3 (2001), and 97.327 m3 (2002).

Types of solid wastes

Solid waste is categorized on the basis of its on contact surface radiation dose

rate and its physical characteristics. These are Category - I : Waste with surface dose rate

upto 2 mGy/h (200 mR/h) : For the purpose of segregation at source this waste is further

divided into two groups viz. compactable waste and non-compactable waste, Category-ll:

Waste with surface dose rate more than 2 mGy/h (200 mR/h) but less than 0.02 Gy/h (2

R/h) and Category -III: Waste with surface dose rate more than 0.02 Gy/h (2R/h). This

category is further sub divided into two groups viz. waste packages with surface dose rate

upto 0.5 Gy/h (50 R/h) and waste packages having surface dose rate more than 0.5 Gy/h

(50 R/h).

Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd. shall establish correlation factors and

periodically validate solid wastes to achieve radiochemical characterization and estimate

curie content of the wastes based on dose measurement of disposal container and actual

wet analysis data. These data will be utilized to assess the safety aspects of the waste

repository. The solid waste is expected to be free from alpha contamination. After

collection, the waste will be transported to the Waste Management Plant (WMP) building

where it is received, treated and then taken to the Solid Waste Management Facility

(SWMF) area for final storage/disposal of the solid/solidified radioactive waste.

The objective of the segregation is to segregate the category I waste into

compactable and non compactable groups. It is to be noted that, as far as possible, the

segregation of the waste will be done at the point of origin, that is at the main plant itself

to reduce unnecessary exposure/spread of contamination.

Regular analysis of radioactive waste is carried out and characterization of

radioactive solid waste is given in Table 2.4.13.

2.90


Waste processing

For volume reduction of solid waste a hydraulic baling press with variable

compaction force upto 75 tonnes will be provided before disposal. Routine and preventive

maintenance works are carried out in waste management facilities, catering to RAPS-1 to

4. Baling machine is being operated regularly to bale compressible waste received from

RAPS 1-2 and RAPS 3-4 and it is operating satisfactorily.

Disposal

Solid wastes after treatment and conditioning will be disposed off in the Solid

Waste Management Facility area in earthen trenches/RCC trenches/vaults tile holes

depending on their surface dose rates. After filling of the trenches/vaults with waste, they

will be suitably sealed permanently with proper water proofing as per established

practices.

The dose rate on the top of the sealed earth trenches and RCC vaults would not

exceed 0.025 mGy/h (2.5 mR/h). Waste of category I will be disposed off in earth

trenches /RCC vaults trenches. Waste of category II and III solid /solidified wastes will be

disposed off in RCC vaults/ trenches. Waste packages (above 50 R/hr) will be disposed

off in tile holes.

Augmented SWMF site also will be provided with an array of bore wells to monitor

migration, if any, of the radionuclides from the facility. Provision of (i) stand pipes in RCC

- Trench walls and (ii) ground water drains off collection near and around RCC trench

bottom will be incorporated in the design of SWMF to facilitate detection of breach in

engineered barriers/migration of radio nuclides from the engineered barriers.

Similarly, need of disposal of large size contaminated components like end

fittings, end shields, etc. also will be part of the scheme for coolant channel disposal.

Scheme for disposal of any other such non routine components will be evolved and

finalized and due approval of regulatory authority will be obtained as required.

The SWMF area will be fenced and necessary access control procedures will be

established.

2.91


2.4.9 Solid Waste Management

There is already a Solid Waste Management Plant (SWAMP) set up at the site to

meet the requirement of RAPP - 1 & 2 and RAPP 3 & 4. This could be suitably

augmented to suit the needs for additional 700 MWe PHWRs units. The substrata is

rocky and water table is low. In building substructures, engineering measures such as

earth filling, consolidation, grouting etc. are required and are feasible (as has been done

for the existing units) for preventing migration of radio-nuclides. In addition bore wells are

also provided all around the structure to monitor the migration if any of radio-nuclides.

The area at SWAMP amounting to 5 ha has been earmarked for future expansion also.

This will meet the needs of RAPP - 7 & 8.

2.4.10 Land Use

In general the terrain is rocky with little soil coverage dotted by occasional shrubs

except in the monsoon when the green pastures though for short duration, do permit the

grazing of cattle.

The land within 10 km consists mainly of barren, and forest land with some small

extent of agricultural land at Tamlao village and Charbhuja village. About 30-40% of the

area falls within the waterspread of Rana Pratap Sagar. The main agricultural produce

are maize, wheat, barley and taramira. The total agricultural produce per annum is about

250 to 300 t/yr. Beyond 10 km, there is a valley in the east and fields in the north and

west where mainly rain fed crops are grown at a few places. Where the reservoir or well

waters are available, other crops and vegetables are also produced to a limited extent.

The area is sparsely populated with average population distribution of 60

persons/sq.km. In the 30 km radial distance of RAPP, There is negligible population

within 5 km radial distance from RAPP. There is no population within 1.6 km exclusion

zone around RAPP site. Even upto 15 km total population is only 60000 as per 1991

census and majority of this about 36000 is in NNW sector comprising mainly of

Rawatbhata (Bhaba Nagar) at about 6 km from RAPP.

2.4.10.1 Landuse Pattern Study Using Remote Sensing Data

The traditional techniques for mapping the landuse ranging from sample surveys

to systematic total area surveys are generally expensive and time consuming to follow

desired schedules and susceptible to human factors. Again, it's not possible to map the

landuse landcover of the previous dates due to non-availability of archived data. Hence,

2.92


use of remote sensing data becomes much more beneficial.

The different features on earth's surface reflect different amount of

electromagnetic radiations depending upon their physical and chemical properties.

Remote sensing is an art and science of obtaining information of a distant object without

actually coming in contact with that object. In satellite based remote sensing, the energy

reflected by earth-based objects, called spectral response (signature) is picked up by

sensors onboard the space platform and transmitted back and employed to generate

corresponding data products. The data gives multi-spectral, synoptic and repetitive

images of the study area, which can in combination of limited ground truth, be used

effectively to map the landuse/landcover of the region and is computer compatible for

quick and accurate digital analysis.

Data Used

Four spectral bands provide for high degree of measurability through band

combinations including False Colour Composite (FCC) generation, band ratioing,

classification etc. These features of the IRS data are of particular importance in better

comprehension and delineation of the landuse classes. Therefore, IRS LISS-III data has

been used for landuse mapping. The good quality cloud free Remote Sensing (RS) data

of appropriate season covering the study area are chosen with reference to climate of the

area and was purchased from NRSA, Hyderabad. The details are:

Satellite IRS-P6

Sensor LISS-III

Path 95

Row 54

Date of Pass 18th February 2004

The spatial resolution and the spectral bands in which LISS III collects the

reflectance data are two important parameters for landuse delineation. Keeping these

things in mind the IRS P6 LISS III data which consists of the reflectance in four different

bands with the spatial resolution of 23.5 m and swath of 148 km has been selected.

2.93


Wavelengths EMR Region

0.52 to 0.59 urn Green

0.62 to 0.68 urn Red

0.77 to 0.86 (am NIR

1.55 to 1.70 nm SWIR

The following secondary data was used.

Secondary data Source

Toposheets 45 P/5, 45 P/9, 45 O/8, 45 0/12, 45 O/16Scale 1:50,000

Methodology

Digital Image Processing software ERDAS/lmagine (Ver. 8.5) on SILCON

GRAPHICS (UNIX) workstation and PC was used for Remote Sensing data analysis.

The data from CD is loaded on the hard disc and the quality checked to ensure for

clouds cover, stripping land dropouts etc. Further by studying the sampled image the sub

scene with the study area coverage is extracted. Standard false color composite (FCC)

was generated by assigning red, green and blue colours to NR, Red and Green

reflectances respectively. In order to enhance the contrast of the image for recognition of

different landuse/landcover types the actual gray levels were stretched linearly between

levels 0 to 255. The shapes, sizes and colours of several geomorphic and cultural

features are visible in FCC.

By virtue of perturbations in altitude and velocity of the satellite and simultaneous

movement and unevenness of earth surface; geometric distortions are incorporated in the

raw satellite data. The systematic distortions as that due to earth curvature and

unevenness are corrected by applying formulae derived by modeling the sources of

distortions mathematically. But in order to achieve better plannimetric accuracy for the

image, ground control points (GCPs) are identified and collected both on image and

toposheet, after acquiring a good amount of GCPs well distributed over all the area of

image, it is registered to achieve one to one correspondence between image and

toposheet. The image was georeferenced by image-to-image rectification. Afterwards the

2.94


area of interest was extracted.

Supervised classification using all the spectral bands can separate different

landuse classes at level II fairly accurately. Maximum likelihood algorithm has been used

for the classification of Remote sensing data. Separation of landuses with identical

spectral signatures is possible through stratification, which comprises of extraction of

areas using mask, classification separately under mask and forming appropriate

composites. The classification process involves three steps viz.

• Acquisition of ground truth

• Calculation of the statistics of training area

• Classification using maximum likelihood algorithm

Reject class has been minimized by interactive iteration through careful selection

of the training areas. The collateral information has been used through referential

refinement. Area statistics for different landuse categories has been generalized and

pseudo-colored classified images were recorded photographically.

Land Use Classification

The training area for classification was homogenous well spread out throughout

the scene with bordering pixels excluded in processing several training sets have been

used through the scene from similar land use classes. After evaluating the statistics

parameters of training sets, the training areas were rectified by deleting non congruous

training sets and creating new ones. Area statistics for different land use categories have

been generated on the final output.

The landuse/land cover classification system standardized by department of

space, for mapping different agro-climatic zones has been adopted (Table 2.4.14). In the

present case the classification system has major six classes:

1) Agricultural land: this comprises areas primarily used for raising agricultural crops,

fibre, vegetables fruits, cultivated fodder and other plant material of medicinal and

commercial value. Three classes viz., cropland, fallows and plantation are

included under this category. Cropland are sub classified as kharif, rabi, kharif +

rabi. Agriculature land from other categories that are dominated by vegetative

community.

2.95


2) Wasteland: Land having potential for the development of vegetation cover but not

being used due to constraints includes salt effected land, eroded land and

waterlogged area. Level II classes identified under this category are salt affected

land, marshy/swampy land, and gullied/ravenous land, land with or without scrub,

sandy area, and barren rocky/stony waste/sheet rock area.

3) Water bodies: area persistently covered by water such as rivers/streams

reservoirs/tanks, lakes/ponds and canals.

4) Built up land: This comprises area of land covered by structures.

5) Forest: Forest is defined as all lands bearing vegeatative association dominated

by trees of any size, exploited or not, capable of producing wood or other forest

products and exerting an influence on climate or water regimes, or providing

shelter for wildlife and live stock.

6) Others: are included shifting cultivation, grass land/grazing land, snow

covered/glacial areas.

The above six classes can be seen in the classified output. The color coded output

shows different type of landuse. In this image, colors are assigned to various classes

given in the legend. The coverage of road overlaid on the classified output.

Plate I

Plate I is the False Color Composite (FCC) image having 25 km radius distance

from study area. The interpretation of the FCC was carried out using the various image

interpretation keys such as tone, colour, size, shape, texture, pattern, and association of

the various landuse and land cover classes present in the study regions. In the image

vegetation (cropland) appears red, water bodies as blue/dull green, barren land appear in

different shades of blue /black. Rivers appear in black wherever they contain water;

otherwise they are whitish in appearance. The barren sandy areas are distinct by their

characteristic white colour throughout the FCC. In this FCC there are two types of

signatures in the vegetation i.e. cropland which is clearly seen having red and pinkish red

color tone. Forest area is covered in the western side of study area.

Plate II

Plate II is the classified image having 25-km radius distance and its surrounding

area. The color-coded output shows 25 Sq. km area. In this image, colors are assigned

2.96


to various classes given in legend for study area.

The land use/ landcover classification indicates agriculture land covered 17.43%

(comprising 4.44% area covered by cropland, fallow land covered an area of 12.99%),

34.51% area is covered by forest, wasteland covered an area is 39.84% (comprising

16.78% area covered by Barren land, 14.91% area covered by land with scrub & 8.15%

area covered by waterlogged land), 8.22% covered by water body including river etc.

(Table 2.4.15).

2.97


OC

(0Q

(0

a:

u>

c

(0

I5(0

oQ.Eooi_oooa>

J2(0

u_JO

a.

2.98


Q

LLJ

UJ

.a

•- 5 > (0

5 u rt? O Pp = ? = S g

_i m o.

Ill n ®

a>oc(0Q

'•5to

mCMO)c">(0Ia.(0

ooT3C(Q_ l"o(03"OC(0_l

5JSQ.

2.99


LEGENDA Sampling Location

Tar Road

Earthern Road

E^ ^ j Rana Pratap Sagar

Figure 2.4.1: Sampling Locations for Land Environment

2.100


Percent Sand

Figure 2.4.2 : Textural Diagram for Soil Composition

2.101


Table 2.4.1

Details of Soil Sampling Locations within the Study Area

Sr. No. Sampling Location Distance (km) from DirectionPlant Site

1 Tamlao 6.7 W

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Bhainsroadgarh

Kolipura

Aklingpura

Ambabadi

Jaora

Barkheda

Borabas

Sripura

Nalikheda

Udpura

Borav

7

8

10.5

12

12

12.5

13

13

17.5

18

18

19

21

25.5

E

E

W

N

NW

SW

SW

N

S

NW

NE

E

ES

NE

2.102


Table 2.4.2

Physical Characteristics of Soils Within Study Area (Summer 2003)

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Sampling Location

Tamlao

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Bhainsroadgarh

Kolipura

Aklingpura

Ambabadi

Jaora

Barkheda

Borabas

Sripura

Nalikheda

Udpura

Borav

Particle Size Distribution

Coarse Fine . . . 0/ C | 0/

Sand% Sand% S l l t / o C l a y / o

30

34

20

6

10

39

5

19

14

15

16

13

22

16

7

34

20

37

37

40

31

27

45

25

37

22

30

25

28

36

21

30

8

37

30

18

50

14

45

30

31

30

37

43

38

16

16

35

20

20

12

18

21

16

18

31

27

16

15

19

TexturalClass

Sandy clayloam

Sandy loam

Sandy clayloam

Loam

Loam

Sandy loam

Silt loam

Clay

Loam

Clay

Loam

Clay

Clay

Loam

Loam

BulkDensity

(gm/cm3)

1.44

1.44

1.49

1.42

1.45

1.50

1.54

1.40

1.39

1.43

1.51

1.43

1.42

1.44

1.41

Porosity(%)

41.4

46.4

45.6

46.8

48.2

45.9

52.6

45.0

51.2

32.4

49.8

44.9

45.4

51.4

45.3

WaterHoldingCapacity

(%)

32.4

39.2

33.5

38.4

32.7

34.8

39.9

33.4

43.3

22.5

36.5

33.6

34.8

41.8

32.4

2.103


Table 2.4.3

Chemical Characteristics of Soil - Water (1:1) Extract (Summer 2003)

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

SamplingLocation

Tamlao

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Bhainsroadgarh

Kolipura

Aklingpura

Ambabadi

Jaora

Barkheda

Borabas

Sripura

Nalikheda

Udpura

Borav

PH

8.6

7.9

7.7

8.7

7.0

7.5

8.7

7.2

8.0

6.6

7.7

7.9

7.8

7.9

8.4

EC

mS/cm

1.3

0.2

0.2

0.4

0.3

0.3

0.35

0.2

0.25

0.2

0.35

0.2

0.5

0.4

0.25

Ca++

9.0

1.9

1.7

1.6

2.1

2.4

2.5

1.5

2.5

0.8

2.2

0.8

3.7

3.2

3.2

Mg++

meq/l

1.9

3.7

0.9

2.4

3.1

0.1

1.8

0.9

0.7

1.5

2.1

0.9

1.0

0.1

0.5

Na+

8.0

1.1

0.8

7.6

6.9

0.3

0.8

0.2

0.8

0.1

0.8

0.4

1.1

1.4

1.8

K+

3.6

0.2

0.1

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.05

0.2

0.06

0.1

0.2

0.7

0.1

2.1

EC : Electrical Conductivity

2.104


Table 2.4.4

Cation Exchange Capacity of Soil in Study Area (Summer 2003)

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

SamplingLocation

Tamlao

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Bhainsroadgarh

Kolipura

Aklingpura

Ambabadi

Jaora

Barkheda

Borabas

Sripura

Nalikheda

Udpura

Borav

Ca2 +

23.0

11.7

13.3

5.5

12.0

13.1

21.1

10.1

30.6

4.2

16.3

15.8

20.6

26.6

33.5

Mg2+

2.1

2.6

1.6

7.1

14.1

3.4

2.1

0.9

5.6

3.3

5.2

5.2

1.0

3.6

2.8

Na+

meq/100

0.5

0.4

0.4

0.6

0.4

0.6

0.4

0.3

0.4

0.2

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.5

0.5

K+

gm

0.19

0.13

0.08

0.25

0.09

0.17

0.09

0.06

0.13

0.02

0.06

0.14

0.16

0.08

0.19

CEC

29.9

17.4

24.5

16.5

32.9

19.2

28.6

19.8

40.6

9.4

23.9

30.4

34.3

36.9

27.6

ESP%

1.5

2.4

1.5

3.9

1.2

2.9

1.5

1.5

1.1

2.6

1.5

1.1

1.0

1.4

1.9

CEC : Cation Exchange CapacityESP : Exchangeable Sodium Percentage

2.105


Table 2.4.5

Fertility Status of Soils in Study Area (Summer 2003)

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

SamplingLocation

Tamlao

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Bhainsroadgarh

Kolipura

Aklingpura

Ambabadi

Jaora

Barkheda

Borabas

Sripura

Nalikheda

Udpura

Borav

Level in poor soil

Level in Medium soil

Level in fertile soil

OrganicMatter (%)

1.2

1.06

0.9

0.4

1.2

0.8

1.5

0.5

0.8

0.7

0.7

0.7

1.3

1.2

1.2

<0.5

0.5-0.75

>0.75

N

50.2

50.9

29.1

30.6

43.7

33.5

40.8

32.8

38.5

29.1

30.7

45.2

46.6

32.8

59.8

<280

280-560

>560.0

P2O5

kg/ha

42.9

2.4

1.2

13.1

3.6

10.7

3.6

3.6

9.5

4.8

3.6

3.6

23.8

ND

38.1

<23

23-57

>57.0

K2O

374.3

21.8

15.6

124.7

26.9

28.1

28.1

6.2

24.9

7.2

12.5

28.1

90.4

12.8

262.0

<133

133-337

>337.0

ND - Not detected

2.106


Table 2.4.6

Heavy Metals in Soil Samples (Summer 2003)

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

SamplingLocation

Tamlao

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Bhainsroadgarh

Kolipura

Aklingpura

Ambabadi

Jaora

Barkheda

Borabas

Sripura

Nalikheda

Udpura

Borav

Cd

0.24

0.58

0.30

0.45

0.55

0.35

0.26

0.09

0.54

0.2

0.5

3.3

0.36

0.56

0.33

Cr

1.2

2.1

2.52

3.9

2.6

1.6

3.7

9.8

2.7

0.75

3.6

3.5

3.70

3.36

1.1

Co

4.8

11.5

7.6

8.7

10.7

7.6

5.4

11.0

12.3

4.0

11.7

13.6

10.2

11.7

6.4

Cu Ni

(mg/100g)

1.2

1.1

1.7

10.1

2.4

1.3

4.7

1.2

3.1

0.6

1.8

1.7

1.5

1.9

1.9

1.1

3.6

1.3

2.9

2.9

1.9

1.3

1.7

2.9

0.9

2.5

3.4

1.6

3.3

1.9

Pb

2.7

7.1

4.5

5.4

6.1

3.9

2.7

4.2

4.9

2.1

4.7

7.3

2.9

6.3

4.2

Mn

15.9

80.6

22.4

34.9

35.6

28.2

5.1

26.3

45.1

15.2

48.4

55.1

36.3

41.8

31.4

Zn

2.5

2.9

2.7

3.9

3.1

3.5

8.6

1.7

4.8

0.9

2.5

2.8

3.6

3.9

4.6

2.107


Table 2.4.7

Microbiological Characteristics of Soil (Summer 2003)

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

TVCCFUND:

SamplingLocation

Tamlao

Saddle dam

Chainpura

Jharjhani

Bhainsroadgarh

Kolipura

Aklingpura

Ambabadi

Jaora

Barkheda

Borabas

Sripura

Nalikheda

Udpura

Borav

TVC

94x105

237 x105

102 x105

188 x105

150 x105

210 x105

80 x 105

238 x105

87x105

62x105

116 x105

217 x105

138 x105

162 x105

137 x105

: Total Viable Count: Colony Forming UnitNot detected

Fungi

8x10'

9x10'

7x10'

12x10'

8x10'

18x103

6x103

21x10'

9x103

11 x 103

6x10'

17x10'

10x10'

8x10'

7x10'

Actinomycetes

CFU/g of soil

ND

3x10 '

3x103

3x10 '

2x10 '

10x10'

6x10 '

4x10 '

3x10 '

ND

4x10 '

1 x103

5x103

2x103

5x10 '

Rhizobium

4x10 3

ND

1 x103

1 x103

1 x103

3x10 3

3x10 3

6 x 1 0 '

ND

ND

2 x 1 0 '

ND

6x10 3

2x10 3

2x10 3

Azotobacter

8x103

7x103

4x 10'

4x10 3

4x10 3

18x103

7x103

19x103

5x 103

7x103

9x 103

8x103

15 x 103

7x10 3

12x103

2.108


Table 2.4.8

Concentration of Sr89+90 & Cs134+137 in Dietary Items of Samples collected


Dietary Item

Vegetables

Milk

Cereals

Pulses

Meat

Fish

Egg

Diet

Radionuclides

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

No. ofTotal

Samples

22

22

12

12

10

10

10

10

4

4

10

10

5

5

4

4

SamplesBDL

22

0

11

ND

10

ND

10

ND

4

ND

10

ND

5

ND

3

1

Concentration

Max.

mBq/l or kg

ND

626

167

648

ND

1647

ND

2497

ND

408

ND

890

ND

1143

121

405

Average

or diet sample

ND

327

37

265

ND

920

ND

1778

ND

352

ND

523

ND

660

72

252


2.109


Table 2.4.9



Dietary Item

Vegetables

Milk

Cereals

Pulses

Meat

Fish

Egg

Diet

Radionuclides

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

No. ofTotal

Samples

24

24

12

12

10

10

10

10

4

4

12

12

4

4

4

4

SamplesBDL

24

0

11

0

10

0

10

0

4

0

12

0

4

0

4

0

Concentration

Max.

mBq/l or kg

ND

1560

53

667

ND

1340

ND

3000

ND

ND

ND

1769

ND

ND

ND

ND

Average

or diet sample

ND

456

ND

267

ND

987

ND

2276

ND

ND

ND

715

ND

ND

ND

ND

Source: BARC, Mumbai

2.110


Table 2.4.10



Dietary Item

Vegetables

Milk

Cereals

Pulses

Meat

Fish

Egg

Diet

Radionuclides

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

No. ofTotal

Samples

27

27

12

12

13

13

10

10

4

4

12

12

4

4

4

4

SamplesBDL

26

0

12

0

13

0

10

0

4

0

12

0

4

0

4

0

Concentration

Max.

mBq/l or kg

131

1043

ND

449

ND

1846

ND

3325

ND

274

ND

490

ND

900

ND

938

Average

or diet sample

34

290

ND

225

ND

883

ND

2137

ND

231

ND

280

ND

757

ND

451


2.111


Table 2.4.11



Dietary Item

Vegetables

Milk

Cereals

Pulses

Meat

Fish

Egg

Diet

Radionuclides

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

No. ofTotal

Samples

23

23

12

12

11

11

12

12

4

4

12

12

4

4

4

4

SamplesBDL

20

0

11

0

11

0

12

0

4

0

11

0

4

0

4

0

Concentration

Max.

mBq/l or kg

526

878

43

554

ND

2313

ND

3901

ND

667

341

1027

ND

1255

ND

847

Average

or diet sample

66

339

ND

304

ND

885

ND

1673

ND

427

ND

501

ND

1009

ND

725


2.112


Table 2.4.12



Dietary Item

Vegetables

Milk

Cereals

Pulses

Meat

Fish

Egg

Diet

Radionuciides

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

Sr-89+90

Cs-134+137

No. ofTotal

Samples

24

24

11

11

11

11

12

12

4

4

12

12

4

4

4

4

SamplesBDL

24

3

11

1

10

1

12

0

4

0

12

0

4

0

4

0

Concentration

Max.

mBq/l or kg

ND

820

ND

307

870

1212

ND

3186

ND

609

ND

1199

ND

1696

ND

657

Average

or diet sample

ND

301

ND

160

171

615

ND

1355

ND

409

ND

441

ND

939

ND

455


2.1

NEER! Chapter 2: Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

Table 2.4.13

Characterization of Radioactive Solid Waste at SWAMP RAPS

WasteMaterials

SEF/LEMPsludges

IX columns(PHT)

IX columns(Moderator)

IX columns(SFSB clean-up)

Spent resin(D2O clean-up)

Compressiblewaste

Non comp.Waste

Suspectedactive waste

Moleculersieves

Organicliquids

Filter (PHT &gland)

Filter(Absolute)

Filter (liq.Eff.)

BulkDensity(Kg/mf)

2000

1500-2000

1500-2000

1500-2000

800-2000

300-500

500-3000

300-3000

300-400

800

600

150-180

500-600

Av. VolumeGeneratedPer Year

(m3)

5.6

4.0

2.0

1.0

10.0

15.8

138.0

13.2

5.6

1.2

0.8

0.4

0.1

ActivityContentsmCi/m3

10-30

100-5000

20-500

150-500

20-50

2-30

2-30

1-5

1-1(Other than

H3)

1-1(Other than

H3)

100-300

10-30

10-30

Radiation FieldmR/hr

Min.

2

250

300

700

100

1

1

0.1

10

1.5

750

2

2

Max.

30

700000

70000

70000

7000

20

200

2

20

1.0

50000

10

10

MajorRadionuclides

Cs137 , Cs134 , Co60,Zn 6 5 , Sr90

H3 , Cs1 3 7 , Cs134 ,Co60 , Cei4A

H 3 C o 6 ° N b 9 5 , Z r 9 5 ,C r S i , Z n d 5

Cs137 , Cs134 , Co60,Ce 1 4 4 ,Nb 9 5 ,Zr 9 5 ,

Cs137 , Cs134 , Co60,Zn 6 5

Cs137 , Cs134 , Co60,Zn6 5 , H3 .

Cs1 3 7 , Cs1 3 4 . Co60,Zn6 5 , H 3 , Sr90

Cs137 , Cs134 , Co60,Zn6 5 , Sr90, Fe6 9

H3

H3

Cs137 , Cs134 , Co60,C e ^ . N b ^ Z r ^ H 3 ,Mn54, Fe59, Baui,La140

Cs137 , Cs134 , Co60,

Cs137 , Cs134 , Co60,Zn 6 5 , Sr90,

Note : No significant alpha activity is present in RAPS or RAPPCOF Waste

SEF : Solar evaporation facility

LEMP : Liquid effluent management plant

2.114


Table 2.4.14

Landuse / Land Cover Classification System

Sr. No.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Level -1

Built-up Land

Agricultural Land

Forest

Wasteland

Water bodies

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.22.3

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.6

5.1

Level - II

Built-up land

Road

Railway

Crop land

Fallow (Residual)

Plantation

Evergreen/Semi-evergreen forest

Deciduous forest

Degraded/Scrub land

Forest blank

Forest plantation

Mangrove

Salt affected land

Waterlogged land

Marshy/Swampy land

Gullied/Ravenous land

Land with or without scrub

Sandy area (coastal and desertic)

Barren rocky/Stonywaste/sheetrock area

River/Stream

6. Others

5.2 Lake/Reservoir

5.3 Tank/Canal

6.1 Grassland/Grazing land

6.2 Shifting cultivation

6.3 Snow cover/Glacial area

2.115


Table 2.4.15

Landuse / Landcover

Landuse/Landcover

Classes

Water bodies/river

Cropland

Fallow

Forest

Land with scrub

Barren land

Waterlogged area

Total

Area in

(ha)

16137.10

8723.76

25510.47

67744.54

29274.87

32950.95

16007.85

196349.54

Level II

Area in

%

8.22

4.44 "I

12.99 j

34.51

14.91 ~\

16.78

8.15 I

100

Level I

Area in

%

8.22

> 17.43

34.51

> 39.84

100

2.H6


2.5 Biological Environment

2.5.1 Introduction

Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects for

Environmental Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of environmental

quality and biodiversity. Generally, biological communities are the good indicators of

climatic and edaphic factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important

in Environmental Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna.

The animal and plant communities exist in their natural habitats in well-organized

manner. Their natural settings can be disturbed by any externally induced anthropological

activities or by naturally induced calamities or disaster. So, once this setting is disturbed,

it becomes practically impossible or takes very long time to come to its original state.

Plants and animals are more susceptible to environmental stress. A change in the

composition of biotic communities is reflected by a change in the distribution pattern,

density, diversity, frequency, dominance and abundance of natural species of flora and

fauna existing in the ecosystem. The sensitivity of animal and plant species to the

changes occurring in their existing ecosystem can therefore, be used for monitoring

Environmental Impact Assessment studies of any project.

2.5.2 Study Area

According to the Forest Department statistics, Rajasthan State possess 32309 sq.

km. of forest area (1999), out of this 11780.66 sq. km. of forest, 17604 sq. km. protected

forests and 2925 sq. km. unclassified forests. The total percentage of forest covered area

in Rajasthan as compared to other states is comparatively less yet as regards vividity and

percentage of animals, it ranks second to Assam. The study area was taken for

assessment of terrestrial ecology of flora and fauna with reference to the 25-km radius of

proposed nuclear power plant units 7 & 8. Total four districts comes under the study area

namely Kota, Bundi, Bhilwara and Chittorgharh. Forest cover is available in the districts

of Bundi (1496 sq.krn) and Kota (1391 sq.km).

2.5.3 Sampling Locations

A total 7 sampling locations were selected for study on biological aspects based

on topography, land use, vegetation pattern, etc. The field observations on vegetation

characteristics were made using quadrat method. The sampling locations are depicted in

Table 2.5.1. The biological observations were taken within 25 km radial distance from the

2.117


project site The biological survey was carried out in forest area (village forest, and

community forest), and non-forest area (agricultural field, riverside, on hills, in plain

areas, village wasteland, etc.) as per the objectives of Environmental Impact

Assessment during winter season in the month of September 2003. Efforts were also

made to collect secondary data from various Government departments, project authority,

etc to substantiate primary data. Sampling locations are shown in Fig. 2.5.1

2.5.4 Survey Methodology

The structure and composition of vegetation and forest cover was studied by

using phyto-sociological method of vegetation survey especially the quadrat method. The

quadrat method includes laying down of square sample plots or units of suitable size for

detailed analysis of vegetation. It is actually the sample plot method given by Clements

(1898). It may be a single sample plot or may be divided into several subplots. In

vegetation analysis, quadrat of any size, shape, number and arrangement may be used.

In the study of a forest community, quadrates equivalent to one tenth ha (10m x 10m)

were used to include maximum number of trees. While for studying shrubs the quadrates

of smaller sizes (8m x 8m) were used and for grassland and low herbaceous community,

the quadrates of one square meter size were used for the study. Coexistence and

competition among and within the species are affected directly by the number of

individuals in the community. Therefore, it is essential to know the quantitative structure

of community. Certain important parameters are used to characterize the community as a

whole. The parameters like frequency, density, abundance, Importance Value Index and

Simpson's Diversity Index give a clear picture of community structure in quantitative

terms. The value of these parameters as estimated from the representative samples is

the estimate close to the real value. The formulae incorporating different parameters,

which were used for analysis and assessment of the baseline terrestrial environmental

status, are presented in Table 2.5.2

To characterize the vegetation in the study area, the data was collected and

analyzed for describing the properties of vegetation with reference to species

composition and structural attributes expressed. The diversity measurements reflect as to

how many diverse species are present in the area. The density measurements indicate

number of individuals of a species in a sample plot. The dominance measurements

denote which species is largest in terms of its presence. The frequency measurements

indicate how widely a species is distributed or occurred.

2.118


The density measurements may over-emphasize the importance of a small

species with large number of individuals in unit area. The frequency measurements over

emphasize the importance of largely distributed species and underestimate the sparsely

distributed species. Therefore, Importance Value Index, which is the average of relative

density, relative dominance and relative frequency, is a reasonable measure to assess

the overall significance of a species in the community.

Species diversity is the best measure of community structure. It is sensitive to

environmental stresses that affect the community. Lower value of Simpson's Diversity

Index indicates higher biodiversity & healthy ecosystem and the higher value shows

lower biodiversity & that an ecosystem is under environmental stress.

The assessment of fauna have been done on the basis of secondary data

collected from different government departments like forest department, wildlife

department, fisheries, etc.

2.5.5 Biodiversity in Study Area

Under broad category the forest are "Dry Tropical Forest". According to the

classification of forest type of India by H.G. Champion and S.K. Seth, the forest met

within the tract fall under sub group 5-B-Northern Tropical Dry deciduous forest is found

on plateau and edaphic type E-1 Anogeissus pendula forest is found on hill slopes and

underlying grounds, patches of edaphic type E2 Boswellia Forest are also found on

plateau where soil depth is low.

On higher slopes Dhaura is the most characteristic species along with Tendu,

Belli, Salar, Gurjan, Khair, Karaya etc. on dry and exposed sites on steep slopes, along

the ridges and spaces and also on higher plateaus the proportion of Dhaura and other

miscellaneous species decreases and almost pure patches of Salar and Gurjan are

found. On lower elevations, along Nallas and depressions and on river beds Khankara,

ber, Khair, Jamun, Kalam, Mahua, Arjun, Bahera, Sadan, Amm etc. are found. Bans

(Dendrocalamous strictus) occurs along some of the slopes facing the Chambal River.

During the floristic survey of study area of proposed project, a total of 76 plant

species were recorded belonging to 30 families out of which only 29 families are of dicots

whereas the rest belongs to monocots. A total of 42 tree species, 34 shrub, herb and

climbers were recorded from the study area. The list of common plant species (trees,

shrubs, herbs, climbers and grasses) recorded during field survey are depicted in

Table 2.5.3

2.119


Dominant families recorded in the study area in descending order (based on

number of species in each family) are Fabaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Verbenaceae,

Combretaceae, Urticaceae, Malvaceae, Rubiaceae, Acanthaceae, etc. The families with

their number of species in the study area are depicted in Table 2.5.4

Simpson's Diversity Index (SDI) of the plants in the study area, which is based on

the number of individuals of different species, number of all species and the total number

of individuals of all species in the sample plots is presented in Table 2.5.5.

Biodiversity of trees is comparatively good at various places where the area is

suitable for their growth. Study area shows the different density of flora as per the climatic

conditions and suitable habitat. The details of density per ha are shown in Table 2.5.6.

2.5.6 Floristic Structure and Composition

2.5.6.1 Bhainsroadgarh

Herbs and shrubs are abundant only during monsoon, where as, rest of the year,

when the land turn dry, it can not sustain the life activity of younger plants, hence it dries,

withers and wipes away from the vicinity. Lianas & climbing shrubs are few. Frequency of

these climbers are more around the villages, but lianas are restricted only to dense

vegetation localities with species encompassing, Crotolaria oroensis, Tinospora

cordifolia, Mucuna prarita ,Abrus precatorius etc

The most dominant tree species are Azadirachta indica, Acacia leucophloea,

Acacia catechu, Emblica officinalis, Mangifera indica, Flacourtia indica, and in case of

shrubs Antigonum leptopus, Ricinus communis, Lantana camara, Jatropha gossipifolia,

Cassia auriculata etc.

The values of density/ha, relative density, frequency, relative frequency,

dominance, relative dominance and importance value index for dominant flora present

within 16 km of project site is given in Table 2.5.7.

The phyto-socio-ecological structure of the vegetation shows three different strata

i.e. Top, Middle and Ground. Top storey is covered by Terminalia tomentosa,

Actinodaphne hookeri, Ailanthus excelsa, Bauhinia racemosa, Cassia siamea, Syzygium

cumini, etc., Acacia concinna, Capparis sepiaria,, Jasminum auriculatum etc. forms

middle storey of this region. Ground vegetation covered by dominant herbs are Cynodon

dactylon, Aerva lanata, Vernonia cineria, Ludwigia parviflora, etc. Climbers are

comparatively few but include large woody species, which may be locally conspicuous.

2.120


A total 34 tree species, 19 shrub species and 26 herb species were recorded

during field study. Density of all plant species present within the 16 km radius is 475/ha

for trees, 6133/ha for shrubs and 7118/ha for herbs. Simpson's Diversity Index (SDI) for

trees of this area is (0.014), while (0.025) and (0.025) for shrubs and herbs respectively.

The genera dominating the flora with large number of species are Anogeissus latifolia,

Bauhinia, Albizzia, etc. Endangered, rare and vulnerable species were not observed in

study area.

2.5.6.2 Jawahar Sagar

Distribution of incidental species is found in all the strata and life forms. Strata-

wise and species-wise tree types are numbered as 32 and they occur in both the top,

middle and lower lower order canopies, according to their age and growth. Shrub species

are numbered 23 and the ground cover is mainly contributed by seasonal herbs, (annual,

biennial) with some perennial forms, accounting to 45 species. In some patches pure

even aged Bamboo plantation were also observed. The height of culm varies from 7-10m

and girth varies from 0.15-0.30m.

Jawahar Sagar Dam was erected in the south of Kota city 16 km away a pick -up

dam which receives water from Gandhi Sagar and Rana Pratap Sagar dams. Except Kota

barrage, all the other dams have canals and distributaries along with their own power

houses. As a result, irrigational facilities in the districts of Kota Baran and Bundi have

increased tremendously. The project provides irrigational facilities to approximately

4.5 lakh hectares of land and generates 386 megawatt power.

The most common and valuable species found in these forests is Kaldhi

(Anogeissus pendula), which is generally found on all hilly areas and form almost pure

stands of uniform density on good sites. Kaldhi is generally slow growing, but trees upto

one metre girth and upto 12 metres height are not uncommon in favourable localities. At

places where the species have been continuously hacked and grazed it is found as a

scrambling bush. Over some areas the Kaldhi forests have been maltreatd in the past

leaving them in a degraded conditions and in extreme cases the areas have been

rendered completely blank.

Simpson's Diversity Index for trees in the area is 0.016, while 0.024 and 0.034 for

shrubs and herbs respectively.

Total density of all plant species present in the study area is 335/ ha for trees,

6133/ha for shrubs and 6715/ha for herbs.

2.121


The density and composition of vegetation changes with change in locations.

Grasses mainly cover open degraded land in the study area. Herbs and shrubs are

abundant only during monsoon, whereas during rest of the year when the land turn dry,

herbs can not survive and become dry, wither and get wiped away from the vicinity. The

composition of vegetation cover is uneven-aged, dry, mixed, deciduous natural forests.

Herbs and shrubs mainly occupy the ground cover and the canopy of trees forms top

story. Regeneration of herbs in this area is more than shrubs and trees.


dominance, relative dominance and importance value index for dominant flora present in

plain area (Within 30 km) of project site is given in Table 2.5.8

The phytosociological structure of the forest shows three different strata i.e. Top,

Middle and Ground. Top storey covered by Aegle marmelos, Acacia nilotica, Albizzia

lebbek, Dendrocalamus strictus, Bauhinia racemosa, Cassia fistula, Anogeissus pendula,

Eucalyptus hybrid, Madhuca latifolia, etc. Calotropls gigantia, Calotropis procera, Cassia

occidentalis, Lantana camara, Opuntia dileni, Caesalpinia bonducella, Solanam hispidum,

Thespesia lampas, Indigofera tinctoria etc. forms middle storey of this region. Ground

vegetation covered by dominant herbs are Aerva lanata, Coccinia indica, Chenopodium

album, Tephrosia purpurea, Tridax procumbans Croton sparciflors, Boerhaavia diffusa,

etc.

2.5.6.3 Borabas

The most common and valuable species found in the forests is Kaldhi

(Anogeissus pendulata ) which is generally found on all hilly areas and form almost pure

stands of uniform density on good sites. Kaldhi is generally slow growing, but tree upto

one metre girth and upto 12 metres height are not uncommon in favorable localities. At

places where the species has been continuously hacked and grazed it is round as a

scrambling bush. Over some areas the Kaldhi forests have been maltreated in the past

leaving them in a degraded conditions and in extreme cases the areas have been

rendered completely blank.

Kaldhi is mostly gregarious but is also found mixed with Khair (Acacia catechu),

Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana), Kakor (Flacourtia indica), Raunj (Acacia leucophloea), Tendu

(Diospyros melanoxylon), Gurjan (Lannea coromandelica), Karaya (Sterculia urens),

Jhinja, (Bauhinia recemosa), kalam (Mitragyna parvifolia), etc. On higher slopes Kaldhi is

replaced by safed dhokra (Anogeissus latifolia), bel (Aegle marmelos), salar (Boswellia

serrata), uum (Meliusa tomentosa), shisham (Dalbergia latifolia), etc. and other

2.122


associates. Small patches in most localities support miscellaneous species particularly

chbola (Butea monosperma) and Ber (Zizyphus mauratiana).

Dhokra mostly occurs in gregarious form and where over it is found mixed with

other species, the top canopy consists mainly of Dhokra mixed with Khair, Ber, Kakon.

The under growth consists mainly of goya khair (Dichristschya cinerarea), Jhari

ber (Zizyphus nummularia), Kalisiali (Grewia flavescens), Siali (Flueggea macrocarpa),

mererphali (Helicteres iora), harsinghar (Nictanthes arbortris), Hingot (Balanites

aegyptica), Karwale (Wrightia tomentosa), and Jal (Capparis spinosa).

The Simpson's Diversity Index (SDI) of the trees in whole project area is 0.42,

which shows the medium diversity of trees because of diverse habitat conditions however

localized diversity is less at different sites

Bamboos of the species Dendrocalamus strictus are found in the miscellaneous

forests in places where moisture conditions are favorable. They are found usually along

nalas, and in patches along nalas and the slopes of Darrah hills as well on the slopes

along the Chambal River in Borabas block

The floral community parameters i.e. values of density per ha, relative density,

frequency, relative frequency, dominance, relative dominance and importance value

index for most dominant flora are presented in Table 2.5.9.

Different tree types are numbered as 39 and they occur in the top, middle and

lower order canopies, according to their age and growth. Shrub species are numbered

22 (listed as shrubs, climbing shrubs and under shrub along with the climbers) and

seasonal herbs (annual, biennial) mainly cover the ground cover with some perennial

forms, accounting to 32 species.

Simpson's Diversity Index (SDI) for trees in study area is observed to be 0.020,

while 0.033 and 0.031 for shrubs and herbs respectively.

Total density of all plant species present is 531 / ha for trees, 5733/ ha for shrubs

and 8000/ ha for herbs.

2.5.6.4 Gandhi Sagar

The vegetation in this region had been over-exploited in the past, therefore,

condition is observed to be degraded presently. Seasonal grasses mainly cover open

degraded land. Most of the vegetation aggregates near village and in agricultural fields.

2.123


The average height of trees is found to be 7 m, girth 25-35 cm and age around 20-60

years, depending upon type of species and site quality.



around riverine site is given in Table 2.5.10

The phytosociological structure of the forest shows three different strata i.e. Top,

Middle and Ground. Top storey covered by Holoptella integrifolia, Boswellia serrata, Ficus

benghalensis, Mangifera indica, Bauhinia racemosa, Tamarindus indica, Jatropha

gossipifolia etc. Calotropis procera, Caesalpinia cristata, Ricinus communs, Solarium

hispidum etc. forms middle storey of this region. Ground vegetation covered by dominant

herbs are Cynodon dactylon, Croton sparciflorus, Chenopodium album, Boerhaavia

diffusa, Lawsonia inermis etc.

During field study total 43 tree species, 26 shrub species and 25 herb species

were recorded. Simpson's Diversity Index for trees of this region is 0.026 while 0.024 and

0.034 for shrubs and herbs respectively. Total density of all plant species present in this

area is 324/ha for trees, 3508/ha for shrubs and 9333/ha for herbs.

2.5.6.5 Aklingpura

This is almost a plain tract where vegetation cover is thin in some patches and

there is xerophytic scrub vegetation cover The vegetation cover in this region consists of

un-even aged, mixed, dry deciduous species. The density and diversity varies with

change in site quality. Vegetation is extremely irregular and varying considerably in

condition, composition, and density of tree, shrub and herb species according to the

climatic condition and available space for their growth and development.

Generally trees observed here have low stunted branches, diffuse crown and are

mostly young plants. Dependency of villagers on natural vegetation in this region is

mostly for timber and firewood. Most of the vegetation is present near human settlement

and it is mainly composed of Butea monosperma, Prosopis juliflora, Acacia nilotica,

Mangifera indica, etc.

The present condition of the vegetation is degraded due to extreme biotic

pressure like grazing and fire and having been reduced to scrubs and consists mainly of

Lantana camara, Solanum hispidum, Indigofera tinctoria. The values of density/ha,

relative density, frequency, relative frequency, dominance, relative dominance and

2.124

NEEKI Chapter 2: Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

importance value index for dominant flora present within 15 km of project site is given in

Table 2.5.11.

A total 12 tree species, 10 shrub species and 37 herb species were recorded

during field study. Total density of all plant species present within the study area is 120/ha

for trees, 3200/ha for shrubs and 4804/ha for herbs. Simpson's Diversity Index (SDI) for

trees of this area is (0.035), while (0.026) and (0.029) for shrubs and herbs respectively.

The genera dominating the flora with large number of species are Acacia, Terminalia,

Albizzia, etc.

2.5.6.6 Nalikheda

During field study total 43 tree species, 26 shrub species and 25 herb species

were recorded. The values of density/ha, relative density, frequency, relative frequency,

dominance, relative dominance and importance value index for dominant flora present a

is given in Table 2.5.12



2.5.6.7 Padachar

The vegetation along the Nallah comprises of large number of miscellaneous

species e.g. Kohra (Terminalia arjuna), Gular (Ficus glomerata), Bargad (Ficus

bengalensis), Padar (Stereospermum suvelensis), Pipal (Ficus religiosa), etc.

Dhokra mostly occurs in gregarious form and where over it is found mixed with

other species, the top canopy consists mainly of Dhokra mixed with Khair, Ber, Kakon,

The under growth consists mainly of goya khair (Dichristschys cinerarea), Jhari

ber (Zizyphus nummularia) Kalisiali (Grewia flavescens), Siali (Flueggea macrocarpa),

mererphali (Helicteres ixora), Hingot (Balanites aegyptica), Karwale (Wrightia tomentosa),

and Jal (Capparis spinosa).

The grasses commonly found are, lapla (Artistida depressa) and Polardi (Apluda

mutica), Ratarda (Thamida quadrivalvis), Surwal (Heteropogan contortus), Chloris

variegata, Eragrostis sp. and Bhalki (Chrysopogon fulvus).



Total density of all plant species present in this region is 320 / ha for trees, 3733/

ha for shrubs and 5067/ ha for herbs.

2.125




within 16 km of project site is given in Table 2.5.13

2.5.7 Green Belt in and Around Plant Area

The nuclear Power Plant area and township area is developed and plantation is

done. The different trees have been planted and are being planted along the roads,

around the nuclear plant site and along the roads and gardens in township. As per the

details provided by the project authority, the area covered with lawns and gardens is 1.83

hectare of 3 and 4 units of nuclear Power Plant and 9.69 hectares of colony i.e. total

11.52 hectares. The total number of trees planted in the last three years i.e. 2001 -2003

at the site are 715, 1174, and 880 respectively and the percentage of trees surviving at

the end of year 2003 is 81 %.

The major tree species used for plantation in township and Nuclear Plant area are

mainly Tamarindus indica, Azadirachta indica, Ficus bengalensis, Prosopis juliflora,

Albizzia lebbek, Delonix regia, Euphorbia tirucalli, etc. The details of plantation carried out

at RAPP site is depicted in Table. 2.5.14

2.5.8 Wildlife Sanctuaries Present in the Study Area

2.5.8.1 Darrah Sanctuary

This wildlife sanctuary is situated about 50 km away from Kota Railway Station. It

extends from the Kota - Rawatbhata road near Kolipura (Around 12 km from RAPP) in

the west to the Kallisindh River near Gagron Fort in the east. It is about 75 km in length

and varies from 2-5 km in width. The main feature is a long valley with gentle to

precipitous hill slopes (354 m). The Chambal, Kallisindh and Amjhar rivers provide water

all the year round. There are also some perennial springs and natural caves. Average

rainfall 500-600 mm. It was established in 1955 and was previously supposed to be the

hunting reserve of the rulers of Kota State. It was a rich abode of fauna and flora,

especially the tiger. It is called Darrah for short, the full name being Mukundarrah after

Rao Mukund Singh of Kota. Darrah in persian means a pass and this strategic pass is the

only place between the rivers Chambal and Kalisindh.

Vegetation: The forest is of the dry deciduous type with dhok Anogeissus

pendula as the dominant species. The other trees are tendu Diospyros melanoxylon,

mahuwa Madhuca indica, ber Zizyphus nummularia, Acacia chundra, Diospyros

melanoxylon, Aegle marmelos, Dichrostachys cinerea, Bauhinia racemosa and Mitragyna

2.126


parvifolia. In comparatively protected spots, where soil is deeper Diospyros melanoxylon

is more common. Aegle marmelos is present in richer habitats at Sujalghat and

Sundrapura-Ki-Pahari. On lower slopes in plain areas and near valleys, a mixed

vegetation of spinuous trees and shrubs is seen. The other common tree and shrub

species are Butea monosperma, Cassia fistula, Schrebera swietenioides,

Stereospermum personatum, Zizphus mauritiana, Balanites aegyptica, Holarrhena

antidysentrica and species of Flacourtia, Grewia, Helicteres etc.

Fauna: Tiger Panthera tigris, leopard P. Pardus, nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus,

chinkara (mountain gazelle) Gazella gazella, wild boar Sus scrofa, jackal Cam's aureus,

blacknaped hare Lepus nigricollis nigricollis, the Indian porcupine Hystrix indica. Birds

include spurfowl, grey Francolinus pondicerianus, and painted partridge F. Pictus, quail,

crane, duck, teal and others.

2.5.8.2 Jawahar Sagar Sanctuary

Still more southwards of Kota, around 20 kms away from RAPP, Gandhi Sagar

dam was erected and further area for the protection of crocodiles and gharials was

extended as Jawahar Sagar Sanctuary covering an area of another 100 sq. km. This wild

life conservation centre also include blackbuck, caracal, chinkara and wild wolf. Leopards

are occassionally seen.

2.5.8.3 Bhainsroadgarh Sanctuary

Situated in Chittorgarh district, 53 km. from Kota near the town Rawatbhata, is

Bhainsroadgarh wild life sanctuary. RAPP is only one km away from the sanctuary. It was

established in 1983 and covers over 229 sq. km. of scrub and deciduous forest. The area

has largely and increasingly been threatened by illegal grazing and collection of fuel

wood. Despite these threats, leopards are still seen in the area along with chinkara, chital

and sloth bear etc.

Block Bandharmutha, Kolgarh, Mamorgarh, Revajhar and Nimri represent the C2

Northern dry mixed deciduous forest. This type occurs mostly on higher slopes, plateau

and in places where moisture condition is good. On higher slopes, Dhaura is the most

characteristics species along with Tendu, Baelpatra, Salar, Gurjan, Khair, Karaya etc. On

dry and exposed sites on steep slopes, along the ridges and spaces and also on higher

plateaus the proportion of Dhaura and other miscellaneous species decreases and

almost pure patches of Salar and Gurjan are found. On lower elevations, along Nallas

and depressions and on river beds khankara, bor, Khair, Jamun, Kalam, Mahua, Arjun,

2.127


Bahera, Sadar, Aam etc. are found. Bans (Dendrocalmous strictus) occurs along some of

the slopes facing the Chambal River.

In Chittorgarh area with a rainfall between 60 to 80 cm, poles and saplings of

Santalum alpumare are found to exist. In areas with a range of rainfall between 20 to 40

cm and in the west of Aravallis in Ajmer - Pali - Sirohi area up to Jodhpur, the vegetation

becomes thinner and more sparse. The main trees are Anogeissus pendula (DhauJ

Acacia Senegal (Khair) and Prosopis spicigera (Deshi babul).

2.5.9 The Fauna

The vegetation density and diversity is an important factor determining the habitat

and thus for particular wild animals. Different animals prefer different types of habitat for

food and shelter. The flagship nexus of the area further needs wooded and shrubby

grooves for hiding and predation which are available in most part of the sanctuary area.

Existence of the boundary out crops and numerous gorges in the hilly terrain form ideal

cover for big cats. In the absence of the proper food chain and thin population herbivores.

The fairly good population of Panthers quit often invade the domestic livestock to fulfill

their food requirement. The comman fauna found in the study area are presented in

Table 2.5.15.

The Hyenas, Jackals, Foxes, Jungle cat are also found co existing in the similar

habitat conditions. Blue bulls, Chinkara, Wild boar, Langoor, Hare, porcupine form major

herbivores of the sanctuary. The low population level is due to their direct competition

with livestock and human disturbances.

The avifauna population needs different species of flora for nesting and different

species have preferences for different trees and shrubs. Several species depend upon

grasses and fruits of varied species while other predate animals and variety of small

birds. Small birds prefer a leafed habitat for nesting. The common nesting sites for

different species are protected grooves of thorny species, understory trees, near water

points and on the top of the canopy trees. Rana Pratap Sagar Dam provides excellent

conditions for water birds. Rana Pratap Sagar Dam and Brahmini River forms on of the

best Crocodile habitat in the country and supports one of the largest population of

crocodile in the country.

2.128


2.5.9.1 Vertebrates, their Status, Distribution and Habitat of Major Animals

The top carnivore inhibiting the area is Panther (Panthera pordus). Other major

vertebrate species of the area include the stripped Hyena, Jungle Cat, Jackal, Indian fox,

Common langoor, Neelgai, Chinkara, Porcupine, Crocodile and other important birds etc.

I. Panther: Panther is the highest predator in the sanctuary. It inhabits all over the

sanctuary. Sometimes it moves to agriculture fields and human settlements in

search of food, while sometimes it moves to forest area of territorial forest division.

II. The striped hyena : Hyena, is nocturnal in nature. They are termed as

scavengers as they feed upon the dead animals and the left over portions of the

killed animals.

III. The Chinkara : Chinkara is the antelope found in Kolgarh, Mamorgarh,

Bandarmutha, Kalakhet block etc.

IV. Neelgai : It is the largest antelope of the area. It is found all over the area. It also

moves to the agricultural fields.

V. Crocodile : Crocodile is top most predator of aquatic eco-system. The Rana

Pratap Sagar dam and Brahmini river harbors large Maggars population. The

Brahmini River is supposed to be one of the best nesting ground for crocodiles.

The larger water spread of Rana Pratap Sagar with sandy banks at places forms

an ideal habitat. In 2003 census population of 193 maggars has been reported.

VI. Birds : The variety of birds inhabiting the sanctuary ranges from land birds to

water birds. The multilayered forests provide a suitable habitat for various

avifauna species. Variety of fruit species, grasses and varied microenvironments

inhabiting insects etc. form suitable habitat conditions for various herbivorus and

insectivorous birds. Rana Pratap Sagar Dam and other Talab & Talais are

inhabited by a variety of water birds.

VII. Reptiles and Amphibians : The reptile includes the snakes, tortoises and lizards

of various types. Non poisonous snakes include rat snake (Dhaman) etc. The

poisonous snakes include the cobra, common Kerait, Russell's viper etc. Lizards

including monitor lizard, chandan gho etc. are also commonly observed.

Species of Conservation Importance

(Bhainsroadgarh Sanctuary)

Threatened species are those found only in small numbers or those on the verge

of extinction in the country. India has a list of threatened species in Red Data Book,

2.129


published by the Botanical Survey of India. As per IUCN (International Union for

Conservation of Nature) classification several plant species of global importance are

found in the Bhainsroadgarh sanctuary which needs immediate actions to protect them

against threats of extinction. A list of such species is as follows:

Sr. No.

1

2

3

4

5

Scientific Name

Sterculia urens

Dendrocalamusstrictus

Phoenix sylvestris

Chlorophytumborivillinum

Gloriosa surpenses

IUCN Category

Threatened

Rare

Threatened

Rare

Intermediate

Distribution Area

Parajhar Gorge Revajhar GorgeKalsiya Gorge, Riccha Gorge

Kolgarh and Parajhar Block

Valley and villages

Parajhar Block

Kolagarh, Parajhar Block

These species may not survive if timely action is not taken against threat of

extinction. Due to small population and restricted distribution they require intensive care

and habitat management and may survive only with human support. The series of gorges

situated in the sanctuary are very important for conservation of bio-diversity as well as for

protection of rare and threatened plants species. Every effort should be made to make

them free from human interference and restore moisture required through drainage line

treatment. The rare and threatened birds species found in the sanctuary are as follows.

Sr. No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

English Name

Red Spurfowl

Common Peafowl

White nacked vulture

Long tailed griffon

King vulture

Open billed stork

Painted stork

Black ibis

Adjutant stork

Spoon Bill

Scientific Name

Galloperdrix Spadicea

Pavo cristatus

Gyps bengalensis

Gyps indicus

Sarcogyps calvus

Anastomus oscitans

Mycteria leucocephala

Pseudibis papillosa

Leptoptilos dubius

Platalea leucorodia

ICUN Category

Endangered

Threatened

Vulnerable( i n

it ii

( i n

« »

Near threatened

ThreatenedK i i

Source : Management Plan for Bhainsroadgarh Wildlife Sanctuary of Year 2003-2004(Chittorgarh Forest Division)

2.130


2.5.10 Fishes

Rana Pratap Sagar dam constructed over the Chambal River lies on the eastern

limits of the Bhaisroadgarh Sanctuary. Rajasthan Atomic Power station is only one Km

away from the Sanctuary on opposite bank of the Chambal river. Major carps recorded in

Rana Pratap sagar dam are Catla , Rohu, Mrigal, Calbasu and Mahseer. Last ten year

data (1991-2001) of major carps percentage in total production of Rana Pratap Sagar

dam is depicted in the Table 2.5.16. There is a fish seed farm on the right bank of canal

at Rawatbhata. The average fish catch at Rana Pratap Sagar is estimated to be

545.5 tonnes /year.

2.131


29*9 73" 90'

N

7 9 I0O KM

LEOEHD

SAMPLING LOCATIONS

TAR ROAD

E ART HERN NOAO

RAN A PRATAP 9A8AR

Fig. 2.5.1 : Sampling Locations for Biological Environment

2.132


Table 2.5.1

List of Sampling Locations for Biological Environment

Sr. No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Name of SamplingLocation

Padachar

Jawahar Sagar

Bhainsroadgarh

Aklingpura

Borabas

Nalikheda

Gandhisagar

Distance fromPlant Site (km)

7.5

8.5

12.0

12.5

18.0

19.0

20.0

Direction

NNW

NNE

N

SW

NW

E

ES

2.133


Table 2.5.2

Formulae for Analysing Phytosociological Characteristic of Vegetation

Density

Relative Density

Dominance

Number of individuals of species A

Area Sampled

Relative dominance =

Frequency

Relative Frequency =

Abundance/Quadrat =

Density of species A

Total density of all species

Total cover or basal area of species

Area sampled

Dominance of species A

x100

X 100Total dominance of all species

Number of plots in which species A occurs

Total number of plots sampled

Frequency value for species AX 100

Importance Value Index

Simpson's Diversity Index

Total frequency values of all species

Total number of Species A occur in all quadrates

Total number of quadrat in which species A occur

R. Density + R. Dominance + R. Frequency

nI

i = 1

ni (ni -1)

n ( n -1)

ni - is the number of individuals of the ith species in the samplen - is the total number of individuals in the sample .

2.134


Sr.No.

(a)

1

2

3

4

5

6.

7.

8.

9.

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

List of Plant

Local Name

Trees

Aam

Amaltas

Amla

Bad

Bahera

Bija

Bilh

Bor

Churel

.Dhola

Dhaura

.Dhokra

Ghat ber

Gurjan

Goya Khair

Gular

Haldu

Hingoca

Imli

Jamun

Jhingha

Kakon

Kada

Karaya

Khair

Khirni

Kohra

Table 2.5.3

Species Recorded from

Botanical Name

Mangifera indica

Cassia fistula

Emblica officinalis

Ficus bengalensis

Terminalia bellerica

Pterocarpus massupium

Aegle marmelos

Zizyphus mauratiana

Holoptelea integrifolia

Butea monosperma

Anogeissus latifolia

Anogeissus pendala

Zizyphus xylocarpa

Lannea coromanadalica

Dichrostachys cinerea

Ficus racemosa

Adina cordifolia

Balanites aegyptica

Tamarindus indica

Syzygium cumini

Bauhinia racemosa

Flacourtia indica

Mitragyna parvifolia

Sterculia urens

Acacia catechu

Wrightia tinctoria

Terminalia arjuna

Study Area

Family

Anacardiaceae

Caesalpiniaceae

Euphorbiaceae

Moraceae

Combretaceae

Fabaceae

Rutaceae

Rhamnaceae

Moraceae

Fabaceae

Combretaceae

Combretaceae

Rhamnaceae

Lamiaceae

Cyperaceae

Moraceae

Rubiaceae

Asclepiadiaceae

Caesalpiniaceae

Sterculiaceae

Caesalpiniaceae

Flacourtiaceae

Rubiaceae

Sterculiaceae

Mimosaceae

Apocynaceae

Combretaceae

2.135


Sr. Local NameNo.

Botanical Name Family

28 Mahua

29 Mokua

30 Neem

31 Paras papal

32 Pipal

33 Rojjh

34 Rohan

35 Sadera

36 Salar

37 Semal

38 Serjna

39 Siris (Kala)

40 Khadi (Safed Siris)

41 Tendu

42 Umbia

b) Shrubs and herbs

1. Anwal

2. Amia

3. Bans

4. Besharam

5. Dudhi

6. Jhasber

7. Jhurmari

8. Jhan

9. Karonda

10. KoliKandi

11. Dholi musli

12. Panwar

C) Climbers

1. Aonl bel

Madhuca indica

Cassia fistula

Azadirachta indica

Ficus cordifolia

Ficus religiosa

Acacia leucophloea

Soymida febrifuga

Terminalia tomentosa

Boswellia serrata

Bombax cieba

Moringa oleifera

Albizzia labbeck

Albizzia procera

Diospyrus melanoxylon

Mellotus philipinensis

Cassia auriculata

Olerodendron viscorun

Dendrocalamus strict us

Ipomoea fistula

Euphorbia hirta

Zizyphus mumuleria

Lantena camera

Temarix dioca

Carissa spinarum

Scilla spinarum

Cuculigo orchioides

Cassia tora

Crotolaria orisensis

Sapotaceae

Fabaceae

Meliaceae

Moraceae

Moraceae

Mimosaceae

Meliaceae

Combretaceae

Burseraceae

Bombacaceae

Moringaceae

Mimosaceae

Mimosaceae

Ebnaceae

Euphorbiaceae

Fabaceae

Asteraceae

Poaceae

Apocyanaceae

Euphorbiaceae

Rhamnaceae

Lamiaceae

Tamaricaceae

Apocyanaceae

Liliaceae

Hypoxidaceae

Fabaceae

Fabaceae

2.136


Sr.No.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

(d)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

Local Name

Chirmu

Dudhi

Kakoda

Kenwach

Bichhubel

Narkanta

Neemgiloy

Palasbel

Grasses

Baru

Polda

Bharut

Buhari

Dab

Garra

Gandel

Makra

Karad

Lampals

Ratda

Seran

Surwala

Botanical Name

Abrus precatorius

Ichnocarpus frutes cens

Momordica charantia

Mucuna prarita

Cryptolepis bunchanani

Asparagus dumosus

Tinospora cordifolia

Butea superba

Sorghum habepensa

Alphuda mutica

Cenchrus setigerus

Eremopogon foreolatus

Imperata cylindrica

Aristida setacea

Aseilema laseum

Dactylocteniumaglypticum

Dichanthium annulalum

Aristida depressa

Themeda quadrivalvis

Chrysopogon fulvus

Heteropogon contortus

Family

Fabaceae

Asteraceae

Cucurbitaceae

Fabaceae

Periplocaceae

Liliaceae

Tiliaceae

Fabaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

2.137


Table 2.5.4List of Families with Species Count

Sr. No. Family No. of Species

1

3

1

2

1

1

3

5

1

1

1

2

9

1

1

2

2

2

4

5

1

1

3

2

1

1

2

1

1

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

Anacardiaceae

Apocyanaceae

Asclepiadiaceae

Asteraceae

Bombacaceae

Burseraceae

Caesalpiniaceae

Combretaceae

Cucurbitaceae

Cyperaceae

Ebnaceae

Euphorbiaceae

Fabaceae

Flacourtiaceae

Hypoxidaceae

Lamiaceae

Liliaceae

Meliaceae

Mimosaceae

Moraceae

Moringaceae

Periplocaceae

Rhamnaceae

Rubiaceae

Rutaceae

Sapotaceae

Sterculiaceae

Tamaricaceae

Tiliaceae

2.138


Table 2.5.5

Simpson's Diversity Index of Plant Species in Study Area

Sr. No Name of the location Tree Shrub Herb

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Padachar

Jawahar Sagar

Bhainsroadgarh

Aklingpura

Borabas

Nalikheda

Gandhisagar

0.018

0.016

0.014

0.035

0.020

0.023

0.026

Table 2.5.6

0.023

0.024

0.025

0.026

0.033

0.030

0.024

0.027

0.034

0.025

0.029

0.031

0.027

0.033

Density of Plant Species in Study Area

Sr. No. Name of the location Tree/ ha Shrub/ ha Herb/ ha

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Padachar

Jawahar Sagar

Bhainsroadgarh

Aklingpura

Borabas

Nalikheda

Gandhisagar

320

335

475

120

531

390

324

3733

6133

6133

3200

5733

5067

3508

5067

6715

7118

4804

8000

6889

9333

2.139


Table 2.5.7

Floristic Characteristics of Dominant Flora of Bhainsroadgarh

Sr.No.

Name of Species

Trees

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Azadirachta indica

Moringa tinctoria

Pterocarpus marsupium

Flacourtia indica

Anogeissus pendulata

Emblica officinalis

Acacia leucophloea

Casuarina equisetifolia

Acacia catechu

Mangifera indica

Shrubs

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Antigonum leptopus

Ipoemia fistulosa

Calotropis procera

Cassia auriculata

Oleodendron viscorum

Tamarix dioca

Ricinus communis

Datura stramonium

Lantana camara

Jatropha gossipifolia

Herbs

21

22

23

24

25

26

Amaranths spinosa

Andropogon contortus

Croton sparciflorus

Cyanodon dactylon

Celosia argentea

Eclipta alba

D/ha

20

15

10

15

20

10

15

25

15

20

267

267

267

400

400

267

400

267

533

400

296

222

222

370

222

444

RD

5.13

3.85

2.56

3.85

5.13

2.56

3.85

6.41

3.85

5.13

5.264

5.264

5.264

7.896

7.896

5.264

7.896

5.264

10.528

7.896

4.302

3.226

3.226

5.377

3.226

6.452

F

0.22

0.66

1

0.66

1

1

0.33

0.33

0.22

0.44

0.66

0.33

0.66

0.33

0.33

0.33

1

0.33

0.66

1

0.66

1

1

1

1

0.33

RF

0.99

2.96

4.48

2.96

4.48

4.48

1.48

1.48

0.99

1.97

4.735

2.367

4.735

2.367

2.367

2.367

7.174

2.367

4.735

7.174

4.233

6.414

6.414

6.414

6.414

2.117

Dm

0.066

0.024

0.025

0.071

0.317

0.017

0.057

0.053

0.047

0.046

0.053

0.053

0.053

0.079

0.079

0.053

0.079

0.053

0.105

0.079

0.043

0.032

0.032

0.054

0.032

0.065

R Dm

6.61

2.44

2.53

7.09

31.71

1.73

5.70

5.27

4.66

4.59

5.263

5.263

5.263

7.895

7.895

5.263

7.895

5.263

10.526

7.895

4.301

3.226

3.226

5.376

3.226

6.452

I V I

4.241

3.079

3.192

4.631

13.773

2.925

3.674

4.386

3.162

3.896

5.087

4.298

5.087

6.053

6.053

4.298

7.655

4.298

8.596

7.655

4.279

4.289

4.289

5.723

4.289

5.007

2.140


Sr.No.

27

28

29

30

Name of Species

Sida cordifolia

Parthenium hysterophorus

Phyllanthus niruri

Tridax procumbens

D/ha

370

296

593

370

RD

5.377

4.302

8.603

5.377

F

0.33

1

0.22

1

RF

2.117

6.414

1.411

6.414

Dm

0.054

0.043

0.086

0.054

R

5.

4.

8.

5.

Dm

376

301

602

376

I V I

4.290

5.006

6.206

5.723

*D/ha - Density per hectare *RD - Relative Density * F - Frequency *RF - Relative Frequency*Dm - Dominance *R Dm - Relative dominance *IVI - Importance value index

2.141


Table 2.5.8Floristic Characteristics of Dominant Flora of Jawahar Sagar

Sr.No.

Trees

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Name of Species

Aegle marmelos

Acacia nilotica

Dendrocalamus strictus

Butea monosperma

Bauhinia racemosa

Ficus racemosa

Mangifera indica

Pithocelobium dulce

Wrightia tinctoria

Anogeissus pendula

Shrubs

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Herbs

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

Calotropis gigantia

Calotropis procera

Datura stramonium

Cassia occidentalis

Caesealpinia bonducella

Lantana camara

Opuntia dilleni

Solanum hispidum

Thespesia lampas

Indigofera tinctoria

Abutilon polyandrum

Aerva lanata

Coccinia indica

Eclipta alba

Croton sparciflorus

Chenpodium album

Boerhaavia diffusa

Partheniumhysterophorus

Tephrosia purpurea

Tridax procumbens

D/ha

10

20

15

15

10

10

10

10

15

15

500

333

333

167

333

333

167

167

333

333

400

267

400

267

400

533

267

267

400

267

RD

3.13

6.25

4.69

4.69

3.13

3.13

3.13

3.13

4.69

4.69

11.111

7.407

7.407

3.704

7.407

7.407

3.704

3.704

7.407

7.407

7.894

5.263

7.894

5.263

7.894

10.526

5.263

5.263

7.894

5.263

F

1

0.66

1

0.33

1

1

1

0.22

0.66

1

1

0.66

0.33

1

0.66

1

1

0.66

1

1

0.22

0.33

1

0.33

1

0.66

1

0.33

0.66

1

RF

3.75

2.47

3.75

1.24

3.75

3.75

3.75

0.82

2.47

3.75

8.532

5.631

2.816

8.532

5.631

8.532

8.532

5.631

8.532

8.532

1.590

2.384

7.225

2.384

7.225

4.769

7.225

2.384

4.769

7.225

Dm

0.026

0.072

0.058

0.144

0.032

0.038

0.054

0.060

0.058

0.123

0.111

0.074

0.074

0.037

0.074

0.074

0.037

0.037

0.074

0.074

0.079

0.053

0.079

0.053

0.079

0.105

0.053

0.053

0.079

0.053

R Dm

2.58

7.17

5.81

14.35

3.23

3.81

5.45

6.00

5.81

12.26

11.111

7.407

7.407

3.704

7.407

7.407

3.704

3.704

7.407

7.407

7.895

5.263

7.895

5.263

7.895

10.526

5.263

5.263

7.895

5.263

I V I

3.152

5.299

4.749

6.758

3.369

3.560

4.107

3.316

4.324

6.898

10.252

6.815

5.877

5.313

6.815

7.782

5.313

4.346

7.782

7.782

5.793

4.303

7.671

4.303

7.671

8.607

5.917

4.303

6.853

5.917*D/ha - Density per hectare *RD - Relative Density * F - Frequency *RF - Relative Frequency

*Dm - Dominance *R Dm - Relative dominance *IVI - Importance value index

2.142


Table 2.5.9

Floristic Characteristics of Dominant Flora of Borabas

Sr. No.

Trees

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Shrubs

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Herbs

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

Name of Species

Azadirachta indica

Moringa tinctoria

Ceiba pentandra

Anogeissus pendula

Aegle marmelos

Emblica officinalis

Acacia leucophloea

Flacourtia indica

Bauhinia racemosa

Cassia fistula

Antigonum leptopus


Calotropis procera

Cassia occidentalis

Nerium indicum

Carica papaya

Ricinus communis

Datura stramonium

Lantana camara


Amaranths spinosa

Andropogon contortus

Croton sparciflorus

Cyanodon dactylon

Celosia argentea

Eclipta alba

Sida cordifolia

D/ha

10

15

15

15

15

15

20

20

15

15

267

267

267

400

400

267

400

267

533

400

296

222

222

370

222

444

370

RD

2.15

3.23

3.23

3.23

3.23

3.23

4.30

4.30

3.23

3.23

5.264

5.264

5.264

7.896

7.896

5.264

7.896

5.264

10.528

7.896

4.302

3.226

3.226

5.377

3.226

6.452

5.377

F

1

0.33

0.66

0.33

0.22

0.22

1

1

0.66

0.66

0.66

0.33

0.66

0.33

0.33

0.33

1

0.33

0.66

1

0.66

1

1

1

1

0.33

0.33

RF

2.77

0.91

1.83

0.91

0.61

0.61

2.77

2.77

1.83

1.83

4.735

2.367

4.735

2.367

2.367

2.367

7.174

2.367

4.735

7.174

4.233

6.414

6.414

6.414

6.414

2.117

2.117

Dm

0.023

0.060

0.029

0.067

0.049

0.078

0.233

0.049

0.049

0.027

0.053

0.053

0.053

0.079

0.079

0.053

0.079

0.053

0.105

0.079

0.043

0.032

0.032

0.054

0.032

0.065

0.054

R Dm

2.32

5.96

2.86

6.75

4.86

7.81

23.31

4.86

4.86

2.73

5.263

5.263

5.263

7.895

7.895

5.263

7.895

5.263

10.526

7.895

4.301

3.226

3.226

5.376

3.226

6.452

5.376

I V I

2.413

3.365

2.640

3.630

2.898

3.882

10.128

3.977

3.305

2.596

5.087

4.298

5.087

6.053

6.053

4.298

7.655

4.298

8.596

7.655

4.279

4.289

4.289

5.723

4.289

5.007

4.290

2.143


Sr. No. Name of Species D/ha R D F R F Dm R D m I V I

28 Parthenium hysterophorus 296 4.302 1

29 Phyllanthus niruri 593 8.603 0.22

30 Tridax procumbens 370 5.377 1

*D/ha - Density per hectare *RD - Relative Density * F - Frequency *RF - Relative Frequency*Dm - Dominance *R Dm - Relative dominance *IVI - Importance value index

6.

1.

6.

414

411

414

0.

0.

0.

043

086

054

4.

8.

5.

301

602

376

5

6

5

.006

.206

.723

2.144


Table 2.5.10Floristic Characteristics of Dominant Flora of Gandhi Sagar

Sr. No.

Trees

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

JVame of Species

Azadirachta indica

Holoptelia integrifolia

Tamerindus indica

Sterculia urense

Bauhinia racemosa

Ficus racemosa

Mangifera indica

Aegle marmelos

Ficus benghalensis

Boswellia serrata

Shrubs

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Herbs

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30


Calotropis procera

Datura stramonium

Cassia occidentalis

Caesalpinia cristata

Lantana carnara

Capparis aphylla

Solanum hispidum

Vitex negundo

Ricinus communis

Achyranthes aspera

Aerva lanata

Cyanodon dactylon

Eclipta alba

Croton sparciflorus

Chenpodium album

Boerhaavia diffusa

Butea superba

Lawsonia inenvis

Tridax procumbens

D/ha

13

25

19

13

19

19

25

19

19

31

267

267

267

267

400

133

133

267

267

267

400

267

400

267

400

533

267

267

345

267

RD

2.94

5.88

4.41

2.94

4.41

4.41

5.88

4.41

4.41

7.35

7.143

7.143

7.143

7.143

10.715

3.572

3.572

7.143

7.143

7.143

7.894

5.263

7.894

5.263

7.894

10.526

5.263

5.263

7.894

5.263

F

1

1

0.33

1

0.33

0.66

1

0.22

0.22

1

1

0.33

0.22

0.33

0.44

1

1

0.22

0.44

0.77

0.22

0.33

1

0.33

1

0.66

1

0.33

0.66

1

RF

4.50

4.50

1.48

4.50

1.48

2.97

4.50

0.99

0.99

4.50

8.787

2.900

1.933

2.900

3.866

8.787

8.787

1.933

3.866

6.766

1.590

2.384

7.225

2.384

7.225

4.769

7.225

2.384

4.769

7.225

Dm

0.016

0.249

0.072

0.025

0.064

0.031

0.052

0.052

0.083

0.200

0.071

0.071

0.071

0.071

0.107

0.036

0.036

0.071

0.071

0.071

0.079

0.053

0.079

0.053

0.079

0.105

0.053

0.053

0.079

0.053

R Dm

1.62

24.87

7.20

2.47

6.35

3.06

5.18

5.18

8.33

20.00

7.143

7.143

7.143

7.143

10.714

3.571

3.571

7.143

7.143

7.143

7.895

5.263

7.895

5.263

7.895

10.526

5.263

5.263

7.895

5.263

I V I

3.020

11.748

4.365

3.303

4.083

3.478

5.187

3.528

4.577

10.615

7.691

5.729

5.407

5.729

8.432

5.310

5.310

5.407

6.051

7.018

5.793

4.303

7.671

4.303

7.671

8.607

5.917

4.303

6.853

5.917

*D/ha - Density per hectare *RD - Relative Density * F - Frequency *RF - Relative Frequency


2.145


Table 2.5.11Floristic Characteristics of Dominant Flora of Akiingpura

Sr. No.

Trees

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Shrubs

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Herbs

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

Name of Species

Acacia leucophloea

Acacia nilotica

Acacia auricutoformis

Butea monosperma

Bauhinia racemosa

Ficus racemosa

Mangifera indica

Pithocelobium dulce

Leucena leucocephala

Prosopis juliflora


Calotropis procera

Datura stramonium

Cassia occidentalis

Nyctathus arbor-tristis

Lantana camara

Apluda mutica

Solanum hispidum

Sida rhombifolia

Indigofera tinctoria

Cassia tora

Aerva lanata

Coccinia indica

Eclipta alba

Croton sparciflorus

Chrysopogon fulvus

Boerhaavia diffusa


Tephrosia purpurea

Blumea virens

D/ha

10

20

15

15

10

10

10

10

15

15

117

78

104

52

13

91

52

143

65

156

400

267

400

267

400

533

267

267

400

267

RD

3.13

6.25

4.69

4.69

3.13

3.13

3.13

3.13

4.69

4.69

5.883

3.922

5.229

2.615

0.654

4.576

2.615

7.190

3.268

7.844

7.894

5.263

7.894

5.263

7.894

10.526

5.263

5.263

7.894

5.263

F

1

0.66

1

0.33

1

1

1

0.22

0.66

1

0.75

0.5

0.08

0.33

0.58

0.58

0.33

0.91

0.41

1

0.22

0.33

1

0.33

1

0.66

1

0.33

0.66

1

RF

3.75

2.47

3.75

1.24

3.75

3.75

3.75

0.82

2.47

3.75

6.019

4.013

0.642

2.648

4.655

4.655

2.648

7.303

3.291

8.026

1.590

2.384

7.225

2.384

7.225

4.769

7.225

2.384

4.769

7.225

Dm

0.026

0.072

0.058

0.144

0.032

0.038

0.054

0.060

0.058

0.123

0.059

0.039

0.052

0.026

0.007

0.046

0.026

0.072

0.033

0.078

0.079

0.053

0.079

0.053

0.079

0.105

0.053

0.053

0.079

0.053

R Dm

2.58

7.17

5.81

14.35

3.23

3.81

5.45

6.00

5.81

12.26

5.882

3.922

5.229

2.614

0.654

4.575

2.614

7.190

3.268

7.843

7.895

5.263

7.895

5.263

7.895

10.526

5.263

5.263

7.895

5.263

I V I

3.152

5.299

4.749

6.758

3.369

3.560

4.107

3.316

4.324

6.898

5.928

3.952

3.700

2.626

1.987

4.602

2.626

7.228

3.276

7.904

5.793

4.303

7.671

4.303

7.671

8.607

5.917

4.303

6.853

5.917



2.146


Table: 2.5.12Floristic Characteristics of Dominant Flora of Nalikheda

Sr. No

Trees

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

• Name of Species

Acacia leucophloea

Acacia nilotica

Acacia catechu

Butea monosperma

Bauhinia racemosa

Ficus racemosa

Mangifera indica

Adina cordifolia

Balanites aegyptica

Anogeissus latifolia

Shrubs

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Herbs

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30


Asparagus dumosus

Tinospora cordifolia

Cassia occidentalis


Lantana camara

Scilla spinarum

Solanum hispidum

Thespesia lampas

Woodfordia fruticosa

Achyranthes aspera

Aerva lanata

Coccinia indica

Eclipta alba

Croton sparciflorus

Chenpodium album

Boerhaavia diffusa


Tephrosia purpurea

Tridax procumbens

D/ha

10

20

15

15

10

10

10

10

15

15

267

267

267

267

400

133

133

267

267

267

333

667

833

333

167

500

167

333

500

500

RD

3.13

6.25

4.69

4.69

3.13

3.13

3.13

3.13

4.69

4.69

7.143

7.143

7.143

7.143

10.715

3.572

3.572

7.143

7.143

7.143

5.128

10.256

12.821

5.128

2.564

7.692

2.564

5.128

7.692

7.692

F

1

0.66

1

0.33

1

1

1

0.22

0.66

1

1

0.33

0.22

0.33

0.44

1

1

0.22

0.44

0.77

1

0.33

0.33

0.66

1

0.66

1

1

1

1

RF

3.75

2.47

3.75

1.24

3.75

3.75

3.75

0.82

2.47

3.75

8.787

2.900

1.933

2.900

3.866

8.787

8.787

1.933

3.866

6.766

8.532

2.816

2.816

5.631

8.532

5.631

8.532

8.532

8.532

8.532

Dm

0.026

0.072

0.058

0.144

0.032

0.038

0.054

0.060

0.058

0.123

0.071

0.071

0.071

0.071

0.107

0.036

0.036

0.071

0.071

0.071

0.053

0.105

0.132

0.053

0.026

0.079

0.026

0.053

0.079

0.079

R Dm

2.58

7.17

5.81

14.35

3.23

3.81

5.45

6.00

5.81

12.26

7.143

7.143

7.143

7.143

10.714

3.571

3.571

7.143

7.143

7.143

5.263

10.526

13.158

5.263

2.632

7.895

2.632

5.263

7.895

7.895

I V I

3.152

5.299

4.749

6.758

3.369

3.560

4.107

3.316

4.324

6.898

7.691

5.729

5.407

5.729

8.432

5.310

5.310

5.407

6.051

7.018

6.308

7.866

9.598

5.341

4.576

7.073

4.576

6.308

8.040

8.040



2.147


Table 2.5.13

Floristic Characteristics of Dominant Flora of Padachar

Sr. No

Trees

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

Name of Species

Acacia catechu

Albizzia lebbek

Dendrocalamus strictus

Cassia fistula

Azadirachta indica

Sterculia urens

Aegle marmelos

Sygygium cumini

Terminalia belehca

Anogeissus pendulata

Abutilon indicum

Acacia concinna

Adhatoda vasica

Barteria prionotis

Cassia auriculata

Euphorbia nerifolia

Solanum indicum

Thespesia lampas

Woodfordia fruiticosa

Zizyyphus rugosa

Aegeratum conyzoides

Aerides crispum

Alternanthera sessilis

Alysicarpus pubescens

Dipcadi montanum

Gnaphaliurn luteo-album

Lagascea mollis

Leucas aspera

Polygonum glabra

Striga gesneroides

D/ha

15

10

15

10

10

15

10

5

5

5

RD

6.82

4.55

6.82

4.55

4.55

6.82

4.55

2.27

2.27

2.27

Shrubs

267

133

400

267

267

133

267

267

400

133

1

333

667

833

333

167

500

167

333

500

500

9.092

4.546

13.638

9.092

9.092

4.546

9.092

9.092

13.638

4.546

terbs

5.128

10.256

12.821

5.128

2.564

7.692

2.564

5.128

7.692

7.692

F

0.44

0.66

0.88

0.88

0.22

1

0.22

1

1

0.66

0.33

0.66

1

0.33

1

1

1

0.66

0.33

1

1

0.33

0.33

0.66

1

0.66

1

1

1

1

RF

2.77

4.16

5.54

5.54

1.39

6.30

1.39

6.30

6.30

4.16

3.824

7.648

11.587

3.824

11.587

11.587

11.587

7.648

3.824

11.587

8.532

2.816

2.816

5.631

8.532

5.631

8.532

8.532

8.532

8.532

D

0.111

0.013

0.074

0.023

0.128

0.087

0.101

0.017

0.014

0.045

0.091

0.045

0.136

0.091

0.091

0.045

0.091

0.091

0.136

0.045

0.053

0.105

0.132

0.053

0.026

0.079

0.026

0.053

0.079

0.079

R Dm

11.10

1.35

7.43

2.29

12.84

8.72

10.11

1.72

1.41

4.49

9.091

4.545

13.636

9.091

9.091

4.545

9.091

9.091

13.636

4.545

5.263

10.526

13.158

5.263

2.632

7.895

2.632

5.263

7.895

7.895

I V I

6.90

3.35

6.60

4.13

6.26

7.28

5.35

3.43

3.33

3.64

7.336

5.580

12.954

7.336

9.923

6.893

9.923

8.610

10.366

6.893

6.308

7.866

9.598

5.341

4.576

7.073

4.576

6.308

8.040

8.040



2.148


Table 2.5.14Details of Plantation Carried out by RAPS

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Item

Area covered with lawns andgardens

Area having tree density morethan 200 trees /hectare

Total area of the plant includingattached housing colony site

Area of the building and roads

Area which could not be used forplantation lawn for the reasonssuch as existing water body,safety or security requirementsor any other such reasons

No. of trees planted in the year2001



Percentage of trees surviving atthe end of 2001



RAPS 3 & 4

1.83 hectare of plant + 9.69hectares of colony = 11.52hectares

7.923 hectares

339 hectares

96.39 hectares

4.98 hectares

100

1029

610

100%

98%

70%

RAPS 1 & 2

9.2 hectares

20 hectares

150 hectares

90 hectares

32 hectares

45

45

42

9 0 %

7 0 %

6 0 %

2.149


Sr. No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

List of Fauna

English Name

Panther

Jungle cat

Jackal

Indian fox

Stipped

Indian wildboar

Hedgehog

Indian mongoose

Hare

Stripped Squirrel

Indian porcupine

Blue bull

Indian gazelle

Four horned antilope

Common Langur

Common wearver

Koel

Babbler

King crow

Indian great Owl

Sarus

Little egeret

Gray jungle fowl

Gray Partridge

Common Peafowl

Green Pigeon

Crocodile

Lizard

Pythons

King Kobra

Table 2.5.15

Present in the Study Area

Hindi/Local Name

Adhbesra

Ban Bilav

Gidar

Lomri

Hyaena Jarakh

Sooar

Jhanmusa

Nevla

Khargosh

Gillahari

Sehi

Nilgai

Chinkara

Bhedal

Langur

Baya

Kokila

Satbhai

Bhujanga

Ghughu

Sarus

Safed Bagula

Jungli Murga

Titar

Mor

Harrial

Magar

Agra monitor lizard

Ajgar

Nag

Scientific Name

Panthera pardus

Felis chaus

Cam's aureus

Vulpesrulpes

Hyaena hyaena

Sus scrofa cristatus

Hemiechinus auritus

Herpes tededwardsi

Lepus nigricollis

Gunanibuluss pehnanoti

Hystrix Indica

Boselaphus tragocamelus

Gazella gazella

Tetracenis quadri

Presbytis entellus

Polceus phillippinus

Kokila edynamis

Turdoides somervilei

Dicrusus mucrocercus

Bubo bubo

Antigone antigone

Egre garzettle

Gulus Senneratii

Rancolinus pandicerianus

Pavo cristatus

Crocopus phonicopterus

Crocodylus palustries

Pata goe

Python morolus

Naja naja

2.150


Table 2.5.16

Major Carps Percentage in Total Fish Production

Years

1991-92

1992-93

1993-94

1994-95

1995-96

1996-97

1997-98

1998-99

2000-01

Average

Species

Catla

3.0

2.2

7.5

12.0

7.4

6.2

14.5

13.4

7.2

8.15

Rohu

2.2

16.4

0.7

13.5

10.5

6.3

7.4

5.7

6.3

7.66

Mrigal

0.8

2.7

1.1

3.8

4.2

3.1

3.2

2.5

3.9

2.81

Calbasu

27.7

28.3

27.7

20.2

27.5

28.2

19.3

16.0

13.0

23.10

Mahseer

1.0

2.7

2.0

2.4

2.7

4.4

3.0

1.0

2.2

2.4

Groups wise percentage in thecatch

Majorcarps

34.8

52.4

39.1

52.1

52.5

48.3

47.4

38.7

32.6

44.2

MinorCarps &Other

54.6

26.1

41.3

22.6

30.3

32.0

25.7

32.4

39.7

31.3

CatFishes

10.6

21.5

19.6

25.3

17.2

19.2

26.9

28.9

27.7

24.5

Total fishProduction

(tonnes/year)

353.6

730.3

386.6

340.0

605.0

446.7

625.3

585.5

837.2

545.5

2.151


2.6 Socio-Economic Environment


Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited (NPCIL), proposes to install unit 7 & 8

of nuclear power plant near Rawatbhata in Begun tehsil of Chittodgarh district in

Rajasthan.

The ecological setting near Rawatbhata (proposed site) involves wildlife

sanctuaries viz. Darrah Wildlife Sanctuary, Jawaharsagar Sanctuary and Bhensrordgarh

Sanctuary, Bhainsrordgarh fort etc. As such, it becomes imperative to predict the impacts

of the proposed unit 7 & 8, of power plant on socio-economic environment. This is so,

because project of such magnitude would trigger off multiple impacts hampering as well

as benefiting the environment at local and regional level and likely impacts would relate to

physical, biological and socio-economic environment. Such as exercise of impact

assessment would help in formulating an effective Environment Management Plan which,

if properly implemented would help mitigating adverse impacts on the socio-economic

environment.

Keeping Rawatbhata Atomic Power Plant (NPP) site as a focal point, a 25 km.

radius area was delineated as a study area, which incorporates mainly five districts from

Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh States. Out of these five districts four are from

Rajasthan and one i.e. Neemuch is from M.P. Significantly two rivers namely Chambal

and Brahmni passes through the study area. New expansion units are proposed to be

set up in the existing premises. Since the land is already acquired and available for

expansion, activities like displacement, compensation, rehabilitation and resettlement do

not figure in study.

2.6.2 Baseline Status

The administrative set up in the study area is delineated below :

DistrictChittorgarhBhilwaraBundiKota

Neemuch

TehsilBegunMandalgarhBundiRamganjmandiLad pura

-

Panchayat SamiteeBhainsrorgarhMandalgarhTaleraChechatLad pura

-

No. of Villages20814373475-

2.152


The entire study area comprises total 368 no. of villages from five tehsils of four

districts in Rajasthan. A small portion of Madhya Pradesh (Neemuch district) falls in

study area.

Baseline data has been collected from several primary and secondary sources,

viz. Census record, statistical handbook, village administrative office, primary health

centres, district medical office etc.

In all 14 villages as listed in Table 2.6.1 along with their distance and direction

were surveyed within 25 km. radial distance from the proposed site. Villages identified for

collection of socio-economic environment have been shown in Fig. 2.6.1.

The survey has been carried out with the help of predesigned set of questionnaire.

Adult male and female representing various communities were interviewed on judgmental

and purposive basis. Data on following parameter has been collected for the study

region.

> Demographic structure

> Infrastructure resource base

> Economic attributes

> Health status

> Cultural & aesthetic attributes

> Socio-economic Status with reference to QoL (Quality of Life Index)

2.6.2.1 Demographic Structure

The demographic structure of the study area is presented in Table 2.6.2 which

gives information on population, employment, household, literacy, community structure

and demography at a glance is shown in Table 2.6.3. The salient features of the area

studied are as follows :

> The entire study area covers 2870 sq.km area from all the four districts of

Rajasthan state under study area. In the 25 km. radial study area the largest

contribution of area is from Chittodgarh district 48% followed by Kota 31%, Bundi

19%, and Bhilwara 2%

> The total population of study area is 1,65,013 with population density of 57

persons per sq.km as against the population density 129 persons per sq.km for

state. Thus as compared to state the study area is very sparsely populated

2.153


> Sex ratio (no. of females/1000 males) is 872, which indicates that females are less

in number than their male counterpart in the study area and lower as compared to

state 910 females/1000 males

> The overall literacy rate in the study area is 20% which is less than the state

average 38.5%

> The employment rate in the study area is 40.2%

2.6.2.2 Infrastructure Resource Base

The Infrastructure resource base of the villages in the study area with reference

to education, medical, water resource, post and telegraph, transportation and power

supply based on census data, 1991 is presented in Table 2.6.4

The significant features are:

> Maximum villages have primary and middle school. There are 11 high schools and

2 pre university/ junior colleges. The education facilities are not satisfactory in the

study area which is already reflected in Literacy rate of 20%

> Medical facilities in terms of community health workers and registered medical

practitioners are available in most of the villages

> In the study area 3 PHC and 18 PHS are available and most of the villages avail

this facility within a distance of 5 to 10 kms

> The rural people from all district use untreated well water for drinking purpose.

Near plant side village people using treated water provided by RAPP water supply

facility

> Communication is very poor in the study area. Very few villages have post office

facilities. More than 90% villages in study area use these services within 5 to 10

km. distances

> Bus is the main mode of transport and most of the villages are connected through

road network and also approachable through public transport

> Most of the villages are electrified. Power supply is available for both domestic as

well as agriculture purposes

2.6.2.3 Economic Attributes

The main occupation of the people in the area is based on agriculture. Sixty seven

percent of main workers are engaged in agricultural and alied activities. The food crops

2.154


grown in all districts are Jowar, Bajra, Maize, Wheat, Barley, Pulses, Oil seeds,

Sugarcane and Cotton. Besides, livestock play an important role in the economy of the

study area. Five percent of the main workers are engaged in this activity.

Study area is famous for tourist centres, archeological importance and for

handicraft. 19% people are engaged in the household industries. A fabric well known by

the name "Kota fabric" is exported. This gives revenue to the Govt. and enhances the

economy of people engaged in this business.

The forest - based resources also supports the economy in the study area. There

are no major industries in the study area. The employment pattern in the study area is

shown in Fig. 2.6.2.

2.6.2.4 Health Status

Health of the people is not only a desirable goal, but is also essential investment

in Human Resources. As per the National Health Policy (1983), primary health care has

been accepted as a main instrument for achieving this goal. For the development and

strengthening of rural health infrastructure through a three-tier system, viz. Sub-centres,

primary health centre (PHCs) and community health centre have been established.

Lack of buildings, shortage of manpower and inadequate provision of drug

supplies and equipments constitutes major impediments to full operationalisation of these

units. The standards for need of medical infrastructures and personnel according to

National Health Policy are given below:

Population Infrastructure Personnel

25,000-30,000 1 PHC, 6 beds 2 Medical officers

3,000-5,000 1 Subcentre 1ANM

1,00,000 Rural Medical superintendent

Health Status in the Study Area

According to district census handbook 1991, there are three Primary Health

Centres in the study area viz., Bhainsrorgarh, Lamba Khoh, and Jawahar Sagar, besides

medical facility in the form of maternity and child welfare units (MCW). All PHCs are well

maintained but shortage of personnel and equipment has adversely affected the

performance of sub-centre. The information regarding morbidity pattern, from PHCs are

presented in Table 2.6.5.

2.155


Reviewing the morbidity reports of primary health centres and socio-economic

survey, it is revealed that respiratory infections, diarrhoea, and dysentery are the most

prevailing diseases in the area, which leads to health impairment. Besides this other

diseases are dermatitis, anemia and gastroenteritis.

As per the discussion with medical officer at PHCs, it was revealed that there was

no report of death due to project related activity except old age and natural death, project

activity did not contribute reasons for the death

Health care infrastructure in the study area is good. In some villages, private

practitioners are providing health services. Most of the villagers visit Bhainsrorgarh PHC

and Kota, hospital as it is well maintained with all infrastructure equipments and drugs.

Also in case of emergency they visit to Kota for availing advanced medical facilities.

For the workers, periodically annual health check up is conducted under

occupational health and the reportable cases are sent for the treatment.

2.6.2.5 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes

The study area has its archaeological importance, the fort at Bhaisrorgarh,

Parajhar Mahadev cave, Geparnath Mahadev attracts many tourists & most important is

Baroli old temple in study area. Shiv Temple in Gepernath is now under the control of the

Archaeological Department.

2.6.3 Socio-economic Survey

2.6.3.1 Sampling Method

In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any

developmental projects on socio-economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the

apprehensions of the people in the project area. Socio-economic survey serves as an

effective tool for fulfilling this requirement.

Socio-economic survey was conducted in the study area in 14 villages located in

all directions with reference to project site by interviewing sarpanch of each village and

respondent (adults male-female) chosen by using judgmental or purposive sampling

methods representing various socio-economic sections of the community.

The salient observations recorded during the survey are :

> Literacy level amongst the respondents is poor. This is mainly because of lack of

educational facilities. Most of the respondents are hardly educated upto primary

level. Literacy rate in the study area is low i.e. 20%

2.156


> Wood and kerosene are the fuels mainly used for cooking purposes and very few

are using LPG fuel.

> Wells and Hand-pumps are the main sources of drinking water supply. Potability

also appear to be satisfactory. Sanitation facilities are very poor in the villages

surveyed

> Due to improper planning of drainage system respondents have reported the

problems related to mosquito nuisance

> Milk product is another important activity in the study area

> In case of emergency, villagers have to go to nearby town Kota to avail medical

facilities

> In most of the villages, respondents reported that their monthly income is nearly

Rs. 2000 - 4000. Unemployment problem is grave in the study area

> A discussion with Medical officer and residents at Rawatbhata revealed that, TB is

widely spreading disease

> The mode of transport is Bus and the buses are most frequent. The respondents

expressed satisfaction with respect to transportation facility

> More than 80% of the respondents are having electricity facility in their houses

Project Awareness and Opinion

Querries were made to the local people of villages surveyed for their awareness

about the project in general and their apprehensions about safety and health aspects of

Atomic Power Plant operation in particular. During discussions, following observations

were recorded.

Project awareness amongst the public is quite high in the villages surveyed

because of:

> Existing project activity

> Campaign by the RAPP personnel

> RAPP Multiple Units Activity and its facilities

Inspite of this high awareness about the project, nearly one fourth of the

respondents have not been able to express their opinion about the project, being "good"

2.157


or "bad" for the area. Amongst the remaining three fourth, opinion is divided equally in

favour of and against the project.

Inability to express their view as mentioned above can be attributed to:

- Lack of any knowledge about the very concept of Nuclear Power

Inspite of the efforts put in by the NPC personnel, the message has not

reached the masses effectively

> The respondents from Bhainsrorgarh and Shripura reported unfavorable opinion

about the project. This can be attributed to the fact that these two villages are very

close to the Chambal river and project site, and their apprehension is that

Chambal water may get polluted leading to water born diseases

> Misapprehensions leading the people in believing that the project would pollute the

water and air in the environment and radiation hazards would increase the cancer

prevalence in the area. These conditions are also responsible for an unfavorable

opinion in the rural area surveyed

> A large fraction of the group, expressing unfavorable opinion about the project,

can be accounted for the misapprehensions about the safety aspects of the power

plants. Nearly 60% of the respondents emphatically voiced their opinion about the

nuclear power plants being unsafe. This opinion is a result of intensive anti-

nuclear lobby/interested activities and influence of media

> However, job opportunities already given to the local people during construction

have resulted in the nearly 25% of the respondents expressing favorable opinion

about the project. This favorable opinion can also be attributed to improvement in

transportation and communication as well as the welfare activities in the rural area

2.6.3.2 Quality of Life

Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic

environment in a given area. Quality of life (QoL) is defined as a function between

"objective conditions" and "subjective attitudes" involving a defined "area" of concern.

The "objective conditions" are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a

physical, sociological event or economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as

any number, which stands for a given quantity of a variable of interest so long as it is

independent of subjective opinion.

2.158


Subjective attitude" is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive dimensions.

It is specifically concerned with 'how aspects of cognition vary as objective conditions

vary'.

Once objective measures are obtained for each factor they are transformed to a

normal scale varying from 0 to 1 (value function curve) in which 0 corresponds to the

lowest or least satisfactory measure, and 1 corresponds to the highest. The weights

assigned to each factor by ranked-pairwise technique, by the expert group based on the

secondary data and general observations.

For each objective measure, a corresponding subjective measure is developed for

each individual of the sample population by asking one to rate one's satisfaction. Scale

(value function curve) is used such that 0 corresponds to the lowest level of attitudinal

satisfaction and 1 corresponds to the highest level of satisfaction. Weights are assigned

to each factor using ranked - pairwise comparison techniques.

The Socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are :

1. Income, Employment and Working Condition

2. Housing

3. Food

4. Clothing

5. Water Supply and Sanitation

6. Health

7. Energy

8. Transportation and Communication

9. Education

10. Environment and Pollution

11. Recreation

12. Social Security

13. Human Rights

2.159

NEER1 Chapter 2: Baseline Environmental Status and Identification of impacts

I. Subjective quality of life

m pQoLs= 1/p I I Qlj, X Wi 2.6.1

i=1 j=1

Where,

QoLs = Subjective quality of life index

p = No. of respondents, j = 1 , p

m = No. of factors, i = 1, m

Qly = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by j t h respondent

Z Qiij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by all

respondents in an area

Wi = Relative weightage of the ith factor

II. Objective quality of lifei=n

QoLo = 1 Ql, X W, - - - 2.6.2i=1

Where,

QoLo = Objective quality of life index

n = No. of QoL Factors

i = 1 , n

Qli = Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group) for the ith

objective indicator

W| = Normalized weight for im factor

III. Quality of Life (Cumulative Index)

QoLo + QoLs

QoLc = 2.6.3

2

The subjective and objective QoL indices prior to commissioning of the project are

presented in Table 2.6.6.

The average QoL index values are estimated as :

QoL (s)

QoL {0)

QoL Ir.\

0.51

0.53

0.52

2.160


The average QoL index value for the study area is leaning towards satisfactory

level due to good economic status like income, employment and also availability of basic

needs, viz. food, clothing, housing. The area lacking with medical, educational facilities

and social security, besides water scarcity, inadequate irrigation, lack of sanitation, which

are subjective conditions and are not much satisfactory as compared to objective

conditions.

Information Gathered from RAPP Management

The design of Station has been done to meet the international standards and are

designed such that exposure to the personnel working will receive a dose as low as

reasonably achievable. Annexure - A gives detailed information.

Similarly health and safety provision inside plant and nearby area is detailed in

Annexure - B.

Annexure - C focuses upon the category wise employment statistics and

infrastructure facilities provided inside township.

Annexure - D Provides information over the morbidity pattern of RAPP as well as

Non-RAPP Population.

2.161


Annexure - A

Health & Safety at NPP

During the operation of the nuclear power plant, main health hazard that is

encountered is radiation hazard apart from the any normal industrial hazard. This is a

very clean industry chemically, as no chemical pollutants are released. In these plants,

there are three sections to take care of all these problems. They are :

1. Health Physics Division

2. Industrial Safety Division

3. Sanitary Division

The design of the station has been done to meet the international standards. NPP

is designed such that the the personnel working will receive a radiation dose as low as

reasonably achievable. Health Physics Division is an independent division directly

working under BARC and are administratively reporting to Station Management. They

are responsible for the radiation dose control of the operating personnel. Activities of this

section are entirely governed by the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) guidelines

and International Commission for Radiation Protection (ICRP) codes and reports to

BARC and AERB. They are responsible for the radiation dose control of individuals and

are responsible for assessing the working condition and duration at any location within

the power plant.

The design of the plant takes in to account all industrial safety regulations

presently in practice and in force. Industrial safety division is responsible for all the safety

aspects of the power station. They are also responsible for training industrial workers in

using safety appliances during the course of their work. They are responsible for the

inspection and certification of any electrical installation in the plant and are responsible for

qualifying and authorizing the operator for the operation of electrical installations.

Sanitary division is responsible for the hygiene part in the plant site areas. They

are responsible for maintaining the stock of all sanitary requirements and materials and

gadgets required and issue them to the employees. These people are responsible for the

maintenance of all toilets, shower rooms, laundry, and supply of fresh clothes to the

employees going for works inside the reactor building, they are also responsible for

decontamination of contaminated areas.

2.162


Annexure - B

Health & Safety provision

Inside the Plant and Industrial Premises

The plant locations along with its auxiliary buildings are housed inside a fence

known as operating island. And there is an area of 2 km radius around the plant in which

no habitation is permitted which is known as Exclusion Boundary.

Within the plant area just outside the operating island, a dispensary is setup,

which is operational 24 hours with duty staff. During the day, a doctor will be available

and at nights he will be available on call duty. Ambulance will be available throughout at

the site itself. Any patient requiring medical attention immediately can be shifted to the

main hospital at the township

For Nearby Area

For staff of power station, a full-fledged hospital is established near township

with all facilities. The hospital have at least 75 beds, pathological laboratories; X-ray

facility, ENT, Labor ward and operation facilities with 35 number of doctors and nursing.

In case of necessity, the corporation doctors will refer cases to approved institutions for

necessary treatment. The specialist doctors visits twice in a month.

For the population nearby, a base line data on the health of the population is

taken. On a regular basis health surveys are conducted. In addition, with the help of the

State Authorities and Voluntary Organizations, health camps like eye camps, family

planning camps, general checkup camps are conducted. It is also proposed to augment

some medical facilities available in the local Primary Health Centres.

2.163


1. Total number of persons employed as

on 01.09.2003

2. Welfare provisions implemented for the

betterment of project affected people :

3. Category-wise employment patters :

Annexure - C

RAPS 1 & 2 RAPS 3 & 4

1550 1108

NA NA

Group - A:

Group - B:

Group - C:

Group - D:

287

505

633

125

216

292

546

54

4. Infrastructure facilities provided inside township :

a) Residential accommodation/parks

b) School

c) Hospital/Dispensaries

d) Sports Complex/ / Welfare Centre / Community Centre

e) Shopping Complex / Cooperative Stores

f) Bank / Post Office

g) Guest House / Training Hostels for trainees i.e. Engineer, Supervisor, Tradesman

h) Petrol Pump

i) Cable TV facilities

j) Craft classes for families of the employees

k) Security arrangement

2.164

5s

Annexure - D

Total Patient's Admitted at RAPS Hospital in Year - From January 2000 to December 2000 (E&F WING)

Month

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

Total

TotalAdmission

92

80

82

90

107

106

149

120

121

124

106

109

1286

Medical

71

55

64

76

86

83

109

98

98

100

93

99

1032

Surgical

17

16

16

10

20

21

37

19

20

22

9

7

214

Ophthalmic

4

9

2

4

1

2

3

2

3

2

4

3

39

Dental

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

Nil

-

-

-

1

CancerCases

1

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

Nil

Nil

1

4

18

TB.Cases

-

-

1

2

-

3

2

2

Nil

2

Nil

-

12

Non-RAPP

1

2

2

2

1

5

1

2

6

1

-

3

26

M.L.C.

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Death

-

-

2

1

1

1

1

2

3

1

1

2

15

Referred / Outside To

Kota

2

7

8

5

6

11

12

13

23

17

13

14

131

JaipurSDMH

-

-

2

1

1

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

6

B.A.R.C.

-

2

Nil

-

-

-

1

2

2

1

2

Nil

10

M.L.C. : Medical Legal Cases

B. A. R. C: Bhabha Atomic Research Centre Contd.

5TroDoCo

ICD

T3

Yearly Statistics Records of Patients from January 2002 to December 2002 (E&F WING)

O NO N

Month

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

Total

TotalAdmission

64

57

66

60

51

78

82

80

92

68

73

56

827

Death

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

Nil

Nil

Nil

1

Nil

9

CardiacCases

5

6

5

3

5

3

4

Nil

4

2

1

Nil

38

NeurologicalCases

1

2

2

2

Nil

3

4

2

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

13

Malaria Cases

17

9

9

18

15

15

23

33

34

28

29

19

249

InfectedCases

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

2

2

4

1

Nil

Nil

Nil

2

11

Non-RAPPcases

1

3

Nil

Nil

2

3

2

2

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

13

CO

3'

I'1I

S§•

Contd..

ON

Yearly Statistics Records of Patients from January 2003 to August 2003 (E&F WING)

Month

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

TotalAdmission

52

52

55

64

69

56

75

109

Medical

38

40

35

40

47

34

51

80

Surgical

14

10

20

24

22

22

24

29

Ophthalmic

Nil

2

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Dental

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Cancer

1

Nil

Nil

1

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

TB. Cases

2

2

Nil

Nil

Nil

1

1

5

Non-RAPP

Nil

Nil

1

2

Nil

Nil

2

3

MLC

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Death

1

1

Nil

1

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Infected

2

5

2

2

1

1

2

6

Malaria

5

3

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

1

3

P. vivex

Nil

Nil

1

2

1

Nil

2

3

P. vivex : Plasmodium vivex

ICD

S1

ICO


75° 50'

LEGEND.

O SAMPLING LOCATIONS (1,2,3 )

TAR ROAD

EARTMEHK ROAOg r g RANA PRATAP SAGAR

Figure 2.6.1 : Sampling Locations for Socio-economic Envirnoment

2.168

Marginal Workers 5.32%

JsJ

ON

Non-workers 54.46%'

Total Main Workers 40.22%

Transport & Communication 2%

Manufacturing & Processing 19%

Agricultural Labours 18%

-Cultivators 54%

Construction and Other 7%

Fig. 2.6.2 : Employment Pattern in the Study Area

o

DO

a>2.3'CD

II3

CO

303

CD

a.

I5'

3

O


Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Distance and

Villages

Rawatbhata

Baroli

Khatikhera

Table 2.6.1

Direction of the Villages

Distance(Km)

5.5

9

11

Bhainsroradgarh 11.5

Deepura

Mandesara

Bhagwatipura

Ekllingpura

Shripura

Borabas

Nalikhera

Jawahar sagar

Gandhi sagar

Borav

12

12

13

14

15

18.5

20

20

23

25

Surveyed

Direction

N

E

ESE

NNW

ENE

W

WNW

ESE

NW

NNE

WNW

NNE

S

WNW

2.170

Table 2.6.2

Demographic Structure in the Study Area

Sr.No.

A)

1.2.

3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.12.13.14.15.16.17.18.19.20.21.22.23.

Village AreaNo. of

ResidentialHouses

Total Population

TP M F

ScheduledCaste

ScheduledTribe Literate

MainWorkers

MarginalWorkers

NonWorkers

Distt. ChittodgarhTehsil:Begun,p.s.:Bhaisrodgarh

Peepalda

ShambhoounathjiKa Khera

Kishanpuriya

Narhargarh

Pratappura

Gorakiya

Sukhpura

Khumanganj

Bhoonjar Kalan

Nasera

Bhunjar Khurd

Khalgaon

Amba

Bhainsrorgarh

Jagpura

Koriya Khal

Hajipur

Balapura

Jaora Kalan

Jaora Khurd

Barodiya

Neem Ka Khera

Kacholiya

593.11

348.37

390.45

547.68

323.32

580.99

1282.00

1250.00

147.25

29.07

403.10

191.22

37.19

2873.01

818.02

108.56

120.47

122.50

378.17

974.95

232.63

144.02

36.81

106

109

486

524

246

272

240

252

14

23

163

147

56

87

203

175

106

76

177

273

Un-lnhabited

69

97

5

136

48

143

11

81

302

467

23

722

250

638

60

342

156

246

12

394

133

330

36

181

146

221

11

328

117

308

24

161

-

24

-

110

23

-

-

-

298

104

6

216

8

570

60

259

7

144

10

47

49

10

-

34

105

147

7

328

162

186

34

152

73

129

6

-

-

103

-

20

124

191

10

394

88

349

26

170

Un-lnhabited

16

884

114

2

9

10

79

87

156

11

12

67

4396

593

9

43

43

435

502

859

60

63

32

2335

301

4

22

23

230

255

460

34

38

35

2061

292

5

21

20

205

247

399

26

25

-

463

21

-

-

-

57

38

216

5

-

16

820

281

9

11

43

293

431

502

36

63

14

1882

85

-

9

-

67

49

170

2

1

23

1718

326

2

15

12

247

168

428

17

21

-

21

-

-

2

1

-

39

55

14

16

44

2657

267

7

26

30

188

295

376

29

26

DO03CoCD.

3'CD

ICD3

Sr.No. Village Area

No. ofResidential

Houses

Total Population

TP M

ScheduledCaste

ScheduledTribe Literate Main

WorkersMarginalWorkers

NonWorkers

24. Saneeta 418.70 27 137 68 69 55 20 32 27 78

25. Teendwa 80.86 Un-lnhabited

26. Deopuriya 201.26 30 179 92 87 30 55 38 38 103

27. Sankhalon KaDundha

362.76 135 570 355 215 66 20 377 229 339

28. Mahupura 196.77 35 155 80 75 19 9 34 46 18 91

29. Shyampura 45.46 Un-lnhabited

30. Bhwanipura 325.48 54 234 123 111 10 109 23 94 140

31. Udpuria 127.12 40 206 106 100 129 28 69 137

32. Bakhtpura 765.94 121 540 293 247 76 301 33 245 295

33. Peerpura 97.59 Un-lnhabited

34. Shripura 1410.10 249 1206 629 577 89 488 232 458 225 523

CO

03

2

3

| atCo

ll

35. Lothiyana 452.15 112 446 244 202 17 390 44 133 313

36. DhagadmauKalan

388.28 127 628 339 289 403 22 93 301 18 309

37. Laxmi Khera 404.22 42 242 125 117 59 24 119 27 96

38. Borao 1465.20 459 2313 1209 1104 309 157 692 868 229 1216

39. Kema Ka Khera 228.29 43 231 121 110 17 39 77 60 94

40. Tamboliya 445.74 76 382 211 171 94 29 22 130 108 144

41. Takarda 469.84 154 776 411 365 80 18 218 224 148 404

42. Kesharpura 288.59 46 272 127 145 83 14 97 78 97

43. Ganeshpura 235.10 60 336 171 165 98 122 97 90 149

44. Kalyanpura 53.17 Un-lnhabited

45. Bordan 431.05 121 629 332 297 54 45 175 248 123 258

46. Gopalpura 357.37 144 674 343 331 90 112 188 409 263

47. Shambhoopura 309.26 41 197 101 96 187 11 65 56 76

48. Umarcha 1633.51 67 285 153 132 265 20 92 74 119

49. Jai nagar 91.19 17 64 31 33 64 39 25

50. Nangpura 1240.46 149 698 376 322 332 76 337 15 346

Sr.No.

51.

52.53.54.55.56.57.58.59.60.61.62.63.64.65.66.67.68.69.70.71.72.73.74.75.76.77.78.

Village

DhangadmauKhurdMandesara

Ratanpura

Hatholi

Lohariya

Mortooka

Beer Kala Khet

Parajar Khurd

Jhalar Baori

Thamlao

Jalampura

Kishorepura

Kelu Kheri

Khajupura

Bana Ka Khera

Deeppura

Manpura

Jharjhani

Nai Ki Talai

Amarpura

Bhagwatpura

Malpura

Kotra

Bambori Kalan

Badodiya

Menpura

Semaliya

Kherli

Area

6215.83

1888.27

308.17

447.17

1673.54

92.71

313.96

153.84

1743.38

1181.14

170.00

202.46

196.00

88.00

174.00

452.08

102.07

1925.00

96.00

73.00

180.90

329.01

340.22

371.71

634.00

147.13

1067.76

4147.49

No. ofResidential

Houses

151

257

55

35

118

37

21

117

344

143

4

55

10

15

10

79

Total Population

TP

631

1135

268

191

566

171

119

519

1512

794

26

251

81

122

38

376

M

328

612

137

106

301

90

70

281

815

418

14

137

46

66

23

201

F

303

523

131

85

265

81

49

238

697

376

12

114

35

56

15

175

ScheduledCaste

12

47

112

-

29

107

4

73

252

19

-

-

-

28

-

20

ScheduledTribe

597

666

2

189

188

36

56

211

263

190

26

251

-

45

38

219

Literate

25

150

60

3

122

14

5

52

484

137

-

-

22

21

-

52

MainWorkers

320

541

114

47

196

49

37

211

507

358

13

147

31

53

26

144

MarginalWorkers

-

23

-

40

145

35

17

40

1

11

-

-

-

2

-

7

NonWorkers

311

571

154

104

225

87

65

268

1004

425

13

104

50

67

12

225

Un-lnhabited

276

33

1442

137

765

75

677

62

240

134

255

-

317

5

729

88

1

-

712

49

Un-lnhabited

3

34

61

31

240

20

33

15

165

378

158

1245

95

156

6

82

204

85

653

48

74

9

83

174

73

592

47

82

15

6

26

-

350

-

19

-

159

189

55

174

27

42

-

5

35

38

422

4

41

10

98

210

57

465

29

51

-

-

-

-

108

18

-

5

67

168

101

672

48

105

Un-lnhabited

fy

Sr.No.

79.80.81.82.83.84.85.86.87.88.89.90.91.92.93.94.95.96.97.98.99.100.101.102.103.104.105.106.

Village

Kundaliya

Emti

Ganga Ka Khera

Sarangpura

Toda Ka Khera

Barwan

Jhoojhala

Lasana

Chenpura

Kushalgarh

Khera Veeran

Nali

Paral Banda

Phootpal

Kolpura

Ajpura

Dhuniya

Bargaon

Rawatpura

Kharnai

Kripapur

Agra

Ogadiya

Rajpura

Arena Kalan

Ganeshpura

Arena Khurd

Doodi Talai

Area

57.00

228.28

87.84

238.78

174.91

1412.02

40.18

205.27

112.22

178.52

20.12

829.78

203.87

504.47

1366.33

369.46

450.70

329.59

239.63

2037.50

1217.89

1284.60

257.22

759.36

710.28

41.84

104.37

1657.35

No. ofResidential

Houses

Total Population

TP M F

ScheduledCaste



NonWorkers

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

38

56

74

68

30

71

1

41

104

26

150

265

358

316

131

294

10

195

473

111

78

145

188

173

66

167

6

99

244

58

72

120

170

143

65

127

4

96

229

53

6

-

20

5

5

1

-

-

-

7

144

226

239

311

-

293

10

169

442

95

-

15

25

17

8

2

2

4

54

4

69

112

159

174

76

135

6

107

223

64

-

42

6

-

-

1

1

1

14

1

81

111

193

142

55

158

3

87

236

46

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

43

116

38

120

257

609

221

580

131

313

109

294

126

296

112

286

-

11

-

9

257

498

221

544

12

32

-

22

152

357

104

236

-

1

19

7

105

251

98

337

Un-lnhabited I

63

110

296

537

148

275

148

262

-

3

163

426

19

27

152

218

-

-

144

319

Un-lnhabited II

Un-lnhabited I

121 572 292 280 38 533 13 324 2 246

8•8

00

3

sIs;Co

Sr.No.

107.108.109.110.111.112.113.114.115.116.117.118.119.120.121.122.123.124.125.126.127.128.129.130.131.132.133.134.

Village

Ratoli

Baheliya

Kesha Ka Khera

Manoli

Chhatarpura

Dabarwas

Raipur

Bheempura

Ren Khera

Halsera

Ladpur

Jal Khera

Bambori Khurd

Dhardi

Karanpura

Dhawad Khurd

Dhawad Kalan

Mohanpur

Khati Khera

Vijaipur

Eklingpura

Dholai

Matasara

Charmi

Banda

Antraliya

Goyat

Arniya

Area

1853.66

614.49

217.82

727.94

94.22

88.82

2405.42

340.72

938.49

400.29

684.43

391.68

232.37

504.83

206.00

226.17

777.69

560.39

1077.45

241.22

1088.32

953.49

3785.40

359.38

356.50

204.00

230.32

171.64

No: ofResidential

Houses

Tota

TP

Population

M F

ScheduledCaste



NonWorkers

Un-lnhabited

60 445 222 223 52 183 61 237 7 201

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

35

176

34

177

147

19

90

24

38

163

127

272

37

293

62

179

877

196

1016

810

89

444

168

199

1042

657

1405

181

1456

292

96

463

100

539

426

46

224

88

100

547

349

725

108

763

157

83

414

96

477

384

43

220

80

99

495

308

680

73

693

135

-

375

123

159

225

-

135

29

-

332

84

86

5

161

29

65

47

8

-

17

89

52

56

199

118

137

21

162

173

58

32

160

28

272

142

-

109

20

3

261

143

580

29

406

74

60

442

68

510

456

45

245

98

100

532

365

567

68

671

85

-

-

-

16

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

42

-

-

59

119

435

128

490

354

44

199

70

99

509

292

796

113

785

148

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

2•8

ryCD0)COCD

Q.

o5T

Sr.No.

135.136.137.138.139.140.141.142.143.144.145.146.147.148.149.150.151.152.153.154.155.156.

157.158.159.160.

161.

Village

Kerpura

Chak Baori Ki Mai

Thah Ka Khera

Mordi

Amlat

Anandpura

Arniya

Motipura

Neem Ka hera

Rooppura

Upuriya

Narayanpura

Malgarh

Talar

Jaswantpura

Jagliya Rundi

Dareeba

Bassi

Parlai Khurd

Bhanda Kuri

Tolon Ka Luhariya

Gujaron KiMorvan

Semliya

Hado Ki Morvan

Hamerganj

Kewaron KaLahuriya

Daulpur

Area

132.00

145.03

207.53

343.02

230.95

626.18

273.70

83.78

148.29

713.51

247.66

483.49

33.15

207.20

331.24

118.22

148.25

1491.28

681.33

610.72

267.36

388.18

173.24

72.22

79.26

1256.42

448.39

No. ofResidential

Houses

Tota

TP

1 Population

M F

ScheduledCaste



NonWorkers

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

62 246 121 125 - 243 6 137 1 108

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

50 247 145 102 158 15 106 141

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

42

118

31

56

101

82

39

46

45

34

25

219

497

189

295

529

362

165

249

268

154

157

109

264

103

144

272

199

83

133

138

81

84

110

233

86

151

257

163

62

116

130

73

73

8

106

-

-

57

41

-

14

9

27

7

169

287

121

285

135

139

7

-

6

75

2

7

78

40

5

139

41

28

71

90

11

53

67

238

98

183

191

234

63

106

125

76

59

53

-

-

-

65

11

14

-

27

-

-

99

259

91

112

273

117

88

143 I116

78

98

5•8

Do&>

IS1

ICo55"E?C/j

CD

Sr.No.

162.163.164.165.166.167.168.169.170.171.172.173.174.175.176.177.178.179.180.181.182.183.184.185.186.187.188.189.

Village

Kharama

Jawada

Laxmipura

Neemoda

Bagpura

Gurha Khera

Arniya

Barodia

Mai Khera

Balkundi Khurd

Balkundi Kalan

Amarpura

Balaganj

Neemri

Gopalpura

Deopura

Kherat

Kanwarpura

Bakhari

Meghpura

Khangarpura

Baori Khera

Menpura

Prempur

Doongariya

Anwalhera

Jheenkra

Peepali Khera

Area

550.34

1406.43

755.10

730.58

153.70

261.94

197.31

240.15

496.54

326.79

825.55

372.06

79.03

349.14

466.03

1557.27

427.58

842.72

72.14

96.19

424.43

714.61

1061 20

254.20

142.48

805.46

1424.67

40.15

No. ofResidential

Houses

43

288

132

100

20

35

3

Total Population

TP

216

1427

634

530

107

178

22

M

109

727

350

265

58

85

11

F

107

700

284

265

49

93

11

ScheduledCaste

21

232

75

108

-

-

-

ScheduledTribe

48

3

380

120

31

135

-

Literate

37

499

105

128

17

29

15

MainWorkers

86

737

214

273

39

55

6

MarginalWorkers

-

2

161

-

38

33

8

NonWorkers

130

688

259

257

30

90

8

Un-lnhabited

80

28

92

88

398

140

465

401

207

69

252

216

191

71

213

185

48

38

225

13

107

52

54

325

51

14

91

34

147

68

282

240

151

-

-

-

100

72

183

161

Un-lnhabited

12

14

185

71

60

997

44

33

541

27

27

456

-

-

3

40

59

222

12

-

258

35

34

356

-

-

-

36

26

641

Un-lnhabited

94 470 249 221 73 123 66 154 177 139

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

53

32

54

282

214

249

153

110

145

129

104

104

66

-

36

216

3

154

49

30

-

152

70

139

-

57

-

130

87

110

Un-lnhabited I

55

11

292

66

144

34

148

32

-

-

191

-

5

5

152

18

-

19

140

29

Un-lnhabited I

8"

Go

Sr.No.

190.191.192.193.194.195.196.197.198.199.200.201.202.203.204.205.206.207.208.

B)

209.210.211.212.213.214.215.

Village

Muwada

Govindpura

Kuakhera

Latoor

Nayagaon

Chittoriya

Kethoola

Rampuriya

Kanti

Dotara

Peeplda

Bar Khera

Kanwarpura

Rodi

Mahana

Rooppura

Gilota

Manya Kheri

Shogarh

Total

Area

1628.72

313.93

3172.23

85.82

1556.63

457.76

517.22

1299.18

343.19

3375.55

1079.28

2614.62

121.16

6733.58

2095.55

1057.81

596.77

529.59

399.90

137019.60

No. ofResidential

Houses

54

20

113

Total Population

TP

286

98

543

M

154

57

287

F

132

41

256

ScheduledCaste

-

-

125

ScheduledTribe

133

69

70

Literate

47

17

147

MainWorkers

134

60

176

MarginalWorkers

17

-

12

NonWorkers

135

38

355

Un-lnhabited

22

14

100

58

43

31

57

27

59

-58

-

5

19

19

27

3

8

36

65

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

20

15

38

136

116

69

153

623

72

38

77

337

44

31

76

286

-

-

-

29

65

69

147

201

-

-

2

92

29

14

45

290

27

15

40

87

60

40

68

246

Un-lnhabited

297

124

56

145

93

79

12966

680

616

305

830

532

430

63941

484

323

151

444

268

223

33823

196

293

154

386

264

207

30118

25

73

13

27

35

12

7583

19

123

66

164

247

152

22483

36

182

39

182

102

70

12822

432

263

135

239

223

171

27868

-

-

2

93

83

78

3949

248

353

168

498

226

181

32124Distt BhilwaraTehsil:Mandalgarh,P.S.: Mandalgarh

Baniyon Ka Talab

Katwara

Ker Khera

Surajbilas

Haripura

Ant

Bheroopura

680.00

495.00

408.00

236.52

26.42

366.00

103.00

169

126

128

39

3

70

24

713

611

538

183

14

337

138

375

317

287

98

6

169

74

338

294

251

85

8

168

64

310

18

12

11

-

32

87

8

205

236

21

14

183

-

156

31

32

27

-

18

6

278

330

157

105

7

189

86

2

1

188

-

1

-

-

433

280

193

78

6

148

52

S1

I'3CD

52

CO

CD

a

I"CD

Sr.No.

216.217.218.

219.220.221.222.

C)

223.224.225.226.227.228.

229.230.231.232.

233.234.235.236.237.238.

239.

Village

Resunda

Kalighati

Jaloo KaDhoondhaDanpura

Ummedpura

Anti

Gudha

Total

Area

522.00

163.00

24.33

234.56

152.44

1436.03

1233.46

6080.76

No. ofResidential

Houses

49

54

10

58

71

106

273

1180

Tota

TP

258

291

42

268

369

465

1291

5518

Population

M

139

143

20

137

187

263

715

2930

F

119

148

22

131

182

202

576

2588

ScheduledCaste

42

59

-

-

75

5

199

850

ScheduledTribe

80

208

42

170

77

131

255

1630

Literate

63

5

-

14

50

43

299

744

MainWorkers

144

184

24

144

221

179

488

2536

MarginalWorkers

-

-

-

-

-

140

-

332

NonWorkers

114

107

18

124

148

146

803

2650Distt. BundiTehsil: Bundi, P.S.:TaleraShyopuriya

Dora

Kachhalya

Palka

Gardara

Parana(Karadonka)Fatehpura

Deogarh

Laxmipura

Gopalpura(Barad)

Dhorela

Gordhanpura

Budhpura

Barfoo

Ratanpura

PeepaldaDhakran

Lambakhoh

976.95

2119.01

2604.66

3678.00

5068.00

1295.00

401.86

339.95

319.71

418.86

1341.59

381.22

664.09

1603.00

75.00

468.00

1581.00

37

135

177

73

521

303

87

55

73

116

191

128

1047

188

15

77

1353

318

658

1000

386

2761

1283

471

267

369

606

768

517

4640

862

75

266

4887

163

347

505

190

1497

713

236

139

192

324

430

281

2548

449

38

164

2900

155

311

495

196

1264

570

235

128

177

282

338

236

2092

413

37

102

1987

-

117

61

29

374

170

88

46

63

203

129

160

1245

62

-

19

1095

-

143

166

85

495

306

206

162

23

52

308

141

804

226

-

123

1188

-

110

27

25

352

67

34

10

146

25

62

61

737

58

-

26

854

84

295

453

197

957

602

196

155

191

345

380

164

1931

385

24

126

2306

1

58

103

7

171

128

-

-

-

3

20

19

71

-

-

2

20

233

305

444

182

1633

553

275

112

178

258

368

334

2638

477

51

138

2561

CDQ]CoSL3 'CD

i1

CD

SL

SI

a3Q.

!

00

o

Sr.No.

240.241.242.243.244.245.246.247.248.249.250.251.252.253.254.255.256.257.258.259.

D)

I)

260.261.262.263.264.265.

Village

Ganeshpura

Chhant Ka Khera

Naroli

Rajpura

Bakchanch

Gurha

Dasalya

Daboosar

Beodiya

Dabi

Thari

Sootra

Bhawapura

Bhagwanpura

Kanwarpura

Bijari

Ohanesar

Karoo ndi

Jawahar Sagar

Khadipur

Total

Area

369.00

413.00

743.00

1211.26

2619.45

656.00

691.00

149.00

1602.96

1431.04

982.00

848.48

437.73

302.37

2549.96

1588.07

5892.82

1559.13

3059.32

5173.02

55614.51

No. ofResidential

Houses

257

21

66

811

12

143

143

20

102

873

132

375

39

165

208

138

433

208

622

121

9451

Total Population

TP

1261

109

209

3255

44

526

690

70

594

3677

709

1785

188

762

1090

708

1963

1160

2805

812

42551

M

665

60

134

1892

27

227

387

37

304

2068

366

949

100

454

546

369

1049

621

1539

432

23392

F

596

49

75

1363

17

249

303

33

290

1609

343

836

88

308

544

339

914

539

1266

380

19159

ScheduledCaste

7

5

17

804

-

51

40

-

2

459

16

135

-

134

22

-

173

4

752

14

6496

ScheduledTribe

1172

7

40

1427

44

126

331

70

48

1133

408

550

188

141

490

155

1017

326

76

386

12563

Literate

47

37

55

388

-

72

58

-

15

887

66

194

12

131

223

8

195

9

1592

58

6641

MainWorkers

464

38

118

1690

14

183

319

22

180

1387

245

816

61

329

294

228

776

368

763

248

17334

MarginalWorkers

132

-

-

25

11

58

27

-

-

124

53

140

48

-

94

180

8

1

-

195

1699

NonWorkers

665

71

91

1540

19

285

344

48

414

2166

411

829

79

433

702

300

1179

791

2042

369

23518

Distt. KotaTehsil :Ramganj Mandi, P.S. .Ladpur

Rath Kankra

Jamoonya

Banda

Dharmpura

Pachankui

Ranpur

1879.75

235.49

2367.94

993.17

1539.07

3859.06

96

41

174

88

60

310

569

368

964

504

468

1809

297

185

516

261

237

984

272

183

448

243

231

825

2

-

126

56

-

139

275

-

410

140

-

335

8

13

61

68

43

509

203

126

276

170

135

576

-

-

-

76

119

-

366

242

688

258 j214

1233

mTO

'3Ithv

CO

8IS"S1

3

at005T

c?

Sr.No.

266.267.

268.269.270.271.272.273.274.275.276.277.278.279.280.281.282.283.284.285.286.287.288.289.290.291.292.293.

Village

Baori khera

Kolana orLaxmipuraPachpahar

Renkya Kheri

Kasar

Chorda

Chandreshl

Dhani

Barodliya

Arlya Jageer

Peepalheri

Chhipanheri

Khanpuriya

Shankarpura

Charanheri

Parlya

Arand Khera

Keetalhera

Deeppura

Baniyani

Seemalheri

Mandana

Mukundpura

Hanotiya

Sarangpura

Hirapura

Jodhpur

Mandalya

Area

724.99

1445.96

1849.99

772.26

1778.28

347.14

236.51

858.09

1234.68

630.96

105.60

364.69

1442.84

1032..02

340.18

245.04

1284.05

311.76

685.20

2487.14

1217.72

3619.39

264.20

349.61

386.66

651.26

657.35

1147.76

No. ofResidential

Houses

174

225

89

102

476

Total Population

TP

1015

1744

449

604

2695

M

546

893

244

323

1401

F

469

851

205

281

1294

ScheduledCaste

104

21

16

224

355

ScheduledTribe

78

103

160

39

11

Literate

215

219

80

92

746

MainWorkers

305

710

234

267

702

MarginalWorkers

46

13

4

38

194

NonWorkers

664

1021

211

299

1799

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

139

186

166

32

23

42

132

67

52

397

84

134

349

71

860

23

132

53

70

52

200

771

1041

1004

219

139

219

747

457

307

2239

496

871

1887

393

4786

112

738

300

347

352

1152

402

559

539

117

74

111

373

245

160

1203

265

443

977

204

2516

53

393

164

180

190

624

369

482

465

102

65

108

374

212

147

1036

231

428

910

189

2270

59

345

136

167

162

528

27

230

231

-

30

-

17

47

87

476

60

56

434

32

1191

-

133

5

108

7

359

300

62

6

-

-

136

176

-

-

299

332

167

150

96

159

112

20

256

-

300

270

31

335

271

37

'24

7

87

98

34

811

123

265

567

15

2043

1

125

1

23

101

349

256

305

290

69

67

76

271

121

97

724

144

251

512

236

1255

33

223

134

144

86

479

-

-

93

-

-

-

-

-

-

128

5

2

138

-

45

26

-

4

2

75

13

515

736

621

150

72

143

476

336

210

1387

347

618

1237

157

3486

53

515

162

201

191

660

c?

I3'

oo

Sr.No.

294.295.296.297.298.299.300.301.302.303.304.305.306.307.308.309.310.311.312.313.314.315.316.317.318.319.320.321.

Village

Rel

Dolya

Akhawa

Borawas

Tholanpur

Kot Baori

Gadon Ka Gaon

Kolipura

Ratariya

Deopura

Neem Khera

Shyodanpura

Roopura

Borkui

Bachhriya

Bugchhach Kalan

Bugchach Khurd

Ummedpura

Girdharpura

Haripura

Chand Baori

Sabalpura

Kishanpura

Motipura

Bhagwanpura

Udpura

Prithvipura

Amarpura

Area

6489.10

3462.75

8938.76

4583.23

724.43

440.14

320.60

245.11

82.97

120.48

145.35

143.42

464.98

327.90

207.96

287.73

96.19

56.58

2241.48

213.91

72.79

36.91

1047.45

60.59

43.31

94.56

308.99

119.63

No. ofResidential

Houses

Total Population

TP M F

ScheduledCaste



NonWorkers

Un-lnhabited

176

11

506

872

119

2133

472

61

1147

400

58

986

142

-

243

181

-

538

185

9

195

310

26

658

109

1

87

453

92

1388

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

39 168 92 76 - 138 15 58 49 61

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

142 563 299 264 233 156 90 226 140 197

Un-lnhabited

83 542 282 260 7 131 16 285 58 199

Un-lnhabited

42 221 118 103 - 46 27 129 - 92

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

2 18 7 11 - - 3 18 - -

Un-lnhabited

3

CDa>Co

SLCD

IIQ]

0 0

Sr.No.

322.323.324.325.326.327.328.329.330.331.332.333.334.

D)

ii)

335.336.337.338.339.340.341.342.343.344.345.346.347.

Village

Khanagarpura

Dohniya

Indarpura

Jaspura

Narayanpura

Ganeshpura

Ama Ka Pani

Kharli Baori

Keshopura

Rojhala

Mandirgarh

Zaiimpura

Damodarpura

Total

Area

152.40

411.35

228.01

521.35

500.18

271.37

179.99

523.54

177.09

192.54

2132.18

86.92

605.87

74705.60

No. ofResidential

Houses

Total Population

TP M F

ScheduledCaste

ScheduledTribe Literate

r

MainWorkers

MarginalWorkers

NonWorkers

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

56 277 147 130 3 225 4 186 - 91

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

Un-lnhabited

2

26

20

81

11

148

100

459

4

93

53

253

7

55

47

206

-

-

-

-

-

148

32

459

-

11

4

3

2

70

55

149

2 .

-

-

-

7

78

45

310

Un-lnhabited

39

6324

176

35573

87

18794

89

16779

18

5219

21

6467

10

7884

53

11702

37

1504

86

22367Distt. KotaTehsil :RamganjMandi,P.S.:ChechatBalkoo

Ghatoli

Hatona

Sandya Kheri

Deori Kalan

Arlai

Khera Rudha

Phawa

Alod

Motipura Khurd

Neemoda

Mawasa

Zaiimpura Khurd

847.21

1341.28

575.18

256.25

813.23

557.20

467.65

293.09

828.25

170.23

474.13

653.20

169.22

22

163

126

134

208

137

294

76

249

43

83

89

16

93

784

771

831

1140

689

1515

447

1242

229

418

485

143

55

417

415

441

624

351

805

239

645

115

227

262

66

38

367

356

390

516

338

710

208

597

114

191

223

77

-

124

155

186

406

189

368

209

259

6

137

169

5

92

77

106

145

2

4

136

-

12

-

21

-

1

-

208

208

206

401

230

573

125

392

69

118

177

5

56

292

236

216

394

311

547

232

574

88

199

204

49

-

148

148

1

-

39

28

1

199

59

79

-

-

37

344

387

614

746

339

940

214

469

82

140

281

94

5•8

C6

5"I'3CD

OO

Source : District Census handbook 1991, Chittodgarh, Bhilwara, Kota, Bundi

Sr.No.

348.349.350.351.352.353.354.355.356.357.358.359.360.361.362.363.364.365.366.367.368.

Village

Phanda

Kalya Kheri

Motipura Kalan

Chandrapura

Jagpura Khurd

Salera Khurd

Reenchhi

Khani

Rajpura Khurd

Borina

Hathiya Kheri

Gulabpura

Amiawad Khera

Madanpura

Rooppura

Raghunathpura

Sohanpura

Jodhpura

Noopura

Bordi

Dudiyaheri

TotalGrand total

Area

168.65

117.18

187.21

520.50

264.12

353.22

366.12

768.28

209.18

280.18

540.18

228.30

110.20

55.15

140.15

280.18

359.20

182.09

646.20

204.34

149.13

13575.88286996.35

No. ofResidential

Houses

115

68

28

93

Total Population

TP

702

349

156

564

M

364

176

82

304

F

338

173

74

260

ScheduledCaste

257

-

114

15

ScheduledTribe

-

-

5

-

Literate

164

3

82

223

MainWorkers

223

156

36

172

MarginalWorkers

193

-

-

-

NonWorkers

286

193

120

392

Un-lnhabited

162

188

124

42

101

74

42

862

967

668

266

641

422

179

465

501

357

134

328

224

93

397

466

311

132

313

198

86

274

174

83

120

83

107

-

-

135

392

129

7

-

-

208

314

84

45

185

177

4

488

380

377

125

192

119

35

12

125

-

-

117

-

36

362

462

291

141

332

303

108

Un-lnhabited

139 965 502 463 42 59 343 272 57 636

Un-lnhabited

95

56

596

371

304

192

292

179

141

79

107

-

130

73

280

201

-

-

316

170

Un-lnhabited

58

85

34

314433065

304

447

184

17430165013

163

233

108

919288131

141

214

76

823876882

56

116

52

392624074

9

-

-

143944582

18

68

26

485932950

119

259

97

692966369

50

2

-

12948778

135

186

87

920789866

CDa>Co

2.3'CD


Table 2.6.3

Summary of Demographic Structure at a Glance

Demographic parameters Details

Number of State 2

Number of District 4

Number of Tehsil 5

Number of Panchayat samiti 5

Number of Villages 368

Total area in Sq.km 2870

Total No. of residential households 33065

Total population 165013

Density of population (persons per sq.km) 57

Sex ratio (No. of females per 1000 males) 872

Scheduled Castes (%) 24074(14.6)

Scheduled Tribe (%) 44582(20.0)

Literate (%) 32950 (20)

Main workers (%) 66369 (40.2)

Marginal workers (%) 8778 (5.3)

Non workers (%) 89865 (54.4)

Source : District Census Hand Book 1991, Dist.: Chittordgarh, Kota, Bundi,

Bhilwara

2.185

Table : 2.6.4

Sr.No.

A)

1.2.

3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.12.13.14.

15.16.17.18:19.20.21.22.23.24.

Name of Village

Socio -economic Profile of the Study AreaEducationFacilities

MedicalFacilities Drinking Water Communication

- Basic Amenities

Transportation Approach Road Power Supply

Distt. ChittodgarhTehsil:Begun,p.s,:Bhaisrodgarh

Peepalda

ShambhoounathjiKa Khera

Kishanpuriya

Narhargarh

Pratappura

Gorakiya

Sukhpura

Khumanganj

Bhoonjar Kalan

Nasera

Bhunjar Khurd

Khalgaon

Amba

Bhainsrorgarh

Jagpura

Koriya Khal

Hajipur

Balapura

Jaora Kalan

Jaora Khurd

Barodiya

Neem Ka Khera

Kacholiya

Saneeta

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

W,HP,N

W,HP,N

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

KR

KR

EAG

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(D-(-5)

P(1)

-(5-10)

P(1)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

W,TK,HP,C,N,O

W,HP,N

W,N

W,HP,TK,N

W.HP.N

W,HP

W

W

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-

KR

-

KR

PR.KR

-

KR

-

EAG

ED.EAG

EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

-

EA

UN- INHABITED-

-(-5)

P(2),M(2),H(2),PUC(1),O(1)

P(1)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

HC(1),PHC(1),PHS(1),FPC(1)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

W

T,R

HP

W

O

HP

HP.R.O

W,TK,HP,N

W,HP,S,N

HP,R

C,N

HP,R

-(-5)

PO.PHONE

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

BS

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-

PR

-

KR

-

-

PR

KR

PR

-

-

-

-

EA

EAG

-

EAG

-

ED.EAG

-

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

EAG

ED.EAG

CDo>CO

2.CD

i1I'3

£8

i"

Sr.No.

25.26.27.

28.29.30.31.32.33.34.35.36.37.38.39.40.41.42.43.44.45.46.47.48.49.50.51.52.53.

Name of Village

Teendwa

Deopuriya

Sankhalon KaDundhaMahupura

Shyampura

Bhwanipura

Udpuria

Bakhtpura

Peerpura

Shripura

Lothiyana

Dhagadmau Kalan

Laxmi Khera

Borao

Kema Ka Khera

Tamboliya

Takarda

Kesharpura

Ganeshpura

Kalyanpura

Bordan

Gopalpura

Shambhoopura

Umarcha

Jai nagar

Nangpura

Dhangadmau Khurd

Mandesara

Ratanpura

EducationFacilities

MedicalFacilities Drinking Water Communication Transportation Approach Road Power Supply

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

R

R

R,0

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

BS

PR

-

PR

ED.EAG

EAG

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

HP

W.HP

HP

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

EAG

ED.EAG

-

UN- INHABITED

P(1),M(1)

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1),M(1),H(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1),M(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

! _ -(10+)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

PHS(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

W.HP

W.HP.R

W.HP.R.N

W.HP.N

W,HP,R,N

W.HP.R

W.HP.R.N

W.HP.N

W.HP.R.N

W.HP.R

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

PO

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

BS

BS

-(-5)

BS

BS

BS

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

PR

PR.KR

PR.KR

KR

PR.KR

PR

PR

KR

PR

KR

EA

-

ED.EAG

EAG

EA

EAG

EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

P(2)

M(2)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(2)

P(1)

P(1).M(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

PHS(1)

-(-5)

W,HP

W.HP.N

W,HP

W.N

W.HP

W.HP

W.HP

W.HP

HP

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

in"

-(5-10)

BS

-(-5)

KR

KR

-

KR

-

KR

-

PR.KR

-

ED.EAG

EA

EAG

-

ED

-

-

ED.EAG

EAG

Sr.No.

54.55.56.57.58.59.60.61.62.63.64.65.66.67.68.69.70.71.72.73.74.75.

76.77.78.79.80.81.82.

Name of Village

Hatholi

Lohariya

Mortooka

Beer Kala Khet

Parajar Khurd

Jhalar Baori

Thamlao

Jalampura

Kishorepura

Kelu Kheri

Khajupura

Bana Ka Khera

Deeppura

Manpura

Jharjhani

Nai Ki Talai

Amarpura

Bhagwatpura

Malpura

Kotra

Bambori Kalan

Badodiya

Menpura

Semaliya

Kherli

Kundaliya

Emti

Ganga Ka Khera

Sarangpura

EducationFacilities

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

AC(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

MedicalFacilities

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

Drinking Water

W

W.HP

HP

O

N

T,W,N,0

W.TK.HP

W

W.HP

HP,N

W,HP,N

W,HP

W.TK.HP

Communication

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

Transportation

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

BS

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

Approach Road

-

-

-

-

-

PR

PR

-

PR.KR

-

-

PR.KR

PR

Power Supply

-

ED.EAG

-

EAG

-

ED.EO

-

-

ED.EAG

-

EA

-

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

P(1)

-(10+)

-(-5)

W.TK.HP

W,HP

-(-5)

-(10+)

BS

-(-5)

PR

-

EA

-

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1),M(1),H(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

D(1),PHS(1),RP(1)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

HP,0

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP,N

W,HP

HP

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

-(5-10)

KR

PR

-

-

KR

PR.KR

-

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

S

I00CDCO

Si.

CD

II

c?st5'g3'T3OCO

ST.No.

83.84.85.86.87.88.89.90.91.92.93.94.95.96.97.98.99.100101102103104105106107108109110111

Name of Village

Toda Ka Khera

Barwan

Jhoojhala

Lasana

Chenpura

Kushalgarh

Khera Veeran

Nali

Paral Banda

Phootpal

Kolpura

Ajpura

Dhuniya

Bargaon

Rawatpura

Kharnai

Kripapur

Agra

Ogadiya

Rajpura

Arena Kalan

Ganeshpura

Arena Khurd

Doodi Talai

Ratoli

Baheliya

Kesha Ka Khera

Manoli

Chhatarpura

EducationFacilities


UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(D

P(D

-(-5)

P(D-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

W

W

W.TW.HP

HP

W

HP

W

W.TK.HP

HP

W,HP

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

BS

BS

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-

-

PR

PR

PR

PR.KR

-

KR

KR

KR

-

EAG

EO

-

ED.EAG

EAG

-

-

-

-

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

W,HP

W.HP

W,HP

W,HP

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

KR

KR

KR

KR

-

-

-

-

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

W,HP

W,HP

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

KR

KR

-

-

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

P(1) PHS(1) W,HP -(10+) -(10+) PR -

UN- INHABITED

P(1) -(10+) W,HP -(10+) -(5-10) - ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

sICD

3'CD

ICD

1

Sr.No.

112.113.114.115.116.117.118.119.120.121.122.123.124.125.126.127.128.129.130.131.132.133.134.135.136.137138139.140.

Name of Village

Dabarwas

Raipur

Bheempura

Ren Khera

Halsera

Ladpur

Jal Khera

Bambori Khurd

Dhardi

Karanpura

Dhawad Khurd

Dhawad Kalan

Mohanpur

Khati Khera

Vijaipur

Eklingpura

Dholai

Matasara

Charmi

Banda

Antraliya

Goyat

Arniya

Kerpura

Chak Baori Ki Mai

Thah Ka Khera

Mordi

Amlat

Anandpura

EducationFacilities


UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1),M(1)

P(1)

-(5-10)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1),M(1.)

P(1)

P(1),M(1),H(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

PHS(1)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

PHS(1)

-(-5)

H(1),HC{1)

-(-5)

HP

W,TK,HP,TW

HP

W,HP

HP.W.N

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

HP

W.TK.HP

HP

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

PO

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

BS

BS

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

BS

BS

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

-

KR

-

KR

KR

-

-

-

-

KR

KR

PR

-

PR

KR

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

EA

-

EA

ED.EAG

EAG

EA

EA

EA

EA

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

03QJCo

3L3"CD

i1f

CO5T

Q.

I

Sr.No.

141.142.143.144.145.146.147.148.149.150.151.152.153.154.155156157158159160

161162163

164165166167168

Name of Village

Arniya

Motipura

Neem Ka hera

Rooppura

Upuriya

Narayanpura

Malgarh

Talar

Jaswantpura

Jagliya Rundi

Dareeba

Bassi

Parlai Khurd

Bhanda Kuri

Tolon Ka Luhariya

Gujaron Ki Morvan

Semliya

Hado Ki Morvan

Hamerganj

Kewaron KaLahuriyaDaulpur

Kharama

Jawada

Laxmipura

Neemoda

Bagpura

Gurha Khera

Arniya

EducationFacilities


UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

-(-5) -(-5) W.HP -(10+) -(10+) PR -

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

-(-5) -(10+) W,N -(10+) -(10+) - -

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

M(1),H(1)

P(1),M(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

H(1),PHS(1),CHW(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

W,N

W.HP

W.HP

W,HP

W.HP

W,HP

W

W,HP

W,HP

W.HP.C

W

W.HP.C

W.HP.C

W,HP

W

W

W,HP

W,HP,R

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

BS

BS

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

BS

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-

-

-

-

KR

KR

KR

-

-

-

-

-

KR

KR

KR

-

KR

-

-

ED.EAG

EA

-

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

-

EA

EA

EAG

ED

EA

EA

Sr.No.

169.170.171.172.173.174.175.176.177.178.179.180.181.182.183.184.185.186187188189190191192193194195196197

Name of Village

Barodia

Mai Khera

Balkundi Khurd

Balkundi Kalan

Amarpura

Balaganj

Neemri

Gopalpura

Deopura

Kherat

Kanwarpura

Bakhari

Meghpura

Khangarpura

Baori Khera

Menpura

Prempur

Doongariya

Anwalhera

Jheenkra

Peepali Khera

Muwada

Govindpura

Kuakhera

Latoor

Nayagaon

Chittoriya

Kethoola

Rampuriya

EducationFacilities


UN- INHABITED

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

W,HP

W.HP

W,HP

W.HP.R

-(-5)

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

BS

BS

BS

-(-5)

KR

KR

KR

KR

-

EA

EA

EA

UN- INHABITED

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

P(1),M(1)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

H(1)

W,R

W

W,0

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

-

-

KR

EA

-

EA

UN- INHABITED

P(1) -(-5) W,R,O -(-5) -(-5) - EA

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

HP.N

W.HP.N

W,R

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-

-

-

-

-

-

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

R

HP,R,N

-(10+)

-(10+)

-

-

-

-

EA

-

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1).M(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

R,N

W,R,N

W,R,C,N,0

-(-5)

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

-

-

KR

-

-

EA

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

W,R

R,N

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-

-

-

-

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

S"

CDQ)CoCD.

5CD

S1

ICD

005TS"CO

as

cfo'3

3""CDCDO

Sr.No.

198.199.200.201.202.203.204.205.206.207.208.B)

209.210.211212213214215216217218219220221222C)

223

Name of Village

Kanti

Dotara

Peeplda

Bar Khera

Kanwarpura

Rodi

Mahana

Rooppura

Gilota

Manya Kheri

Shogarh

EducationFacilities

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(10+)

P(1)

MedicalFacilities

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

Drinking Water

W

TK

TK,0

W,N

Communication

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

Transportation

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(10+)

BS

Approach Road

KR

KR

KR

KR

Power Supply

-

-

-

-

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

-(5-10)

H(1)

-(-5) '

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

N,0

TK.HP

W.HP

W.HP

W,HP

W,HP

-(5-10)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

BS

-(-5)

PR

KR

-

-

KR

KR

-

EA

-

EA

EA

-

Distt BhilwaraTehsil:Mandalgarh,P.S.: Mandalgarh

Baniyon Ka Talab

Katwara

Ker Khera

Surajbilas

Haripura

Ant

Bheroopura

Resunda

Kalighati

Jaloo Ka Ohoondha

Danpura

Ummedpura

Anti

Gudha

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1),M(D

PHS(1)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

D(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

PHS(1)

W.HP.N

W,HP

W,HP

HP

W,HP

HP

W,HP

HP

W.HP

W,HP,N

W.HP.TW

HP

W,HP,R

W,TK,TW,HP,N

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

PO

BS

BS

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

PR.KR

PR.KR

PR.KR

-

-

-

-

KR

-

-

-

-

PR

PR.KR

ED

-

-

EA

-

-

-

ED.EAG

-

-

-

-

-

EA

Distt.Bundi,P.S.:TaleraTehsil: Bundi,P.S.:TaleraShyopuriya -(5-10) -(10+) W,HP,P,N -(5-10) -(5-10) - -

o

Sr.No.

224.225.226.227.228.229.230.231.232.233.234.235.236.237.238239.

240241242243244245246247248249

250251

Name of Village

Dora

Kachhalya

Palka

Gardara

Parana (Karadonka)

Fatehpura

Deogarh

Laxmipura

Gopalpura (Barad)

Dhorela

Gordhanpura

Budhpura

Barfoo

Ratanpura

Peepalda Dhakran

Lambakhoh

Ganeshpura

Chhant Ka Khera

Naroli

Rajpura

Bakchanch

Gurha

Dasalya

Daboosar

Beodiya

Dabi

Thari

Sootra

EducationFacilitiesP(1).M(1)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1),M(1)

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1),M(1)

P(D-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(DP(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1),M(1),H(1),AC(1)

P(1),AC(1)

P(1)

MedicalFacilities

H(1)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

H(1)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

D(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

FPC(12),CHW(1)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

D(1),PHC(1),RP(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

H(1),D(1),HC(1),PHC(1), RP(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

Drinking Water

W.HP.N

HP

W,TK,HP,N

W.HP.R

W.HP

W.TW.HP

W.HP

W.TW.HP

W.HP

W,HP

W.HP

T.W.TWHP

HP

R

HP

W,HP,R

W..TW

W,TW,HP,R

W,HP,R

W,HP,R,N

W

W,HP,R

W,HP,R

TK,R

W,HP,R,C

T,W,TK,HP,C,N

W,TK,HP,N

W,HP

Communication

PO

-(5-10)

-(10+)

PO

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

PTO.POHNE

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

PO

PO

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

PTO.PHONE

-(-5)

-(5-10)

Transportation

BS

-(5-10)

-(10+)

BS

BS

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

BS

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(10+)

BS

BS

-(-5)

-(10+)

Approach Road

PR

-

KR.PR

PR

PR

PR.KR

PR.KR

PR.KR

PR.KR

KR

PR.KR

-

-

PR

KR

KR

PR.KR

KR

KR

-

KR

-

-

PR.KR

PR.KR

KR

PR

Power Supply

ED

-

-

ED

ED

ED

ED

ED.EAG

ED

ED

ED

ED

ED.EAG

-

-

EA

ED.EAG

EA

-

EA

-

ED

-

EAG

EA

EA

EA

ED

80)5

CD

I

1§CO

sr|

III"

I

Sr.No.

252.253.254.255.256.257.258.

259.D)i)

260.261.262.263264265

266267268269270271272273274275276277

Name of Village

Bhawapura

Bhagwanpura

Kanwarpura

Bijari

Dhanesar

Karoo ndi

Jawahar Sagar

Khadipur

EducationFacilities

P(1)

-(-5)

P(D-(5-10)

P(1),M(1)

-(5-10)

P(1),M(1),H(1)

P(1)

MedicalFacilities

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

CHW(1)

-(5-10)

H(2),D(2),HC(1)PHC(1),

SMP(1)

H(1)

Drinking Water

W,HP

W.HP

W,HP

O

W,HP

W,HP

T,R

T.TK.HP

Communication

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

PO

-(5-10)

PTO.PHONE

PO

Transportation

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

BS

-(10+)

Approach Road

KR

KR

KR

-

PR

-

PR

-

Power Supply

-

ED

ED

-

ED

-

EA

Distt. KotaTehsil :Ramganj Mandi.P.S.:Ladpur

Rath Kankra

Jamoonya

Banda

Dharmpura

Pachankui

Ranpur

Baori khera

Kolana or Laxmipura

Pachpahar

Renkya Kheri

Kasar

Chorda

ChandreshI

Dhani

Barodliya

Arlya Jageer

Peepalheri

Chhipanheri

P(D-(5-10)

P(1),O(1)

-(5-10)

P(1)

P(1),M(1),H(1),AC(3)

P(1)

P(1)

AC(1)

P(1)

P(1),M(1)

-(10+)

-(10+)

CHW(1)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

H(1),PHS(1)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

D(1),PHS(1)

T,O,HP,N

W

W,HP

W,HP,N

W,HP

W,HP,TK,N, TW

W,HP

W,HP,N

W,C,HP,R

W.HP

W,HP,TK,TW

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

PO

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

PO

BS

BS

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS.RS

PR

KR

-

-

-

PR

PR

-

-

-

PR

ED

-

-

ED

ED

ED.EO

ED.EAG

-

ED

-

EA

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

P(1),AC(1)

M(2),AC(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-

W,HP,C

W,C,TW,N,HP

W,N,HP,C

W,HP

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-

PR

PR

PR

-

-

EA

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED

CDCDCo

CD

I§5

I

or.No.

278.279.280.281.282.283.284.285.286.287.

288.289.290.291.292.293.294.295.296.297

298299.300.301.302303304305

Name of Village

Khanpuriya

Shankarpura

Charanheri

Parlya

Arand Khera

Keetalhera

Deeppura

Baniyani

Seemalheri

Mandana

Mukundpura

Hanotiya

Sarangpura

Hirapura

Jodhpur

Mandalya

Rel

Dolya

Akhawa

Borawas

Tholanpur

Kot Baori

Gadon Ka Gaon

Kolipura

Ratariya

Deopura

Neem Khera

Shyodanpura

EducationFacilities

-(-5)

P(DP(1)

-(-5)

P(1),M(1),H(1)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1),M(1),O(1)

-(-5)

P(1),M(1), AC(10)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1),M(1),AC(1)

MedicalFacilities

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

D(1),PHS(1)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(10+)

PHS(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

PHS(1)

Drinking Water

W,HP,TK,C,N

HP,N,C,S

W,C,TK,N,HP

W,N,HP,C

W,C,TW,NtHP

W,N,HP,C

TW.HP.C

W,TW,C,HP,N

W,C,TK,N,HP

T.TW.W.HP,TK,N

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP,R

W.HP.R

W.HP.R

Connmunication

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

Transportation

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

BS

BS

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

Approach Road

-

-

KR

KR

PR

KR

PR

PR

-

PR

-

PR

-

-

-

PR

Power Supply

-

-

ED

ED

EA

ED.EAG

EA

ED.EAG

-

EA

-

EA

-

-

-

EA

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

-(10+)

P(1),M(1)

CHW(1)

-(10+)

H(1),PHS(1)

W,HP

W.N.TK.HP

T,HP,W,N,TK,O,TW

-(10+)

"(10+)

PO

-(10+)

-(10+)

BS

KR

KR

KR

-

-

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

P(1) -(5-10) W,HP -(5-10) BS PR -

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

CDa>2.3'CD

I03

5"

I'

ICD

Sr.No.

306.307.308.309.310.311.312.313.314.315.316.317.318.319.320.321.322.323324325326327328329330331332333334

Name of Village

Roopura

Borkui

Bachhriya

Bugchhach Kalan

Bugchach Khurd

Ummedpura

Girdharpura

Haripura

Chand Baori

Sabalpura

Kishanpura

Motipura

Bhagwanpura

Udpura

Prithvipura

Amarpura

Khanagarpura

Dohniya

Indarpura

Jaspura

Narayanpura

Ganeshpura

Ama Ka Pani

Kharli Baori

Keshopura

Rojhala

Mandirgarh

Zalimpura

Damodarpura

EducationFacilities


UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

P(1) -(10+) W,N,TK,HP -(10+) -(10+) KR EA

UN- INHABITED

P(1) -(10+) W,HP -(10+) -(10+) KR -

UN- INHABITED-

P(1) -(5-10) W,HP -(10+) -(10+) KR -

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

-(5-10) -(10+) W,HP -(10+) -(10+) KR

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

P(1) -(10+) W,HP -(10+) -(10+) KR -

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

UN- INHABITED

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

W

W,HP

W

W,HP

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-

KR

-

KR

-

-

-

-

UN- INHABITED

P(1) -(10+) W,HP -(10+) -(5-10) - -

s•8

CDO>Co

2.CD

IiC/3

STETCO

Q>

Q .

5CD

ICD

I"

Sr.No.

D)

N)

335.336.337.338.339.340.341.

342.343.344.

345.346.347.348.349.350.351.352.353.354.355.356.357.358.359.360

Name of VillageEducationFacilities


Distt. KotaTehsil :RamganjMandi,P.S.ChechatBalkoo

Ghatoli

Hatona

Sandya Kheri

Deori Kalan

Arlai

Khera Rudha

Phawa

Alod

Motipura Khurd

Neemoda

Mawasa

Zalimpura Khurd

Phanda

Kalya Kheri

Motipura Kalan

Chandrapura

Jagpura Khurd

Salera Khurd

Reenchhi

Khani

Rajpura Khurd

Borina

Hathiya Kheri

Gulabpura

Amlawad Khera

-(-5)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1).M(1)

P(1)

P(1),H(1),O(1)

-(-5)

M(1)

P(1),M(1).H(1),PUC(1),C(1),Tr(1),AC(1)

P(D

P(1)

-(-5)

P(1),AC(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

H(1),D(1),PHS(1),NH(1),RP(2)

-(-5)

HC(1)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

W,TK,HP,O

W.TK.HP

W,HP,R

W,HP

W,HP,R

W,HP

W.HP.R

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP,N

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP,R

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

-(-5)

PO

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

BS

BS

BS

-(-5)

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

BS

-

KR

-

-

PR

PR

KR.PR

-

PR

-

-

KR

KR.PR

-

-

KR.PR

ED

ED.EAG

EA

ED

EA

EA

EA

ED.EAG

EA

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

EAG

ED.EAG

EA

UN- INHABITED

P(1)

P(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

P(1),M(1)

AC(1),P(1)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

CHW(1)

-(5-10)

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP,N

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

W,HP

-(5-10)

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(-5)

PO

-(-5)

BS

BS

-(-5)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

KR.PR

PR

-

-

KR.PR

PR

KR

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

EA

ED.EAG

-

UN- INHABITED

o0)

Sr.No.

361.362.363.364.365.366.367.368.

Name of Village

Madanpura

Rooppura

Raghunathpura

Sohanpura

Jodhpura

Noopura

Bordi

Dudiyaheri

EducationFacilities

P(1),M(1)

MedicalFacilities

H(1)

Drinking Water

W.HP

Communication

-(-5)

Transportation

-(10+)

Approach Road

KR

Power Supply

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

P(DP(1)

-(-5)

-(-5)

W,HP,R

W,HP,R

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-

-

ED.EAG

ED.EAG

UN- INHABITED

P(DP(1)

-(-5)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

-(5-10)

W.HP

W.HP

W,HP

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(10+)

-(10+)

-(-5)

-(-5)

KR

-

-

ED.EAG

EA

ED.EAG

Source : District Census handbook 1991, Chittodgarh, Bhilwara, Kota, Bundi

- (-05): not available within 5 km area; - (5 -10): available within 5 -10 km

EducationP = Primary or elementary schoolM = Middle schoolH = Matriculation or secondaryPOC = Higher secondary/lntermediate/PreUniversity/JuniorC = College, any college (Graduate level &above) like Arts, Science, CommerceTr = Training school

AC = Adult literacy class/centre

Power SupplyEAG = Electricity for agricultureED = Electricity for domestic purposeEA = Electricity for all purposeEO = Electricity for other purpose likeIndustrial, Commercial etc

MedicalPHC = Primary health centrePHS = Primary health sub-centreFPC = Family planning centreHC = Health centre

D = Dispensary

RP = Registered private practitionerH = Hospital

CHW = Community health workerSMP = Subsidized medical practitionerHN = Nursing home

Drinking WaterW = Well waterHP = Hand pumpN = NallahC = Canal

TK = Tank water

O = OtherTW = Tube well waterR = RiverS = Spring waterT = Tap water

CommunicationPO = Post officePTO = Post and telegraph officePhone = Telephone connection

TransportationBS = BusRS = Railway station

Approach to VillagePR = Pacca roadKR = Kachcha road I

5T


Table 2.6.5

Morbidity Status as available in PHC at BHAISRODGARH

Period January 2002 to December 2002

Months2002

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

Total

Cough

204

237

219

191

143

156

197

188

217

265

217

185

2419

BloodPressure

21

15

18

20

20

13

23

26

22

17

28

23

246

STD

4

6

140

-

13

22

-

6

15

6

6

16

224

Diarrhoea

14

12

46

32

16

31

67

50

24

10

17

15

334

TB

1

1

1

2

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

8

RTI

5

2

8

2

3

7

3

2

7

6

8

-

53

Injuries

98

64

56

78

70

45

116

69

114

129

76

87

992

Total No. of Sub center under this PHC = 11

Total no. of villages attached to PHC = 75

STD: Sexually Transmitted Disease

TB: Tuberculosis

RTI: Respiratory Tract Infection

2.200


Table 2.6.6

Quality of Life Existing in the Villages Surveyed

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Villages

Rawatbhata

Baroli

Khatikhera

Bhainsroradgarh

Deepura

Mandesara

Bhagwatipura

Ekllingpura

Shripura

Borabas

Nalikhera

Jawahar sagar

Gandhi sagar

Borav

Average

QoL(s)

0.58

0.48

0.49

0.56

0.47

0.47

0.44

0.50

0.50

0.49

0.46

0.57

0.58

0.56

0.51

QoL(O)

0.61

0.50

0.50

0.58

0.48

0.49

0.45

0.51

0.52

0.52

0.49

0.59

0.60

0.57

0.53

QoL(c)

0.59

0.49

0.49

0.57

0.47

0.48

0.44

0.50

0.51

0.50

0.47

0.58

0.59

0.56

0.52

QoL(s) = Subjective Quality of Life

QoL(O) = Objective Quality of Life

QoL(C) = Cumulative Quality of Life

2.201

Chapter J

Prediction of Impacts

apter3

3.1 Air Environment

The impacts from nuclear power projects are of mainly radiological type because

of the release of radioactive materials during normal operation as well as in emergencies.

The effects of radioactive material on human population and surrounding ecosystem

differ from conventional chemical pollutants in the form of cumulative radiation doses

over long periods, since many of the radioactive nuclides have long half life.

In the proposed nuclear power plant, major point sources emitting gaseous

pollutants include one stack from Unit # 1 and Unit # 2 and one stack from units 3 & 4,

and one from units 5 & 6. Topography is steeply sloping with a slope of 1 in 20.

Dispersion characteristics can be considered to be good. A stack height of 100 m

adopted, as standard would suffice. There is no population center having population

more than 5000 in the predominant wind direction

3.1.1 Radioactive Pollution

The radioisotopes causing irradiations in human body can enter the body through

different pathways (routes) as explained in previous sections. The radiation dose

received can be classified as external and internal according to the location of the

radioactive material irradiating the tissue. External radiation dose is received from the

isotopes in the radioactive cloud as it passes over the receptors, from the material

deposited on surfaces around the receptors and on receptor body itself as the cloud

passes. Internal exposure can result from inhaling the radioactive material in the air as

the cloud passes or by ingesting contaminated food stuff and drinking contaminated

water.

|\|££g| Chapter 3 : Prediction of Impacts

Release of radioactive material to atmosphere can occur almost instantaneously

or on continuous basis from nuclear power plants. The resulting exposure in downwind

direction due to the air borne radioactive material will be of short or long duration,

depending upon the release time, the wind speed, the nature of the material, the

geometry of the source and the dispersion of the cloud as it travels. The final effect of

radioactive material on a receptor is a function of the total radiation received from

different isotopes with variations in concentrations during exposure. In this

circumstances the integral of the concentration vs. time curve at the point of receipt is a

measure of the total dose.

External Dose to Members of Public Due to Ar-41 and FPNG ReleasesThrough Stack

At RAPS site, Ar-41 and FPNG are released through 93 m stack at RAPS 1 & 2,

whereas through 100 m stack at RAPS 3 & 4 to the environment. Following release, Ar-

41 and FPNG undergo atmospheric diffusion and dispersion under prevailing

meteorological conditions, resulting in possible external exposure to members of the

public. External dose estimates in the RAPS environment were computed using gaseous

stack release data. The computed external doses for the year 2002 at various distances

and sectors are given in Table 3.1.1. At site boundary the effective dose for 2002 due to

Ar-41 and FPNG varied from 17.9 to 53.3 uSv with sector averaged value of 34.2 uSv.

An isodose curves for the year 2002 for annual gamma doses of the values 9, 5, 3, 2 and

1.0 uSv are given in Figure 3.1.1, 3.1.2 and 3.1.3.

3.1.2 Radiation Dose and Public Health

The estimation of intake of radionuclides by population around the plant is made

by measurements of concentrations of radionuclides in air, water, vegetables, cereals,

milk, meat, fish, egg etc. and dose is computed (BARC, 2003). The concentrations of

radiocesium and radiostrontium in various environmental samples including dietary items

were observed to be at global fallout levels and thus contribution from RAPS released

effluents is mainly due to Tritium (internal dose), Ar-41 & FPNG (External dose).

Following Table gives the internal committed dose (uSv) to the members of public

due to intake of tritium through air and water.

3.2

NEERI Chapter 3 : Prediction of Impacts

^•- \Zone

Medium

Air

Water

1.6 km

1.4

2.9

1.6-5 km

0.6

2.1

5-10 km

0.2

1.3

10-15 km

0.2

0.8

15-20 km

0.1

0.6

The average total (Internal + External) effective dose (uSv) in various zones

during the year 2002 is given in following table.

Dose

Internal

External

1.6 km

2.9

34.2

1.6-5.

2.

15

0 km

1

.4

5-10

1.

5.

km

2

9

10-15 km

0.7

2.4

15-20 km

0.8

1.4

For comparison, the effective committed doses (uSv) at RAPS site boundary

(1.6 km) for the period 1998-20002 are given in following table.

Dose

Internal

External

1998

9.2

45.5

1999

4.9

130

2000

3.6

102.2

2001

3.5

32.7

2002

2.9

34.2

The results of the environmental surveillance programme carried out during 2002

at Rawatbhata site show that the doses received even by a hypothetical man staying at

fence post (1.6 km) is 37.1 uSv, which is less than 4% of the dose limit of 1000 uSv per

year prescribed by AERB/ICRP for the member of public. At farther distances the doses

are observed to be still less.

3.1.3 Occupational Exposure : Radiation Monitoring and Alarms

A number of installed area radiation monitors will be provided in the Reactor

Building, Spent Fuel Storage and Service Building areas. These monitors provide

continuous measurement of the area radiation fields and also are useful in alarming the

personnel when the area radiation fields rise significantly during their occupancy.

3.3

Chapter 3 : Prediction of Impacts

Portable monitors will be provided for checking the radiation status of these areas

or work locations when the fixed monitors are not available and for supplementing field

monitoring data. As per the plant procedures as a normal routine each individual who is

required to work in active areas will be provided with personal dosimeters to measure the

dose received during his stay in these area.

Evacuation from area of the plant, if required, can also be called for by the

operator in the control room using public address network

3.1.4 Emissions of Radioactivity

The radiological air quality monitoring showed that the GM values for gross alpha

and beta and radiocesium was below the detection limit in quarterly cumulative samples.

Tritium in air and rainwater were observed to be below the stipulated limits.

Annual cumulative rainwater sample contained below detectable limits of radiocesium

and radiostrontium.

3.1.5 Micro-Meteorology

The hourly wind speed, solar insolation and total cloudiness during day time and

wind speed and total cloudiness during night time were used to determine the hourly

atmospheric stability class (Pasquill and Gifford) viz., A to F. The hourly stabilities were

determined based on the technique suggested by Turner.

Turner's system used for determining the stability classes is as follows:

- For day or night: If total cloud cover (TC) = 10/10 and ceiling <7000 ft (2134 m),

NR=0

- For night-time (defined as period from one hour before sunset to one hour after

sunrise):

a) lfTC<4/10, useNR = -2

b) lfTC>4/10, useNR = -1

- For day time: Determine insolation class number (IN)

a) If TC<5/10, useNR=IN

b) If TO5/10, modify IN by the sum of the following applicable criteria

If ceiling<7000 ft (2134m), modification = -2

3.4


If ceiling>7000 ft but <16000 ft (4877 m), modification = -1

If TC=10/10 and ceiling>7000 ft, modification = - 1 , and let modified value of

IN=NR, except for day-time NR cannot be <+1

During study period in winter season the winds were recorded from WSW sector

thereby projecting the impact zone in NEN sector with respect to the location of nuclear

power plant as the zone of impacts. The wind speed has been recorded high during most

of the study period with low calm condition prevailing at the site. The diurnal variations in

winds were insignificant at the project site.

3.1.6 Conventional Air Pollution

As such, there is no possibility of emissions of conventional air pollutants from

nuclear power plants except during construction phase. Hence, the impacts of the

proposed nuclear power plant on ambient air quality due to conventional air pollutants in

that region will be insignificant. There will be marginal increase in conventional air

pollutants levels due to increase in vehicular traffic and urbanization, which can be

attributed to indirect impacts of the project in that region. However, these concentrations

shall be within the prescribed limits of CPCB (Annexure I) as the proposed nuclear

power project is not the source of conventional air pollution and present levels of

conventional air pollutants are very low.

3.5

NEER1 Chapter 3 : Prediction of Impacts

NW

WNW

W

WSW

NNW NNE

NE

ENE

ESE

SESW

SSW

Seal* I on* 4-00 km

SSE

» 10-00 C S» • 100 U- Sv• 500 ft Sv O 0-50tt.$»A 300 ll Sv

Figure 3.1.1 : Annual Gamma Iso Dose Curves Due to Argon - 41 andFPNG

3.6

NEERI Chapter 3: Prediction of Impacts

CM

8OM

8 o00

8 o

to»b

0)

(VI

(SI

ID

Hi

4

a

ooCM

3Q

u>

"reoo

QQ>>

0)

o

CM

CO0)

3O)

3.7


•

J

£

6T"

£

O

in

© o «o o >o o" W CM CM • - *-

ooCM

o>c

(00)coN

3CC

<(A3O

re

o

3

0)

S2<D

X!E

so0)U)o

Q

CO

Si3

3.8


Table 3.1.1

Computed External Dose Due to Ar-41 and FPNG Release from RAPS 1 to 4During 2002

Location

1.6 km 510th pole

1.6kmNNE

1.6kmNE

1.6kmENE

1.6 km GUARDHOUSE

1.6 km BACK OF SEF

1.6kmSE

1.6 km UPSTREAM

1.6 km S

1.6kmSSW

1.6kmSW

1.6kmWSW

1.6 km W

1.6 km WNW

1.6 km DOWNSTREAM

1.6 km NNW

PHASE 1 STORE

RBT-GS ROAD 44 km

TAMLAO

SADDLE DAM

BHABHA NAGAR

VIKRAM NAGAR

RPS COLONY

RAWATBHATA

AerialDistance

fromRAPS(km)

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

2.5

5

5

5

6

6

6

7.5

Direction

N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSE

S

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

ENE

N

E

WNW

N

NW

NNW

NNW

Dose (micro Sv)

Ar-41

34.8

33.2

36.2

43.8

37.2

32.9

40.5

31.3

50.2

23.4

32.2

36.0

27.1

19.9

16.7

18.8

26.3

7.9

9.9

5.2

6.6

3.7

3.5

2.5

FPNG

2.2

2.1

2.5

3.0

2.8

2.4

2.4

1.8

3.2

1.6

2.4

1.9

1.6

1.2

1.1

1.3

1.8

0.6

0.8

0.4

0.5

0.3

0.3

0.2

Total(micro Sv)

37.0

35.3

38.7

46.8

40.0

35.3

42.9

33.1

53.3

25.0

34.7

37.9

28.7

21.2

17.9

20.1

28.1

8.5

10.7

5.5

7.1

3.9

3.7

2.7

3.9


Location

BAHELIYA

BAROLI

JHARJHANI

BHAINSRODGARH

MANDESARA

AKLINGPURA

BARKHEDA

GANDHISAGAR

UDPURA

SECTOR WEIGHTEDBOUNDARY)

AerialDistance

fromRAPS(km)

8

10

10

12

13

15

18

20

20

MEAN (AT SITE

Direction

SW

N

ENE

NNW

W

ESE

S

S

WSW

NNP Units Release Height (meter)

RAPS 1&2

RAPS 3&4

93

100

Dose (micro Sv)

Ar-41

5.7

2.6

4.4

1.0

1.9

1.5

1.9

1.6

1.5

32.1

Release!

Ar-41

1.83E08

1.50EO6

FPNG

0.5

0.3

0.4

0.1

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

2.1

Total(micro Sv)

6.2

2.9

4.8

1.1

2.0

1.8

2.2

1.8

1.6

34.2

Rate (Bq/sec)

FPNG

5.5E06

1.65E07

3.10

Chapter 3: Prediction of Impacts


3.2.1 Identification of Sources of Noise in the Proposed Plant

The main sources of noise in the nuclear power plant are within operating island.

Observations were taken within 5 km of reactors. The noise levels were found to be

ranging from 73.1 to 90.2 dBA. This value is below the CPCB standard (75 dBA)

(Annexure I I I ) for other areas in nuclear power plant except operating island where 90.2

dBA has been recorded. However, the workers in high noise zones use protective

equipments thus lowering occupational hazard.

3.2.2 Residential Areas

The noise level in residential area within 5 km from NPP is 59.3 dBA, which is at

the threshold level (55 dBA) of CPCB standards.

The residential area in the range 5 - 10 km area around NPP showed noise levels

ranging between 53.2 dBA to 67.3 dBA. These levels were found to be mostly slightly

above the threshold level of CPCB Standards in the area.

The noise levels in residential area within the range 10 - 25 km around NPP

ranged from 59.1 dBA to 75.2 dBA. These values are somewhat above the threshold

level of CPCB standard.

However, equivalent noise levels would be very less when day and night noise

levels are considered for its impact on community. The noise levels during night time in

residential areas are lowest in intensity because of low populated area and absence of

any major human activity.

3.2.3 Commercial Area

The commercial areas are very less as the human activity is less in the area. The

small commercial area present in 5 km to 10 km area around NPP. This area showed the

noise ranging from 69.5 dBA to 83.5 dBA. These values when normalised to equivalent

levels would be well below the stipulated limit of CPCB i.e. 65 dBA.

There are no silence zones in the area.

3.11


3.2.4 Impact on Occupational Health

In the nuclear power plant, most of the machinery /equipment would generate

noise levels within the range of 90 dBA continuously. This would have adverse effect on

the health of workers working near noise sources. Adequate protective measures such

as ear muffs/ear plugs to the workers working in high noise areas will be provided by

NPCIL to minimize the occupational exposure of noise, besides engineered noise

reducing enclosures will be provided to further attenuate the noise levels from the source.

The exposure of high noise levels to plant workers and operators is within the

stipulated standards of CPCB i.e. 90 dBA for 8 hours exposure. It is necessary to provide

operators cabin with acoustic insulation and with special doors and observation windows,

which will further reduce noise exposure.


The impact of RAPP would be due to construction activity of units 5,6,7 and 8 in

phased manner for the coming 10 years period and due to radioactive pollution during

plant operation of all the 8 units. The operational phase of the nuclear power plant would

pose long-term adverse impacts due to radioactive pollutants generated through the

water route. Although the NPCIL would be meeting the stringent requirements of ICRP

and AERB, the impact of radioactive water pollutants, in case of accidental releases, on

aquatic biota and members of the public cannot be ruled out. However, the environmental

radioactive surveillance programme as indicated in EMP chapter, if followed scrupulously,

these impacts can be easily mitigated by adopting timely control measures.

The other impact area of concern to the aquatic environment is due to discharge

of condenser cooling water into the reservoir and its consequent adverse impact on

aquatic life. NPCIL has planned the control measures for implementing the same during

operational phase of the project so as to control the temperature of receiving water as

per the requirement of MoEF stipulation. The condensers are designed for a maximum

raise of 8.6 °C. However, this needs to be monitored on continuous basis by NPCIL.

As regards the domestic sewage to be generated from the township, offices and

canteen, NPCIL has planned to treat the sewage so as to meet the requirements of

Rajasthan Pollution Control Board. The treated sewage is proposed to be reused for

development of greenbelt and raising plantations in and around the proposed units of the

NPP. Therefore, the impact of domestic effluents on water resources of the region would

be insignificant.

3.12


3.3.1 Impacts of Radioactive Pollutants

The operational phase of the nuclear power plant would pose long-term adverse

impacts due to radioactive pollutants generated through the water route. Although the

NPCIL would be meeting the stringent requirements of ICRP and AERB, the impact of

radioactive water pollutants, in case of accidental releases, on aquatic biota and

members of the public cannot be ruled out. However, the environmental radioactive

surveillance programme as indicated in EMP chapter, if followed scrupulously, these

impacts can be easily mitigated by adopting timely control measures.

The project envisages collection and processing of liquid radioactive wastes

generated during operation of NPP. The liquid waste volume is minimized by

evaporation and the concentrated residue is solidified through cementation and sent for

interim storage in solid waste depository. Monitoring and control of the liquid waste

treatment facility is done through AERMS (Automated Environmental Radiation

Monitoring System). Liquid waste disposal system is equipped with radiation monitoring.

3.3.2 Impact of Thermal Discharge on Water Quality

The effects of thermal pollution on water quality i.e. density, D.O., pH, nutrients

are also involved in biological impact (Langford, 1990). Seasonal fluctuations in water

temperature distribution play an important role in influencing biological processes (Kinne,

1974). Temperature affects the organisms through direct physiological mechanisms.

Temperature related responses affect different species and the repercussions for

ecosystem dynamics depend upon food web interactions (Kinne, 1972; Langford, 1990).

Thus the impact area of concern in case of NPP is discharge of condenser cooling water

into the sea and its consequent adverse impacts on marine life.

At RAPS site, the temperature difference between inlet and outlet varies from

9-7°C during summer and 2-3 °C during winter seasons respectively. The water is drawn

from intake point, at a depth of 8-15 m below depending on lake water level, at a drawl

rate of 105-135 cumsecs. The discharge system located at 0.305 km from intake point is

a surface discharge type through an underground channel. The average water quality at

RAPS site (1979-1981) (Wagh and Singh,2002) is presented in the following Table. It is

observed that there is not any noticeable change in the water quality with respect to

various parameters and was within the acceptable limits. Similar observations are made

in the present investigation.

3.13


Rana Pratap Sagar Water Quality for Use by the Public (Average for 3 years 1979-

1981)

Parameters

pH

DO

COD

NO3-N

NH3-N

Sampling Locations

Upstreamof Intake

8.6

7.8-9.1

4.8-10.0

0.03-0.08

0.78-1.0

CondenserIntake Water

8.5

6.4-7.5

5.3-9.0

0.03-0.09

0.67-0.7

CondenserDischarge

Water

8.2-8.7

8.0-9.3

4.8-9.0

0.06-1.3

0.6-0.96

DrinkingWater

Intake Point

8.6

7.8-9.0

8.8-20

0.08-0.3

0.11-1.0

PermissibleCriteria

6.5-8.5 (max)

75 (max)

75 (max)

10 (max)

0.5 (max)

3.3.3 Compliance of NPP to MoEF Stipulation

Datir et al. (2002), stated that the heat dissipation at Rawatbhata Nuclear Plant is

done by both the systems of the condenser circulating systems (CCW) viz. open (once

through) loop type using reservoir water (RAPS - 1 & 2) and open re-circulation type

using cooling towers (Existing plants: RAPS 3 & 4 ; proposed plants : RAPP 5 to 8) for

cooling the steam coming from turbine. River water is sufficiently available for CCW

system at Rawatbhata. Water body temperature rise for RAPS 1 & 2 is 5-2 °C at 500 m

mixing zone and for RAPS 3 & 4 is 1 °C rise at 250 m mixing zone. Most NPPS are

meeting limits of temperature rise across condenser i.e. 10 °C and earlier stipulation of

temperature rise of 5 °C in water body at 200 - 300m distance from outfall (Annexure V).

Standards for Temperature Rise Limit

The latest guideline issued by MoEF, Government of India, impose the following

restrictions on temperature rise for discharge of Condenser Cooling Water (CCW) from

thermal plant.

For coastal plants using sea water, rise in temperature of water shall not exceed 7

°C above the ambient temperature of receiving water bodies. Cooling towers shall be

installed for all inland power plants. For existing plants, the rise in temperature of CCW

inlet to outlet of condenser shall not be more than 10 °C.

As per these guidelines, NPCIL decided that the cooling towers shall be installed

at inland power plants to effectively reduce thermal pollution in receiving lakes or rivers.

3.14


3.4 Land Environment

The study area is mostly barren with little topsoil, the forest area is present in

some patches. The agriculture and fishing are carried out on a very small scale. The

population density is also very low in study area. The physico-chemical analysis of soil

indicates a moderate quality of soil for the growth of the plants and agriculture

microbiological quality of land reveals that most of the soil samples contain high density

of total viable count (TVC) and fungi, and low density of actinomycetes, rhizobium and

azotobacter. Thus the soils are biologically active but comparatively less productive in

nature.

The precipitation water carries atmospheric radioactivity to the soil and increase

the levels of radioactivity in the soil. However, this area receives low rainfall and will not

contribute to fallout radioactivity in the soils and terrestrial biota.

In general, plants are more resistant to toxicants including radiation than the

animal. Plants can bio-concentrate radionuclides and may pose potential hazard to

human beings and animals if consumed. Greenbelt development around the project site

of NPP using conventional methods may add to mitigate dust and gaseous

concentrations in the inhabited area.

The radiation levels in soil, and in dietary items are negligible and the annual dose

received by hypothetical man staying at plant fence post (1.6 km) is 37.1 uSv, which is

less than 4% of the dose limit prescribed by AERB for the members of public. At farther

distance, these doses are still less. Internal dose is due to inhalation, ingestion and skin

absorption of tritium and external exposure is due to Ar - 41 plumes. The doses due to

ingestion of terrestrial products are due to global fallout activities and are not computed,

as these are not plant related (Annual Reports, BARC).


The project site at Rawatbhata and the surrounding area is plain land with dry

climate. The whole area has cultivated fields and barren fields which were observed to be

occupied by scrub and open vegetation. Therefore, the units of the NPCIL at Rawatbhata

may not adversely affect the existing green cover in the area, on the contrary, the

plantations, which are present in the nuclear power plant area, and the residential area

are helpful in increasing green cover in the area.

3.15


The project area is presently covered by natural scrub forest dominated by

Prosopis sp. and Acacia sp. This natural tree cover forms the microniches of birds and

innumerable organisms apart from playing important role in conservation of soil. Natural

vegetation cover would be fortified by the plantation efforts carried out by NPCIL

authorities.

The discharge of radioactive liquid waste from the existing units of the nuclear

power plant in the Ranapratap Sagar, if not adequately treated, may deteriorate the

quality of the water and affect the biodiversity of flora and fauna in the Ranapratap Sagar

As regards the terrestrial ecosystem, NPCIL has been suggested to raise the

plantations and develop greenbelt in around the project site. If these are implemented, it

should help in mitigate the impact and increase the green cover in the area.

The 25 km radial area around RAPP also covers part of 3 sanctuaries viz.

Bhainrroadgarh Sanctuary, Darrahgam Sanctuary and Jawahar Sagar Sanctuary. The

former two sanctuaries are established for protection of wildlife and Jawahar Sagar

Sanctuary gives protection to crocodiles and gharials. The wild life may be affected if

high level of radioactivity is released in air and water during the operation of NPP and

due to accidental release of radionuclids in the environment.

3.6 Socio-economic Environment

Setting up of 2 additional units of the nuclear power plant (Units 7 & 8) within area

would create certain impacts with beneficial as well as adverse effects on the socio-

economic environment. Some of these impacts would be more effective for the

immediate vicinity with short-term effects whereas the others would be of higher order or

of long-term in nature.

It is necessary to identify the extent of these impacts for further planning of

control measures leading to mitigation of the adverse impacts.

The impacts of NPP (Units 7 & 8) on parameters of human interest have been

assessed in terms of:

• The impact due to acquisition of land needed to set up the plant buildings and

other support facilities

3.16

[SJEERI Chapter 3: Prediction of Impacts

• The potential impacts due to unavoidable releases of radioactive pollutants

from the power plant reaching to the public domain

Beneficial Impacts

The impacts identified as beneficial support the existing project activities. They

are:

Job opportunities for the local people as well as for those from the nearby

surrounding area would increase due to operation and construction of 2 units

of the Nuclear Power Plant

Due to influx of population, the trade, business opportunity for the local people

would increase, raising the economic status of the people around

Establishment of township as well as the influx of working people within the

study area would lead to favourable changes in the existing infrastructure

facilities, which may further improve the quality of life of the concerned study

area

There would be local participation in supply of materials and services for

construction of township and other infrastructure such as access roads, pier,

and fresh water pipeline and warehouses

The proposed 2 units of the NPP, at Rawatbhata, would help partially in

bridging the gap between the demand and inadequate supply of electricity

within the country in general, and the region in particular

The electricity generated by the two units of the NPP will result in

electrification of villages, development of irrigation facilities, drinking water

supply, development of industries etc.

Due to proposed 2 units of the nuclear power plant there would be an overall

development of the area and job opportunities, which may improve the quality

of life of the area

3.17


Adverse Impacts

The impact identified as adverse would go against the project activities. These

impacts can be minimized by proper follow up of an Environmental Management Plan.

These impacts are:

Influx of workers during the project construction and operation phases would

impose some strain on the existing basic amenities within the study area.

The project activities may disturb the livestock & fishing activity, if appropriate

measures for liquid waste management are not taken as per EMP.

For meeting various demands in the power plant, fresh water would be drawn

from 'Rana Pratap Sagar Dam', which may affect the drinking water & agricultural

needs of the local population. However the impacts may be insignificant

With the above parameters, the qualitative impact on socio-economic

environment is predicted as presented in Table 3.6.1. The expected change is

subjective quality of life and cumulative quality of life is presented in Table 3.6.2

and 3.6.3 respectively. It is observed that with the introduction of the project, the

quality of life will improve further in the study area.

It is anticipated that the adverse impacts on parameters of human interest

could be mitigated by proper fallow-up of the measures indicated in the Environmental

Management plan.

3.18


Table 3.6.1

Prediction of Qualitative Impacts on Socio - economic Environment

Parameter

Employment

Income

Transport

Education

Medical facilities

Communication

Availability of fuel andelectricity

Sanitation

Housing

Health

Recreation

Agriculture

Cost of living

Business

Per capita income

Pollution

Location

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

#

-

+

-

-

+

+

-

Regional

+

+

*

*

*

+

+

*

-

*

-

*

+

+

-

Direct

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

*

-

*

-

*

+

+

-

Indirect

*

*

*

*

*

*

+

*

*

-

+

*

-

*

*

*

Reversible

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

-

*

*

*

-

Irreversible

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

*

+

-

+

*

*

*

: Positive Impact: Negative Impact: Insignificant

3.19


Table 3.6.2

Expected Change in Subjective Quality of Life

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Villages

Rawatbhata

Baroli

Khatikhera

Bhainsroadgarh

Deepura

Mandesara

Bhagwatipura

Ekllingpura

Shripura

Borabas

Nalikhera

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sagar

Borav

Average

QoL(s)

Existing

0.58

0.48

0.49

0.56

0.47

0.47

0.44

0.50

0.50

0.49

0.46

0.57

0.58

0.56

0.51

QoL(s) afterimplementation of EMPand welfare measure

0.59

0.50

0.50

0.58

0.48

0.48

0.45

0.52

0.52

0.51

0.47

0.59

0.60

0.57

0.53

= Subjective Quality of Life

3.20


Table 3.6.3

Expected Change in Cumulative Quality of Life

Sr.No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Villages

Rawatbhata

Baroli

Khatikhera

Bhainsroadgarh

Deepura

Mandesara

Bhagwatipura

Ekllingpura

Shripura

Borabas

Nalikhera

Jawahar Sagar

Gandhi Sagar

Borav

Average

QoL(c)

Existing

0.59

0.49

0.49

0.57

0.47

0.48

0.44

0.50

0.51

0.50

0.47

0.58

0.59

0.56

0.51

QoL(c) afterimplementation of EMPand welfare measure

0.60

0.50

0.50

0.59

0.49

0.49

0.45

0.51

0.52

0.51

0.47

0.59

0.60

0.57

0.53

QoL(c) = Cumulative Quality of Life

3.21

Chapter 4


Chapter


Based on the field environmental quality data collected for three seasons viz.

summer, post monsoon and winter season within the study area as also the prediction of

impacts, an impact statement has been prepared indicating the impact areas under

construction and operational phases of the proposed expansion units 7 to 8 of the nuclear

power project at Rawatbhata. Component wise statement is furnished hereunder.

4.1 Air Environment

As far as conventional air pollutants are concerned viz. SPM, RSPM, SO2 and NOx,

their concentrations in the ambient air during summer season were observed to be well

within the prescribed limits (Annexure I). However, with the rapid progress in construction

activities of the additional units in phased manner, concentrations of these air pollutants are

expected to increase. Since the existing levels of conventional air pollutants are well below

the stipulated levels of CPCB, the incremental increase in the levels of these pollutants may

not be crossing their respective prescribed limits. However, proper follow-up of measures

outlined in EMP will help in mitigating the adverse impacts, if any.

As regards the radioactive air pollutants, appropriate measures are expected to be

taken by NPCIL in controlling these pollutants and these should form an integral part of

project planning and implementation so as to avoid adverse environmental impacts,

particularly on human, plant and animal life. These releases are monitored continuously and

are governed by limits, set by ICRP and AERB.

Chapter 4: Environmental Impact Statement


Present level of noise near operating island is very near to the threshold level but

not high. However, with the progress in construction activities, the baseline noise levels will

increase due to heavy earthmoving machineries and construction equipments as also due

to the movement of heavy vehicles deployed for material handling. However, this increase

in ambient noise levels will be for the duration of construction activities only.

With the commissioning of nuclear power reactors (Units 5 to 8), noise would be

generated by compressors, turbines, fans, pumps, air dryers and ventilators. If proper

preventive and control measures are not taken, the baseline noise levels are expected to

increase. However, operation of these equipments within specially designed buildings

enclosures, boundary walls and the greenbelt development within and around the plant

premises would help in attenuating noise to large extent.

Existing noise levels in the surrounding villages are low as compared to standards

(Annexure II) , considering the low population and low level oi human activity. There will

not be much change in the noise levels in the 5 to 10 years now.


The baseline data on water quality of groundwater sources indicate good quality of

these resources in the study area and most of the parameters are within the prescribed

limists (Annexure III). Some of the well waters have been detected positive for faecall

contamination due to absence of sanitation facilities and land disposal of domestic sewage.

Due to this, adverse impacts are imposed on groundwater sources and marine waters.

During construction, waste materials and spillages of oils etc. would contribute to

certain amount of water pollution. But these would be for a short duration. This requires

follow-up of control measures during construction to protect the water resources from

occurrence of adverse impacts.

The operational phase of the NPP is expected to generate radioactive as well as

non-radioactive water pollutants. NPCIL has already prepared comprehensive plans for

liquid radioactive waste and gaseous radioactive waste management, which are required to

be scrupulously followed. Due attention is required to be given to heated effluents

discharges to RPS lake from cooling tower blow down as per the requirements of State

PCB and MoEF.

4.2

. irrni Chapter 4: Environmental Impact Statement

4.4 Land Environment

During operational phase, soils may get exposed to radionuclides, which will travel

through food chain and may cause problems to living beings including animals within the

impact zone. With the implementation of control measures for liquid and gaseous

radioactive pollutants as also solid radioactive wastes, the levels of these radionuclides are

expected to be well within the limits as prescribed by the concerned regulatory authorities

and under normal operating conditions, there may not be any significant impact on the land

environment. Similar observations have been recorded at the project site. In case of

unforeseen accidents, radionuclides in excessive concentrations are likely to be generated.

This warrants proper planning to handle emergency situations. Present emergency plan

appears to be capable of handling such situations. The greenbelt development as

suggested in EMP, if implemented by NPCIL, and exclusion zone of 1.6 km radius around

NPP would help to adsorb most to the particulate radionuclides. These measures are

expected to generate insignificant adverse impacts on land environment.


The study area around NPP is mostly barren with few forest patches. However, due

to availability of water, there are parts of three sanctuaries in the study area, which are

established for conservation of wildlife, crocodiles and gharials. The area also includes

some agricultural fields. This shows the possibility of radionuclides present in air and water

effluents and in solid waste to enter the food chain and biomagnify in wildlife and human

beings however, the present level of radionuclids discharge is very less and below

stipulated levels. So in future also, there may not be much problem provided all

precautionary measures are undertaken. Present level in different components of biological

environment of radioactivity is recorded to be very low.

4.6 Aesthetics

Aesthetic environment of the whole area is very good and it will not be affected

adversely due to the proposed activity. Topographical features, however, will be affected

due to the construction of structures. Water, air and land aesthetics will show improvement.


An increase in the energy input is expected due to the proposed activity leading to

cheap availability of electricity and with little pollution load compared to any other power-

4.3

. irrni Chapter4 : Environmental Impact Statement

generating source. This proposed activity (Units 7 to 8), will contribute to creathn of job

opportunity. Education and transportation facilities will also improve.

The effect on the human health will be negligible as the total dose through various

routes viz. air, water, land will be much below the stipulated dose limits set by ICRP and

AERB for the members of the public.

4.8 Sensitive Habitats

The study area has a number of archaeological monuments, three wildlife

sanctuaries and reservoirs. This area is also visited by the tourists who visit the area for

educational, recreational or religious purpose. These sensitive habitats will not adversely

affected by the activity of RAPP 7 & 8 as there are no discharges of pollutants in the

environment or by any other activity and they are beyond 20 km from the project site,

except Bhainsrodgarh wildlife Sanctuary.

4.4

Chapter 5



RAPP is a large Nuclear Power Plant site having 4 operational units, 2 units under

construction and proposed 2 units with a projected total power potential of RAPP being

2880 MWe after addition of additional 4 units. With a view to mitigate the adverse

environmental impacts arising out of existing and proposed RAPP units, strategies are

required to be formulated for various environmental components. With this view an

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) comprising remedial measures and monitoring

requirements has been drawn (Table 1). NPCIL needs to implement and integrate these

measures with project activities by properly incorporating the measures outlined in the

EMP which will considerably reduce environmental stress.

5.1 Earthquake Design Basis for Construction

The site falls in seismic zone II as per seismic zone map of India IS: 1893-2002.

This corresponds to Intensity V on MM scale considering the lineaments around the site,

the past earthquake data and an estimate of the maximum earthquake potential of the

tectonic structure. The peak ground acceleration at the site for safe shutdown earthquake

SSE (S-2) is estimated as 0.1 g and operating basis earthquake OBE (S-1) as 0.05g.

Considering these aspects, the guidelines provided by BARC and AERB must be

followed by NPCIL for safety of the structures.

Due consideration should be given to the water retaining structure such as water

reservoirs which will be built around the project site. This is necessary to account for

induced seismicity and the consequences of dam failure on the safety of present and

proposed Nuclear Power Plant.

NEERI Chapter 5 : Environmental Management Plan

Table 5.1Summary of Impacts, Problems and Appropriate Management Plan for their

MitigationEnvironmental

ComponentImpacts and Problems Inputs : Management Plan for Mitigation of Impact

Earthquake DesignBasis forconstruction

Flooding of RAPS

Air Environment

Noise Environment

Water Environment

Land Environment

BiologicalEnvironment

Ecologicallysensitive Areas

Rare andendangeredspecies of flora andfauna

Aesthetics

SocioeconomicEnvironment

The site falls in seismic zone II

Flood level at maximum rainfall may behazardous to nuclear power plant

Radiological emissions from stacks

Radiological hazard during operation oraccident conditions

Air emissions from solid waste dumping site

Dust pollution pose threat to arblic healthand wildlife

Marginal problems

Pollution due to discharge of domesticwastewater from township

Discharge of heated water to Rana PratapSagar would affect aquatic flora and fauna

Radioactive liquid discharge in environmentmay affect aquatic flora and fauna

Soil may be exposed to radionuclides dueto fall out from atmosphere

Disposal of hazardous solid radioactivewaste

Accidental release of radionuclids would behazardous to terrestrial ecosystem andhuman being

Exposure of flora and fauna to radionuclidsthrough different routes

RAPP is present very near to three wildlifesanctuaries

Deterioration of wildlife habitat

Due consideration should be given to the water retaining structure suchas reservoirs built around RAPP to account for induced seismicity andthe consequences of dam failure units on the safety of present andproposed Nuclear Power Plant

The elevation from MSL of different units should be decided on thebasis of flood analysis

Appropriate technological measures to meet the limits set by ICRP andAERB with respect to existing and proposed units.

Development of green belt around nuclear power plant and townshipand natural vegetation growth in exclusion zone (within 2 km radialdistance) and sterilizing zone (2 km to 5 km radial distance area) to actas sink for pollutants

Proper planning for safety approach and protection against commonmode incidents

Adoption of improved treatment, recycling and reuse technology viz.composting, vermicomposting etc.

Besides accoustic enclosures, Development of green belt would reducethe noise levels in surrounding area

Development of green belt would reduce the noise levels in surroundingarea

Development of effluent treatment plant (ETP) and reuse of effluent forirrigation in parks and green belts

Compliance with permissible limits set by MoEF by adoption of coolingtowers would be helpful in reducing thermal pollution.

Specific treatment of radioactive liquid waste to reduce its volume andcontainment and secured deposition of concentrated nuclear waste

Compliance to air quality standards related to radioactivity (ICRP andAERB)

Adoption of appropriate treatment to reduce the volume of radioactivewaste and containment and secured deposition of concentratedradioactive waste

Proper planning should be ready to handle emergency situations; asimplemented by existing RAPS 1 to A

Compliance to radiological standards for air and water;containment and secured deposition of radioactive waste

treatment.

Development of green belt around RAPP and natural vegetation inexclusive zone and sterilizing zone (5 km radial distance area aroundNPP) would act as sink for radionuclids as well as conventional airpollutants

Compliance with regulation (ICRP, AERB & MoEF)

Protection of sanctuaries from anthropogenic actives

Protection of wildlife habitat in wildlife sanctuaries and improvement intheir status with respect to food, feed and shelter.

Topographical features will be altered due There will be improvement in the aesthetic quality of water, air and landto construction activity of RAPP environment

Beneficial effects outweighs adverse effects Quality of Life (QoL) would be improved due to increase in jobon socio-economic environment opportunities and improved facilities related to transport,

communication, medical, education, electricity and water supply.

5.2

N t b l< I Chapter 5 : Environmental Management Plan

5.2 Construction Phase

The construction of units 7 & 8 at RAPP is yet to commence and construction of

units 5 & 6 is in progress. The potential for environmental pollution during construction

phase is mainly due to dust pollution, disposal of overburden, exhaust from construction

vehicles and noise due to construction related activities. All proper measures need to be

undertaken to reduce these pollution sources.

> During site preparation, the top soil containing rich humus soil may be removed

and utilized for development of green belt in and around plant area

> Overburdens should be used properly in land filling during construction or for

leveling of low line areas

> The earthmoving stock filling and back filling should be carried out using proper

techniques to control dust pollution. The dust pollution due to excavation, and

transportation should also be controlled by application of water spray and cover

over the overburden in the trucks

> It should be ensured that both gasoline and diesel powered construction vehicles

are properly maintained to minimize smoke in the exhaust emissions

> During construction phase noise resulting from blasting operations and' operation

of construction machinery such as concrete mixers and heavy earth moving

machineries may constitute an additional stress on workers who may be provided

with noise protective devices like earmuffs

> The overburden used for land filling in low lying areas should be stabilized by

putting soil cover and tree plantation to avoid leaching of pollutants and surface

water pollution

> The vehicle maintenance area should be located in such a manner so as to

prevent contamination of ground water by accidental spillage of oil. Unauthorized

dumping of oil should be prohibited

> A construction site is a potentially hazardous environment. To ensure that the

local inhabitants are not exposed to these hazards, the site should be secured by

fencing and manned entry points.

5.3

Chapter 5 : Environmental Management Plan

5.3 Operational Phase

5.3.1 Air Environment

For all practical purposes, the emissions of conventional air pollutants will be

negligible during operational phase of the power plant as there will not be any direct

sources related to processes at project site. However, ambient air concentration with

respect to Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) shall be monitored on 24 hourly basis at

minimum of four sampling stations between 1 to 5 km radial distance (two in upwind

direction and two in downwind direction) at a frequency of four samples a month with

seasonal changes in sampling locations.

The radiological pollution arising from nuclear power plant operations would be

only from the discharge of ventilation air mainly through stack. The ventilation air will be

passed through High Efficiency Particulate Absorber (HEPA) filters with 99.98% efficiency

at 0.3 micron particle size, before its release in to the atmosphere. High efficiency

activated charcoal filter may be used to control radio-iodine releases.

Ventilation air need be monitored on regular basis for H - 3, FPNG, radioactive

Iodine, Ar - 41 and active particulate matter in all ducts connected to each stack. The

monitoring sensors shall be connected to alarming system to indicate the atmospheric

release levels.

The environmental surveillance programme should be adopted along with

diagnostic studies (diagnostic studies in this context are to find out the probable reason

for high concentrations in ambient air through detailed analysis and to find out sources

contributing for high concentrations) and arrangements to communicate results to plants

personnel for taking necessary control measures in plant operations, if needed should be

made.

The exclusion zone (1.6 km radius) around NPP will be strictly fenced. In view of

the existing inhabitation in sterilized zone (5 km radius), NPCIL shall take precautionary

measures such as adoption of proper land-use plans and transport facilities for effective

evacuation under emergency conditions.

During emergency conditions, although the prescribed standards for short-term

doses are to be maintained within exclusion zone, there may be possibility of higher

radiation doses to public immediately beyond the exclusion zone. Under such

5.4

NEERI Chapter 5: Environmental Management Plan

circumstances, the atmospheric releases shall be controlled keeping in view the expected

radiation doses to members of public beyond exclusion zone.


> All the noise generating machines should be provided with enclosures and should

be maintained properly. Particular attention should be given to mufflers and

silencers

> The operator's cabins should be acoustically insulated with special door and

observation windows in high noise area

> The operators working in high-noise area should be provided with ear-muffs/ear-

plugs and they should be properly trained to use the same.

> The duties of employees working in high noise area be rotated systematically to

avoid occupational exposure.

5.3.3 Water Environment

The stock piling of waste material generated during excavation can pose serious

problems of erosion and leaching which may have impacts on aquatic system and/or

groundwater. Enough care need be taken by soil stabilization and providing trenches all

around the stock pilings.

The vehicle maintenance area should be located in such a manner so as to

prevent contamination of ground water by accidental spillage of oil. Unauthorized

dumping of waste oil should be prohibited.

Care should be exercised in batch concrete plant so that the water is conserved.

The water arising from washing platforms shall be collected separately and settled before

its discharge.

Thermal Regulation

The thermo-regulatory behaviour of aquatic organisms in receiving water is

governed by various factors (other than temperature) such as availability of food,

Dissolved Oxygen (D.O.), absence of predators and parasites, limited gas pressures and

avoidance of high temperatures.

About 65% of heat produced in the nuclear power plant is discharged as unutilized

heat to the environment as condenser effluents and coolant air. The heated waters will

5.5

N11 kl Chapter 5 : Environmental Management Plan

mix with the waters of the RPS and rapidly discharge its heat into the waters. A small rise

in temperatures of the water at outfall has been a matter of concern to the ecologists.

Water Quality Monitoring

The reservoir water quality and groundwater quality of surrounding villages should

be regularly monitored for the physico-chemical parameters as stipulated by the State

Pollution Control Board. In addition, the following should be carried out:

Identification and estimates of total mass in stressed and unstressed areas

for phytoplankton and zooplankton content in water samples

Determination of macrobenthos characteristics

Controlling radioactivity releases into the reservoir with respect to Quantity

and Quality

Wastewater

The purpose of the liquid waste management plan is to hold, control and

dispose off all active liquid effluents from the operation of the plant. A

centralized effluent treatment system need be constructed to process the

liquid effluents generated from both the reactors

Holding tanks should be designed in such a manner that they can hold all

liquid effluents generated both under normal and off-normal conditions.

Provisions for holding the contents of these tanks may be made in case of

rupture or structural failure

Monitoring of radioactivity in effluents should be carried out as per AERB

guidelines in force from time to time. Further, the final effluent should also

conform with the standards for non-radioactive parameters stipulated by the

State Regulatory Board i.e. RSPCB

The treated sewage from the colony should conform to the standards

stipulated by the RSPCB and it should, preferably be reused for gardening

or plantations.

Details of water requirement/wastewater generation and green belt in

respect to DAE residential colonies at Rawatbhata is given in Table 5.3.1. It

appears that the treated wastewater is discharged in nallahs and is not

reused for green belt irrigation. It is suggested that the treated wastewater

should be used for irrigation of lawn area and green belt

5.6


Table 5.3.1

Details of water Requirements/Waste Generation and Green Belt in Respectto DAE Residential Colonies at Rawatbhata

Sr. Type of Phase-1 Anu Anu Pratap Sentab Vikram Anu Anu AnuNo. information Kiran Nagar Chaya Deep Asha

1

2

3

4

5

6

a)

b)

c)

Waterrequirement (inMLD)

Waste watergeneration (inMLD)

Water balanceqty.

Wastewaterdischargepattern

Waste watertreatment

Green belt:

Lawn area

No. of trees

Source ofirrigation

0.825

Nil

50

1.04

0.35 MLD—(Back water)

0.80 0.97 2.6

0.27 0.165 0.414

Nil

0.23"

Open discharge in natural nallahs after chlorination

Seplic Oxidatrion pond and septic OPtank tank

Septic OP

37448

Raw watertaken fromRPS lake

14000

5385 "

4860

1100

20900

OP OP&Septank

44000

OP: Oxidation Pond

Source : BARC, Environmental Survey Laboratory, RAPS, Rajasthan

5.7

Chapter 5: Environmental Management Plan

5.3.4 Land Environment

5.3.4.1 Radioactive Solid Wastes

> The construction of trenches and RCC storage vaults should be supervised

critically with extreme care so that the structures may not collapse in the long run.

> The embankment around the RCC trenches should be properly constructed so

that during unfavourable heavy rains, it may not get washed away resulting in the

spread of the wastes around the area.

> Constant vigilance of storage vaults/RCC trenches is necessary, even if the plant

may not be in operation because of the possibilities of nearby groundwater

sources getting polluted due to radionuclides.

5.2.4.2 Township Solid Wastes

Municipal solid waste should be collected and treated. The domestic solid waste

normally constitutes about 50% organic matter. This material can also be composted to

yield the compost, which can be used along with the chemical fertilizer in the surrounding

farms. Studies carried out by various authorities have clearly shown that the yield that is

obtained by using chemical fertilizers along with compost is normally more than the yield

obtained by the use of chemical fertilizer alone. The progressive farmers will hence

readily accept to utilize the produced compost. The quantity of the compost produced is

quite small as compared to the anticipated demand and hence no problem is visualized in

its sale.

A) Composting

As the quantities to be composted are small, the semi-mechanized method of

composting will have to be used. Adequate land (4 ha) for composting will have to be

identified at a low-lying site. The method of operation of the composting plant will be as

given below:

The refuse vehicles coming to the compost plant would directly go to the windrow

site. This will cover 0.6 ha of land with flagstone paving. The material would be directly

put on the ground from where it will be turned at 5 days intervals manually or by using a

front-end loader. The windrow would be 2 m wide, 1 m high and 6 m long. Thus every

windrow would contain about 6 tonnes of material and would be turned 4 times and at the

time of final turn, it will be loaded in a trailor, which would take it to a hopper. The material

5.8

NEERI Chapters: Environmental Management Plan

from below the hopper would fall on a horizontal conveyor belt where workers standing on

either side of it can manually remove glass, plastics, metals etc. The material would then

fall into input hopper of a size reduction unit. As the material has already undergone

decomposition, it would be amenable for disintegration and the size reduction can be

done now with the expenditure of lesser energy. The material after size reduction can be

taken to the maturation pile where it can be stored in 2 m high windrows for a minimum

period of 1 month. At the end of this period, much of the resistant organic matter would

also have been degraded and the material can be conveniently applied on the farms.

The total area that will be required for this composting plant will be 1.5 ha. In

addition to the plant, a building will have to be provided to house the front end loaders

and other equipment's.

Sanitary Land-filling

The non-compatible that will be removed from the township solid waste will have

to be disposed of. Similarly, if for some reasons the composting cannot be carried out, the

whole quantity will have to be land-filled. For the entire operation adequate land must be

available. These materials can be disposed of by using sanitary land-filling.

In general, the process involve filling of low-lying land with refuse in such a

manner as to ensure the process to remain sanitary. Normally, after the material is

deposited at the site, it is spread, compacted and covered at the end of every days

operation with a layer of earth. The earth layer precludes the possibility of rats burrowing

through it, fly breeding etc. Sanitary land-filling is normally carried out in 3 ways :

i) Trench Method

ii) Area Method

iii) Ramp Method

Trench method is normally used in the case of flat terrain or where the soil can be

easily excavated.

Area method is suitable for irregular or marshy waste land having a high level of

groundwater as in such cases excavation for the more orderly method of trench and ramp

types cannot be carried out.

Ramp method is commonly used in the case of flat or gently rolling areas.

5.9


Suggested Land-filling Method

In the studies carried out all over India, NEERI has observed that bulky wastes

such as furnitures etc., are absent in Indian solid wastes. Also the initial density of city

refuse in India is observed to be between 500-800 kg/cm3 as compared to 125-200 kg/m3

in developed countries. The use of manual labour is quite cheap in India.

1. Selection of site should be made by using the same criteria as in the case of

mechanized method

2. Provide an all weather access road from existing main road to the point at

which filling is to commence. This road can be prepared from construction

and demolition waste, ash, clinker, etc. A small stock of this material should

be maintained at the site for day to day repairs

3. To help guide vehicle to the spot provide flags or pegs on the location which

will help demarcate it. To indicate height to which filling has to be done,

'sight rails' should be provided

4. The filling should start from point nearest to road. The vehicles should

approach the point after reversing. Tipping vehicles can unload faster and

hence assure a quicker out-turn. The dumped material can be spread and

leveled manually by using rakes having a number of teeth. By using Ramp

method, the filling will move progressively inside the site

5. To indicate the point where vehicles should stop for unloading, a strong

heavy wooden bumper bar can be provided

6. To avoid the rear wheels of vehicles from sinking in the newly deposited

mass, cover the area near working face with steel or wooden sleepers.

7. Cover the waste at the end of a days operation

This method needs at the site about 60 to 90 persons/million population and

hence for the NPP township a minimum of about 5 labourers will have to be provided for

carrying out the work at the site.

B) Vermicomposting

This technology is cost effective and is gaining importance. Vermitechnology can

be used to harness the renewable energy of organic waste to fuel the soil process. Soil

fed in this manner can generate balanced nutrients for photosynthetic plant production.

5.10

Ntt KI Chapter 5 : Environmental Management Plan

Some species of earthworms (Eisenia foetida and Lumbricus rubellus) can

consume organic wastes and expel the remains as faeces or castings. If conditions are

suitable, they will multiply. Castings once dried have properties, which might make them

a desirable soil amendment. After the worms have fed on the waste and converted it into

castings, they are usually separated from castings. Worms can be recycled into new

vermicomposting beds or possibly marketed in some form. The end products of

vermicomposting therefore are worms, castings and solid waste residue.

Vermicomposting Process

Following steps are necessary for the successful vermicomposting process.

Selection of Species

Vermicomposting is the degradation of organic waste through earthworm

consumption, which converts the material into worm castings. For the successful

implementation of vermicomposting technique, it is very essential to select suitable

species, which should have the following characteristics:

1. Ability to inhabit and feed upon high percentage of organic matter

2. Adjustment to human disturbance, fluctuations in physico-chemical and

other environmental changes and

3. Faster reproduction rate i.e. high rate of cocoon production and a short life

cycle. Some species of earthworms like Eisenia foetida and Lumbricus

rubellus, can consume organic wastes and expel the remains as castings.

The castings have properties that make them desirable soil amendments. In

congenial environment, they multiply. To arrive at the proper selection of the

earthworm species it is very important to study their life cycle.

It is not very difficult to raise and maintain earthworms. They can be reared in

small containers filled with compost, cowdung and kitchen refuse. The rainy season

seems to be the best for culturing earthworms. Sufficient soil moisture and adequate

organic residues are considered to be ideal for their growth and multiplication; if the

culture is properly maintained, within one year, the multiplication may be more than 50

times. The worms may be taken from culture as and when needed, and can be

introduced in the desired fields, gardens etc. The earthworms provide excellent conditions

5.11


for the build up of a number of useful microorganisms and consequently the soil with its

beaming millions of organisms become highly suitable for plant growth.

Phases of Vermicomposting

Vermicomposting involves three major phases as follows:

Phase I - Preprocessing involving collection of waste, shredding, mechanical sorting of

the metals, glass pieces, tin, plastic etc. and separating the easily degradable oganics.

The degradable organics is shredded to known particle size thereby reducing the bulk

volume by 50-70 percent.

Phase II - Vermicomposting involving earthworms is the next phase. Prior subjecting the

organic waste to vermicomposting, biogas can be recovered by fermenting the waste

under anaerobic environment. Digested slurry is then added in the earthworm beds for

vermicomposting. The undigested solid waste may be composted in windrow of about 6 "

in depth, which are irrigated to increase moisture content. Approximately one tonne of

earthworms are required in vermicomposting operation of 500 tonnes over a 12-18

months period.

Phase III - Vermicomposting earthworms can be separated from the vermicompost by

dynamic operation methods involving sieve and photo- or thermal-stimulation.

Vermifertilizer thus obtained can be applied in agro-ecosystems and earthworms can be

utilized for feed for poultry, fish culture, aquaculture or as a pig feed and also it can be

used for vermiculturing purposes.

Mechanism of Vermicomposting

Earthworms are responsible for breakdown of complex substances in the organic

waste into simple water-soluble substances. The enzymes secreted in the long intestine

of the earthworm and the enzymes of the symbiotic microorganisms in their gut cavity are

responsible for this conversion. Only 5-10 of ingested material after the breakdown is

absorbed in to the body for its own activity and the rest is excreted as fine mucus coated

granular aggregates. The complex organic substances are consumed at the mouth and

passes through the tubular gut and the same are released as simple substances through

aggregates of finely ground and chemically degraded organic substances.

5.12

NEERf Chapter 5: Environmental Management Plan

Precautions to be observed during Vermicomposting Process

First and foremost, proper species selection should be done. Continuous supply of

earthworms should be ensured by having continuous culturing under controlled

conditions. Moisture content should be maintained between 40 and 50%. More than this

leads to anaerobic condition, which hampers normal activity of worms, leading to weight

loss and they perish ultimately. Temperature should be around 20-30°C.

Worms should be hand sorted carefully and the injured worms separated to avoid

spreading of infection to other worms.

Culturing beds must be protected from termites, centipedes, toads, rats, cats, and

dogs. Enough space should be provided for the worms to move freely, avoiding crowding.

Generally the minimum space required is 1 m2/2000 worms per 9 cm thick bed.

Frequent cast removal should be practiced, as otherwise it would lead to growth

retardation. Culture beds should be protected from direct rains and sunlight.

Vermicomposting Medium

Various combinations of soil and organic matter have been tried for raising worms.

A mixture of 1/3 soil and 2/3 organic matter is considered to be more useful in culture

containers. Beds of plastic or discarded wooden cases are prepared by spreading soil

layer of 2-4 cm in height over which another layer of equal thickness of soil is added.

Organic matter is placed on one side of the container. Water is added to the culture

medium so as to hold 25-30% of moisture. Indoor cultures are preferably kept in a cool

building at a temperature between 10°C to 15°C for the lumbricids (e.g. Eisenia foetida)

and about 20°C for tropical species (e.g. Eudrilus eugeniae and Berionyx excavatus). The

culture boxes or containers should be non-porous to minimize loss of moisture from

culture medium. The containers must be made up of light weighed materials and could be

carried easily from one place to another.

Vermiculture Containers and Beds

The size of the containers may vary. It is considered that a specially designed

wooden box is more convenient and useful. It measures 50 cm in length, 35 cm in width

and 15-20 cm in depth. The bottom of the box is provided with few holes of 50 mm

diameter. Plastic window screen is placed on the inside bottom with a burlap (or Jute

cloth) lining on top of the screened sides before the culture medium is added. This

5.13

NEERI Chapter 5; Environmental Management Plan

prevents the culture medium from sticking into the box and escape of worms through the

holes but allows the excess water to drain. Top of the box is covered with a burlap (or

Jute cloth) frame. Earthworms can be cultured in commonly available glazed earthen

pots, plastic tubes, or even discarded wooden cases etc., each box covered with a lid

made up of plastic or iron window screen. Plastic tubes are considered to be

advantageous because these are more durable, lighter in weight and could easily be

arranged one above another in vertical rows on concrete shelves in limited space.

Large outdoor vermiculture beds of convenient dimensions may also be

established on wastelands. An outdoor culture bed is generally prepared with a bottom of

layer of 10 cm high gravel over which plastic window screen is placed with its edges

raised upped 20 cm in height. A layer of 2.4 cm sand is laid down over the window screen

layer. A mixture of 1/3 soil and 2/3 organic matter is spread over the sand layer. The bed

is slightly raised in the middle, which allow drainage of excess of water on sides during

the rains. The bottom layers of gravel and sand also help in maintaining the water content

in the culture. The window screen prevents the escape of worms.

Applications

> Use of Vermicomposting in Agriculture : Vermicompost, which is degraded

organic matter, can be used as top or organic manure in fields to prevent organic

carbon deficiency and soil erosion. The worm cast is a better source of organic

manure over the anaerobically degraded compost because of the following facts:

> The worm cast is loosely packed granular aggregate of semi-digested matter that

provides energy for establishment of various microorganisms.

> Some of the microbes, which are associated with the cast, are responsible for

deodorizing excrement derived from organic wastes with obnoxious odour

> The cast also forms suitable base for free living beneficial microbes whose

activities are essential for releasing of nutrients to higher plants.

> The activated soil or worm cast provides essential nutrients in available form to

plants

> Biochemical activities of established microbes and worm exudes have stimulatory

effect on plant growth

5.14


5.3.5 Biological Environment

To diminish radioactive pollutants and to absorb radiation, it is recommended to

develop a greenbelt all round the boundary and at several locations within the Nuclear

Power Plant premises.

For green belt development selection of suitable plant species, proper attention

and management is required to maintain the survival rate of planted species. It has been

observed that proper scientific technique are not employed for plantation of trees and if

planted adequate attentions are not given to maintain the planted species. Post

plantation management is equally important to maintain high survival rate.

Criteria for selection of species for green belt development need to be selected

based on the following criteria

> Fast growing

> Thick canopy cover

> Perennial and evergreen

> Large leaf area index

> High sink potential

> Efficient in absorbing pollutants without significantly affecting their growth.

5.3.5.1Guidelines for Plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development should be planted using

pitting technique. The pit size should be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm

x 60 cm. Bigger pit size is preferred on marginal and poor quality soils. Soil proposed to

be used for filling the pit should be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure or

sewage sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry weight basis) and 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis)

for 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm and 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling

of soils should be completed at least 5 - 1 0 days before the actual plantation. Healthy

seedlings of identified species should be planted in each pit. Proper density of plants (no.

per hectare) will require to be maintained within the greenbelt.

5.3.5.2 Species Selection

Based on the regional background and soil quality, greenbelt has to be developed.

In greenbelt development, monocultures are not advisable due to its climatic factor and

other environmental constrains. Greenbelt with varieties of species is preferred to

5.15


maintain species diversity, rational utilization of nutrients and for maintaining health of the

trees. Prepared in this way, the greenbelt will develop a favorable microclimate to support

different microorganisms in the soil and as a result of which soil quality will improve

further.

During the course of survey, it has been observed that the soil quality of the plant

site is fairly good and can support varieties of dry deciduous plant species for greenbelt

development. Manure as discussed earlier, may be mixed with the soil used for filling the

pit for getting better result for survival of plant species. Adequate watering is to be done

to maintain the growth of young seedlings. The study area gets low rainfall so the

vegetation is often affected by drought. During drought, tree is the only source to provide

food, fruits and leaf fodder to birds.

Based on the regional background, extent of pollution load, soil quality, rainfall,

temperature and human interactions, a number of species have been suggested to

develop greenbelt in and around the Nuclear Power Plant as reported in Table 5.2. These

species can be planted in staggering arrangements within the plant premises. Some

drought resistant plant species have been identified which can be planted for greenbelt

development if sufficient water is not available (Table 5.2).

The layout plan for greenbelt development near Nuclear Power Plant is shown in

Figure 5.1. The details of greenbelt, 50 m away from Nuclear Power Plant is shown in

Figure 5.2.

Details about Selected Species

The following trees are recommended towards the plant boundary within 50 m

from the Nuclear Power Plant as per the details shown in Figure 5.1 for greenbelt width

of 100 meters.

Acacia auriculiformis (Seven Row)

On the Nuclear Power Plant side (50 m away from the plant) at a distance of

4 m. horizontally and diagonally.

Cassia Siamea (Seven Row)

The trees should be planted at about five meters horizontally and diagonally.

Dalbergia sissoo (Eight Row)

The trees should be planted at about 5 meters horizontally and diagonally.

Casisa fistula (Eight Row)

The trees should be planted at about 5 meters horizontally and diagonally.

5.16

N '*' Chapter 5: Environmental Management Plan

Azadirachta indica may be planted in between the trees.

In addition, a lawn and floral garden with the varieties of small flowering plants

may be developed near the office site to keep aesthetic value of the entire complex. For

other buildings and sites which are away from the reactor at a distance of 50 meters,

suitable sector belts on area available towards NPP may be developed with the same

conceptual species placements as presented in Figure 5.2. The following trees are

recommended towards the boundary of NPP site for greenbelt of 200 m width.

Mangifera indica (one row) on the road side at an interval of 8 m planted

towards road side

Thespesia populnea (4 rows): The trees may be planted at about 4 m intervals

Acacia leucophloea (Six rows) : The trees may be planted at about 5 m Interval

horizontally and diagonally

Dalbergia sissoo (4 rows) : The trees may be planted at about 6 m interval


Acacia auriculiformis (Five rows) : The trees may be planted at about 5 m.

interval horizontally and diagonally

Cassia biflora (Five rows) : The trees may be planted at about 3 m interval


Terminalia arjuna (Five rows) : The trees may be planted at about 7 m interval


Syzgium cumini (Three rows) : The trees shall be planted at about 7 m interval


Prosopis juliflora (Five rows) : The trees may be planted at 5 m interval


Azadirachta indica may be planted in between the trees for getting better growth

of trees

Road Side Plantation

Road side plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing

the shady area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The

approach roads to NPP, colony, hospitals, etc. can be planted with flowering trees.

5.17


NPCIL should encourage plantation outside the plant boundary. Adequate care

should be taken to encourage greenbelt development on the road side, however to uplift

the regional ecosystem of the area by greenbelt development, all the voluntary

organizations should take initiative to encourage massive plantation along the road side.

Trees can be planted to increase aesthetic value as well as shady area along the roads

as detailed in Table 5.4. and Table 5.5.

Other Considerations

For Rawatbhata Nuclear Power Plant, proper greenbelt has to be designed to

reduce pollutants arising from the activities of nuclear power plant. Greenbelt has to be

designed to reduce pollutants arising from the vehicular movements. In addition,

greenbelt is necessary for emergency preparedness plans during accidents to reduce

adverse effects of accidents. Proper greenbelt development around Nuclear Power Plant

will reduce the adverse effects of reactor accidents by absorbing significant amounts of

the radio-active materials before they reach the public. The pollution attenuation factors of

three different widths of greenbelt for different considerations are presented in Table 5.6.

The pollution attenuation factor (AF) is given by the equation :

5.1

F{X)

Where,

X2 = Width of greenbelt (m)

he = Effective height of greenbelt (m)

Af = Pollution Attenuation Coefficient

Xi = Separation distance between the greenbelt and pollution source (m)

o = normal deviation of concentration distribution in vertical (m) at downwinddistance

FD = Plume depletion factor for downwind distances

FD (XT + X2), FD (X^ and Fd (X2) are the plume depletion factors due to dry

deposition of pollutant on natural surface for downwind distances (X, + X2), X, and X2

respectively.

5.18

INfccKI Chapter 5: Environmental Management Plan

The plume depletion factor FD (X) for any distance x need to be calculated using

the following equation :

T<2""2v

exp 1 /<JZ exp -HI2oz dz

. o i 5.2

Where,

H = Release height (m)

Qz = Standard deviation of concentration distribution in vertical (m) directionfor downwind distance x

Vd = Dry deposition velocity (m/s)

u = Mean wind speed (m/s)

The concept of effective height he (which is less than the physical height of the

greenbelt) is introduced to account for reduced wind speed in the greenbelt region; value

of it is to be computed from the following relationship.

U (z) dz = he Uc 5.3

Where,

h = height of greenbelt

U(z) = is the wind speed profile outside the greenbelt

Uc = is the average wind speed inside the greenbelt

The pollution attenuation coefficient (m'1) of the greenbelt is given by :

= K Pt Vd/Uc 5.4

Where,

Pt = foliage surface area density of single tree (m2xm"3)

Pcl \ —

Pt

Vd = dry deposition velocity of the pollutant (ms'1) for the vegetative canopy

Plantation at Proposed Township of NPP

Proper greenbelt has to be developed in the proposed township of Nuclear

Power Plant. Different varieties of species have been suggested keeping in view the

attenuation of dust pollution, vehicular emissions and other environmental pollution. At

township, the goal is to reduce environmental pollution and increase aesthetic value. With

5.19


this in view, some of the plant species to be planted along the roadside, park and garden

are reported in Table 5.4. and Table 5.5.

5.3.5.3 Biological Environment

Aquatic Characteristics

Adequate care need be exercised for discharge of domestic wastes to RPS lake

to avoid enrichment of nutrients, which may result in profound algal growth leading to

eutrophication. Increase in pollutant level may also harm the aquatic organisms.

Anthropogenic activities should be prohibited to avoid enrichment of water with nutrients.

Biomagnification Study

It has been observed that NPCIL is monitoring samples for radiological

parameters from different sampling sites. Collection of samples should be done in a

systematic way. Samples should be monitored on monthly basis from the site. It is also

necessary that regular analysis of samples in the study area should be done in the

manner as given below :

At Receptor Sites

Concentration of different radioactive materials in :

- Water

- Land (irrigated, unirrigated)

- Rice, Wheat, Pulses

- Millets

- Milk

- Fruits

- Vegetables

- Phytoplankton, zooplankton, small fish, big fish, goat (different parts of the

body)

Once such data is generated, the status of food chains should be established

alongwith biomagnification levels due to release of radioactive materials in the

environment.

5.20


Mitigation Measures

- A protective green belt should be developed around the power plant for air

filtration, and from aesthetic point of view it is essential also. This would also

create a buffer zone

- Regular monitoring of physico-chemical and radiation parameters need to be

carried out in biological samples as a post-project activity

- The wastewater from power plant and residential colonies should be treated to

meet the disposal standards and domestic sewage should be completely

reused for irrigation of plantations and green belt development

- Regular monitoring of diversity and density of marine and terrestrial flora and

fauna needs to be carried out as a part of post-project activity.

5.21


oo

PLANT SIDE

P < ® P O P P O P p o P P o #3o o o o o p p . p p p p p p ^

o o o o o P o 6 o q p p. g o@ O O ® O P O O ® "'o;.^ P-, §& * Q L Acacia auriculiformis

O O P O P P P P O O P O - O - w O f / 5 m i n t e r v a i

O O O O O P O P O P O O - 0 o j d i a a o n a l l v la a a -a a a o p a o o o a

o a a a ^ o a a

0 a 0 a a o a a a a., b D a atfX> o a D a o D O a , . ,p o a a

o o a a o Q O a Jjffc d a D o aO D D i ^ a D O a o D * D ^ ^ D

D D o ° ° D D D O . D . O . D a a j

A A

A

6 A A A f i A 6 A A ^ A& && A A fl tftt, A" A A A &

6 A A A A A A" A A A AA A A A A A A . A A fi£ A

A A & A A A A A A A A

> Cassia siamea(5 m intervalhorizontally anddiaaonallv)

Dalbergia sissoo

(5 m intervalhorizontally anddiaaonallv)

Butea monosperma(5 m intervalhorizontally anddiaaonallv)

, Azadirachta indica

Fig. 5.1 : Green Belt Development Near the NPP Site

5.22

NE

-a

oCN

oo

PLANT SIDEgement Plan

-!-UZ G3 EZ3 G3 E3 E 3 . . ' ^ 1 EJ E3 E23

G 0 D D D D D O O D 0 0 D D > - O D O O D O D

a o a o a o a a a a a . p G a a Q a a o aD O D O D D D O O - D O D O Q - O D O O D D D

o a o o a o D O o v a a a O O D D O D o c r+ + + + + + + ( 3 > + - 4 - 4 - + ' l + + i- + £?> 4 +• + 4

+ + + + + •(- + • + ' + § > ' • + * + • + + +

+ + ++ + + -

f ^ j 4 +©

+ • + ' +• @ t

( S ) 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 © O 0 8 G & . e

O O O 3 © O O O O S O Q 9 ^ ) 8 .

^ g ) 0 o e o 9 « 3 Q © ^ j o o o e

o e o o o @ o o o o o o o o @

^ G O E 8 0 3 0 0 0 0 ® 0 0 0

* • •« * ©

li • 0

e a t

©

4 . + + + +

+ © + +

4 - + @ +

4-4- ++ f +

- 4- +4- + + 4-

+ +4 - 4 - 4 - 4- © 4- +•

+ + - + + - - r + + 4 - © + + + 4 - + + +0 0 0 ( ^ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 @ 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 < § 0 0 0 0 - • 0. % 0

0 0 0 ( 3 ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 © 0 0 0 0 0

X ( Q ) X X X X ( Q X X X » X X X

y X X X X X @ X X X X X X 1 ( 1 ( 6 ) I X X

> X X g ) X X X X X ( 0 ) X X X X

x x x x x x Q x x x x x ' x x x x x i ( Q x

Dalbergia s/ssoo(6 m interval h & d)

Jcac/a auriquljfqimis(5m interval^- u -*

__,./a b/7(ora(3 m interval h & d)

,_Terminalia,arjyna(7 m interval V& a)

m cumim(7 m interval h & d)

. Prosopia juliflora(5 m interval h & d)

Azadirachta indica

Figure 5.2 : Section of Green Belt Development 50 m Away from NuclearPower Plant

5.23


Species of Plants

Vernacular Name--Babul, kikar--MaharukhSirisSafed sirisNeemDhak, PalasAmaltasKassodruTadwadKumbhiLangali saruSisamBansAmla-Pipal, AswathaSubabulMahuaAam, mangoBanknymSainjanTut-Jungal jalebiKaranjVilayati kikarAnarKhejraDate palmBadapilu JhalJamunArjunImli-Paras pipal-Ber

Table 5.2Suggested for Greenbelt Development

Botanical NameAcacia auriculieformisAcacia leucophloeaAcacia niloticaAcacia farnesianaAcacia tortilisAilanthus excelsaAlbizia lebbeckAlbizia amaraAzadirachta indicaButea monospermaCassia fistulaCassia siameaCassia auriculataCareya arboreaCasuarina equisetifoliaDalbergia sissooDendrocalamus strictusEmblica officinalisEucalyptus camaldulensis.Ficus religiosaLeucaena lecocephalaMadhuca latifoliaMangifera indicaMelia azedarachMoringa oleiferaMorus albaParkinsonia aculeatePithecellobium dulcePongamia pinnataProsopis chilensisPunica granatumProsopis cinerariaPhoenix dactyliferaSalvadora oleoidesSyzygium cuminiiTerminalia arjunaTamarindus indicaTecomeila undulataThespesia populneaTamarixaphyllaZiziphus mauritaiana

5.24


Drought

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

Table 5 .3

Resistant Species for Greenbelt Design within the NPP Area

Botanical Name

Acacia auriculaeformis

Acacia farnesiana

Acacia nilotica

Acacia tortilis

Aegle marmelos

Albizia lebbeck

Azadirachta indica

Bougainvillea spectabilis

Butea monosperma

Caesalpinia pulcherrima

Callistemon lanceolatus

Cassia auriculata

Cassia fistula

Cassia siamea

Casuarina equisetifolia

Cochlospermum religiosum

Cordia sebestena

Crataeva nurvala

Dalbergia sissoo

Delonix regia

Dodonaea viscosa

Erythrina viriegata

Eucalyptus citriodora

Ficus benjamina

Grevillea robusta

Kigelia pinnata

Lagerstroemia indica

Melia azedarach

Vernacular Name

-

Vilayati kikar

Babul, Kikar

-

Bael

Siris

Neem

Boungainvillea

Dhak, Palas

Guletura, Gold mohr

Bottle brush tree

Avaram, Tadwad

Amatas

Kassod tree

Jangalisaru

Gejra

-

-

Sisam

Gulmohr

Spmatta, Wilayati mehndi

Panjra

Lemon scented gum

Wad

Silver oak

Sausage tree

Saoni

Bankayan

5.25


Table 5.2

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

(Contd....)

Botanical Name

Parkinsonia aculeate

Peltophorum pterocarpum

Phoenix dactylifera

Phoenix sylvestris

Pongamia pinnata

Prosopis chilensis

Pterospermum acerifolium

Putranjiva roxburghii

Salvadora persica

Schleichera oleosa

Tamarix aphylla

Tamarix troupii

Thespesia populnea

Thevetia peruviana

Zizyphus mauritiana

Vernacular Name

Vilayati Babul

-

Datepalm

Khajur

Karanj

Vilayati Kikar

Bijasal

Putranjiva

Chota Pilu Jhal

Kusum

Laljhau

Jhau

Paras Pipal

Kaner

Ber

5.26


Table 5.4Species Selected for Plantation along the Road Side and Township

BasedYellow

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

on ColorFlowered Trees


Acacia baileyana

Acacia dealbata

Acacia decurrens

Acacia implexa

Anthocephalus chinensis

Bauhinia tomentosa

Cassia calliantha

Cassia fistula

10. Erythrina indica

11. Laburnum anagyroides

12. Michelia champaca

13. Parkinsonia aculeata

14. Peltophorum pterocarpum

15. Pterocarpus dalbergioides

16. Schizolobium excelsum

17. Tabebuia spectabillis

18. Thespesia populnea

Red Flowered Trees

1. Bombax ceiba

2. Brownea grandiceps

3. Erythrina blakei

4. Erythrina laurifolia

5. Erythrina variegata

6. Saraca asoca

7. Spathodea campanulata

8. Wrightia coccinea

Scarlet Flowered Trees

1. Barnngtonia acutangula

2. Brassia actinophylla

3. Brownea coccinea

4. Butea monosperma

5. Callistemon lanceolatus

6. Delonix regia

7. Stenocarpus sinuatus

8. Sterculia acerifolia

Pink Flowered Trees

1. Bauhinia purpurea

2. Cassia javanica

3. Cassia nodosa (Red)

4. Cassia renigera

5. Hibiscus collinus

6. Kleinhovia hospita

7. Lagerstroemia speciosa

8. Samanea saman

Blue Flowered Trees

1. Bolusanthus speciosus

2. Jacaranda acutifolia

3. Solanum grandiflorum

4. Solanum macranthum

White Flowered Trees

1.2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Albizia lebbeckBauhinia acuminata

Calophyllum inophyllum

Kydia calycina

Madhuca indica

Magnolia grandiflora

Magnolia pterocarpa

8.9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

Mesua ferreaMillingtonia hortensis

Mimusops elengi

Moringa oleifera

Oncoba spinosa

Plumeria alba

5.27

NEERI Chapter 5 ; Environmental Management Plan

Table 5.5

List of Trees Having Peak Flowering Season

Spring

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Season

Acacia baileyana

Bauhinia acuminata

Bombax ceiba

Butea monosperma

Callistemon lanceolatus

Erythrina variegata

Summer Season

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

Rainy

1.

Acacia decurrens

Acacia salinga

Albizia lebbeck

Barringtonia acutangula

Bauhinia acuminata

Calophyllum inophyllum

Cassia fistula

Cassia javanica

Cassia renigera

Delonix regia

Season


7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

2.

Michelia champaca

Moringa oleifera

Plumeria alba

Saraca asoca

Spathodea campanulata

Sterculia acerifolia

Erythrina parcelli

Jacaranda acutifolia

Laburnum anagyroides

Lagerstroemia speciosa

Magnolia grandiflora

Mesua ferrea

Mimusops elengi

Oncoba speciosa

Stenocarpus sinuatus

Wrightia coccinea

Acacia implexa

5.28


Table 5.6

Pollution Attenuation Factor Af of Green Belt of Different Widths

Stability Category Af for Green Belt Width (m)

A

B

C

D

E

F

700

2.31

3.12

3.40

4.71

16.71

27.69

1000

2.37

3.37

3.97

7.75

44.80

128.04

1500

2.38

3.39

4.26

12.61

96.68

1792.59

5.29



A critical review of the socio-economic profile of the study area and the socio-

economic survey conducted in the adjoining rural area of Project has brought forth

following significant observations which need to be considered for preparing the EMP. It

is envisaged that such an EMP would help in mitigating the adverse and unfavorable

reactions of the people in the area towards project. As such the following suggestions

are made :

- The hospital which caters to the needs of the project staff does not extend

medical aid to the local rural inhabitants except in case of emergency. People

expressed that they should be helped by NPC in this regard to some extent by

conducting medical camps, mobile dispensary, donating funds to the local

Gram Panchayats for setting up dispensaries etc.

- It is felt that such welfare activities should be continued or intensified to win

over the people's negative feeling towards the project

- The negative feelings of these people is mainly due to the propaganda carried

out by anti nuclear lobby working in the area. This section of the people has

developed a fear of catastrophies like Bhopal and the health hazards of

radiation in the minds of local people. It is necessary that a proper strategy for

safety, training and awareness about nuclear power amongst local people

should be planned out. To plan the strategy, it is necessary to carry out a

diagnosis of the basic education level of the people concerned, their

misapprehensions about the nuclear power and also the inputs by the

interested activists. Based on these findings audio-visual aids, exhibition

materials and other educational inputs should be developed to create proper

awareness about the very concept of nuclear power in the minds of people

and also to mitigate the fears related to accidents due to nuclear power as well

as health hazards due to radiation

- Provision of some recreational facilities like sponsored sports tournaments,

fairs etc. would also lead to goodwill of the people towards the management

- It is suggested that the project management should allocate some funds

towards welfare activities in the area. This should be in phases and through

proper channel as per requirements and as per the needs of the local people.

This would enhance the goodwill and people's participation in the smooth

running of the project

5.30


- Medical personnel with adequate facilities for training, adequate equipments

and necessary medication should arrange to deal effectively with the patients

occupationally exposed to radiations.

- Working area must be supplied with filtered air and highly efficient filtration

systems be installed to remove air borne particulates from the exhaust air from

the ventilation systems

- There should be individual monitoring of personnel engaged on operations

{(according to the International Commission on Radiological Protection, ICRP

publication 12(61)}.

A continuous monitoring of the radiations is required besides the following

measures:

- Monitoring of the working environment to ensure that the design features of

the plant and its mode of operation are such that the personnel are adequately

protected from exposure, both internally from contamination and externally

from penetrating radiations.

- Monitoring of personnel occupationally exposed to radiations to ensure that

the total exposure for each individual is within the prescribed limits and as low

as reasonably achievable (ALARA) for the operations involved.

- Maintaining of records of all such measurements to permit analysis of the

radiological impacts on those employed in the process and the general public.

- Providing safety services, such as protective equipment to safeguard the plant

operations and advice on operating procedures for both normal and abnormal

conditions;

- Deploying medical staff to carry out surveillance of workers; including pre-

employment medical examinations & periodic subsequent examinations to

monitor health of those involved

- Maintaining close interaction and close collaboration with the Health Physics

Department and Medical Services.

5.31


Training

Working in a nuclear power plant always requires adequate personnel training

with respect to the associated potential hazards with emphasis being placed on the

significance of contamination.

Personnel engaged directly on the process must be trained in the techniques of

material transfer and processing methods to ensure contaminated material within sealed

enclosures at all times. Such techniques should be perfected using inactive materials

prior to starting the work.

5.5 Post Project Environmental Monitoring

5.5.1 Air Quality Monitoring Programme

5.5.1.1 Monitoring Parameters

The ambient air quality monitoring parameters are suspended particulate matter

(SPM), sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen-dioxide (NO2).

5.5.1.2 Sampling Stations

To establish general status of ambient air quality and resulted impact of pollutants,

minimum eight monitoring stations on grid basis within 10 km zone from the source

should be operated. One station on the upwind of the source at a distant location which

shall be treated as a control may be essential. The other stations should be selected on

seasonal basis depending upon the prevalence of wind direction.

5.5.1.3 Sampling Frequency

Sampling duration of each sampling schedule for all 24 hours for 2 days

continuous and twice in a week. The background station may be operated once in 7 days

for 24 hours period. The sampling period for gaseous pollutants shall be decided

depending upon the frequency of change of wind direction and persistence.

5.5.1.4 Air Quality Monitoring - Equipments Required

Impingers 100 Nos.

Chemicals/Glasswares and, other Lab. equipment

Weather Monitoring equipment 1 No.(continuous recorder type for speed direction and turbulence.)

Sampling pumps 4 Nos.

5.32


High Volume Sampler

Blower

Manometer

1.5 m3/min capacity with adopter for uniform

suction through filter

A properly calibrated manometer assembly

for the determination of flow rate through

filter paper

Rotameter

Main Housing

SO2 Analyzer

Minimum Range

Flow Rate

Min. Detectable level

Response Time

NOx Analyzer

Minimum Range

Min. Detectable

Linearity

Accuracy

Response time

Output

Wind Speed

Cupwheel

Distance Constant

Wind Direction

Damping Ratio

Gust Wave length :

: Calibrated rotamete

maintaining flow rat

: Rectangular main h

: 0-100 ug/m3

: 1 l/min

: 4 ppb

: 1 min

0-100 ug/m3

5 ug/m3

+ 2% of full scale

+ 2% of full scale

25 sec

0-10 mv DC

5 to 10 cm diameter

5 m

0.5-0.6

1.0m

Signal output should be electrically connected with microprocessor based data

analyzer.

5.33

Chapter 5 : Environmental Management Plan


Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the efficacy of maintenance

schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures. A good

quality sound pressure level meter is essential for this purpose.

Sound pressure level meter

Bruel & Kjaer, Denmark made

5.5.3 Water Quality Monitoring

Water quality is to be monitored for assessing potability as well as for its suitability

for general uses. Conventional parameters and health-related parameters are required to

be monitored.

5.5.3.1 Sampling Frequency

Weekly, i.e. One sample from each sampling site every week.

5.5.3.2 Analysis Methodology

The methods prescribed in "Standard Methods for Water and Waste Water

Analysis" published by APHA, AWWA & WPCF should be strictly adhered.

5.5.3.3 Monitoring Laboratory

An independent laboratory with facilities for chemical and bacteriological analysis

should be constructed. The laboratory should have the provision for Fume-hood and

Cold-room. A separate air conditioned dust-proof room should be provided for the

instruments. Following instruments will be required.

i)

ii)

iv)

v)

vi)

vii) Flame Photometer (CORNING) 1 No.

5.34

Single Pan Balance

pH Meter

Conductivity Meter

Turbidity meter(Preferably HACH)

D.O. Analyser

Spectrophotometer(UV & Visible)Wave-length (preferably Spectronic)190-1000 nm.

2Nos.

2Nos.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

NEERt Chapter 5: Environmental Management Plan

5.5.4 Staff Requirement for Environmental Quality Monitoring

i) Environmental Engineer (M.E. Env. Engg.) 1 No.

ii) Chief Chemist with Post-graduate Degree 1 No.in Chemistry, and 10-15 years experiencein Water and Air Pollutants Analysis

iii) Chemist with Post-graduate Degree in Chemistry 2 Nos.

(one each for Air and Water Environment)

iv) Laboratory Technician B.Sc. (Chemistry) 3 Nos.

v) Field Sampling Staff 3 Nos

vi) Horticulturist B.Sc. (Agriculture) 1 No.with 3-5 years experience

The staff may be deputed to a reputed organization for training in Water and

Waste Water Analysis and instrumental method for analysis. Components of post project

monitoring and organizational set-up required for environmental quality monitoring on

continuous basis, are presented in Figures 5.3.3 and 5.3.4 respectively.

5.5.5 Budgetary Provisions for EMP

Adequate budgetory provisions have to be made by NPCIL for execution of

environmental management plan. The details of capital and recurring (per annum) budget

that needs to be earmarked for pollution control/monitoring equipments and for green-belt

development are as follows :

(i) Pollution Control

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

a. Non-recurring :

b. Recurring / Annum :

Pollution Monitoring

a. Non-recurring :

b. Recurring / Annum

Green-belt development

a. Non-recurring :

b. Recurring / Annum :

Social Welfare Measures

a) Health facilities

Non - Recurring :

Recurring / Annum :

100 Lakhs

25 Lakhs

30 Lakhs

10 Lakhs

30 Lakhs

10 Lakhs

20 Lakhs

4 Lakhs

5.35


b) Water Supply & Sanitation

Non - Recurring : 20 Lakhs

Recurring / Annum : 5 Lakhs

Note:- Item at S. N. (I) & (ii) pertain to Non-Radiological Pollution Control. For

radiological pollution control, NPCIL can plan for a budget of its own or in

consultation with agencies like BARC.

5.5.6 Radioactive Monitoring and Surveillance Programme

Assessment of doses to members of the public is done not by individual

monitoring but by assessment through sampling in the environment and statistical

calculations. In order to achieve this, a comprehensive environmental surveillance

programme has to be established at all major facilities. The programme shall have the

following objectives:

i. Baseline radioactivity measurements

ii. Pre-operational studies regarding identification of critical pathways, radionuclides

in air, water and food chain to help in the establishment of authorized limits for

different radiological parameters.

iii. Collection of data to determine the assimilative capacity of the environment

iv. Monitoring during normal operation of the nuclear power plant

v. Provision of monitoring services in cases of uncontrolled releases of radio-activity

into the environment

vi. Establishing a well equipped Environmental Surveillance and Micrometeorological

Laboratory (ESML) with deployment of well trained staff for monitoring of relevant

parameters of nuclear power generation on regular basis.

The surveillance programme is carried out on a permanent basis by Health

Physics Division, BARC (which is outside the control of the plant O & M organization).

The personnel incharge, of the surveillance programme are well qualified and

experienced. The results of all operational aspects of the station are subject to review by

a three tier Safety Committee System of AERB to implement safety regulations. The final

review is by the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board.

NPCIL states that experience during the last 15 years of such programmes has

given satisfactory results to contain radioactivity within ICRP limits.

5.36


Post Project Environmental Monitoring

NPCIL

Air, Noise, Water, Land EnvironmentMonitoring

Selection of Parameters

Selection of Monitoring System

Equipment Specifications

Frequency of Sampling

Analysis Methodology

Statistical Analysis of Results

Comparison with Standards

Adoption of Additional MitigationMeasures, if Necessary

Analytical Quality Control

Figure 5.3: Components of Post-Project Environmental MonitoringProgramme for NPCIL

5.37


Environmental Engineer

Chief Chemist

Chemist forAir Quality

Chemist forWater Quality

Laboratory Technicians

Field Sampling Staff

Horticulturist

Staff forPlantations

Figure 5.4 : Recommended Organizational Set up forEnvironmental Quality Monitoring(For Non-Radiological Parameters) for NPCIL

5.38

BIBLIOGRAPHY

IBLIOGRAPHY

1) Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (2004) Meteorological data (Average wind and

Temperature) for October and November 2003. environmental survey laboratory,

RAPS, Bhaba Nagar, via Kota (Rajasthan) 32-3307 (Personal communication)

2) Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (1998-2003) Annual Reports on Off Site

Environmental and Micro Meteorological Studies at Rawatbhata Site. Health

Physics Division, BARC, Mumbai for 1998,1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003

3) Datir, S. K., Murthy, N.R.K., Taswir, Singh. (2002) Thermal discharges at

nuclear power station and effect on the design and adherence to MoEF

stipulation. Proc. DAE-BRNS National Symposium on Thermal Ecology, Feb,

2002, Tirunelveli, Dept. of Atomic Energy, Mumbai and Sri Paramakalyani Center

for Environmental Science, Manonmanian Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli, p.

136-139

4) Kinne, O. (1972) Marine Ecology, Vol.1 Environmental Factors Part I Wiley Inter-

science, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, New York.

5) Malpani, R., (2003) Management Plan for Bhainsroadgarh Wildlife Sanctuary

period 2003-2004 to 2012-2013, Chittorgarh Forest Division Wildlife wing, forest

Department, Govt. of Rajasthan

6) Nuclear power Corporation (2003) Priliminary safety Analysis Report on

Radiation Hazardous Control and Radioactive waste management for KAPP unit

3 &4 700 MWe (Personal communication)

7) Subramoniam, T., Santhisa R., Sunil Lsreal, Munuswamy N., Venugopalan, V.

P., Narasimhan, S. V. (2002) Environmental influence on the population structure

of Emerita asiatica in the sandy beaches of Madras Coast. Proc. DAE-BRNS

National Symposium on Thermal Ecology, Feb. 2002, Tirunelveli, Dept. of Atomic

Energy, Mumbai and Sri Paramakalyani Center for Environmental Science,

Manonmanian Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli, p. 95

8) Sukumaran, N., Zahir Hussan, M. I., Anitha, A. and Murugesan A. G. (2002)

Effect of temperature on the growth of marine shrimp Penaeus monodon. Proc.

DAE-BRNS National Symposium on Thermal Ecology, Feb, 2002, Tirunelveli,

Dept. of Atomic Energy, Mumbai and Sri Paramakalyani Center for

Environmental Science, Manonmanian Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli, p.

350-353

9) Wagh P. M. and Singh Jitendra (2002) Thermal discharges experiences at Indian

nuclear power stations. Proc. DAE - BRNS National Symposium on Thermal

Ecology, Feb, 202, Tirunelveli, Department of Atomic Energy, Mumbai and Sri

Paramakalyani Centre for Environmental Science, Mananmanian Sundaranar

University, Tirunelveli, pp 248-256

Annexure

NATIONAL AMBIEKT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (NAAQS)(1994)

Concentration in ambient airPollutant

Sulphur dioxide(SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogenmethod(as NO2)

Suspended ParticulateMatter (SPM)

Respirable ParticulateMatter (size less than10nm)(RPM)

Lead(Pb)

Carbon Monoxide(CO)

Time weightedaverage

Annual average24 hours

Annual average

24 hours"

Annual average24 hours"



8 hours"1 hour

Industrial Residential, Rural &area mixed use area

Sensitivearea

Method of measurement

80 ng/m120 ng/m3

80 ng/m3

120ng/m3

360 ng/m3

500 ng/m3

120ng/m3

150ng/m3

1.0|ag/m3

1.5ng/m3

5.0 mg/m3

10.0 mg/m3

6080

60

140200

o(j u,Q/m100 ng/m3

0.75 ng/m3

1.00 ng/m3

2.0 mg/m3

4.0 mg/m3

15 \xglm3

30 ng/m3

15ng/m3

30 ng/m3

70 (ig/m3

100ng/m3

50 ng/m3

75 3

0.50 |ig/m0.75 ng/m3

1.00 mg/m3

2.00 mg/m3

- Improved West & Gaeke method

- Ultraviolet fluorescence

- Jacob & Hochheiser(Na-Arsenite)

- Gas phase chemiluscence

- High volume sampling (average flow ratenot less than 1.1 m3/min)

- Respirable particulate matter sampler

- AAS method after sampling usingEPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

- Non-dispersive infrared spectroscopy

* Annual arithmatic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval** 24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However, 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days

NOTE

1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards : The levels of air quality necessary with an adequate margin of safety, to protect the public health, vegetationand property

2. Whenever and wherever two consecutive values exceeds the limit specified above for the respective category, it would be considered adequatereason to institute regular/continuous monitoring and further investigations

3. The above standards shall be reviewed after five years from the date of notification

>33(DXc

Annexure II

Noise Standards

Area

Code

A

B

C

D

Category of Area

Industries Area

Commercial Area

Residential Area

Silence zone

Noise Level

Day Time

(6 am to 10 pm)

75

65

55

50

in Leq dB(A)

Night Time

(10 pm to 6 am)

70

55

45

40

* Area up to 100m around premises such as hospitals, educational institutions, and courts

Note:The silence zones are to be declared by the competent authority. Use of

vehicular horns, loudspeakers, and bursting of crackers are banned in theseszones

Source

CPCB 1998, Pollution Control Acts, Rules, and Notifications issuedthereunder. Volume-1 p313 New Delhi : Central Pollution Control Board,Ministry of Environment and Forests 501 pp

INDIAN STANDARDS/SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRINKING WATERIS : 10500 -1991

S. Substances orNo. Characteristic

Max.

(D (2)

Requirement(Desirablelimit)

(3)

Undesirableeffects out-side the desi-rable limit

Permissiblelimit inabsence ofalternate source

Method of TestCl Ref of IS : 3025

(4) (5) (6)

Remarks

(7)

Essential Characteristics

1. Colour, Hazen unit

2. Odour

Taste

4. Turbidity, NTU

Above, consumeracceptancedecreases

Unobjectionable

Agreeable

Above, consumeracceptance decreases

25

10

4 of 3025, 1983

5 Of 3025, 1983

8

Extended upto 25only if toxic substancesare not suspected inabsence of alternatesource

a. Test cold andwhen heated

b. Test at severaldilutions

Test to be conductedonly after safety hasbeen established

(DX

<D

s.No.

(D

5.

6.

7.

8.

Substances orCharacteristicMax.

(2)

pH value

Total hardness,mg/L as CaCO3

Iron (as Fe), mg/L

Chlorides (as Cl)mmg/l


(3)

6.5-8.5

300

0.3

250

Undesirable Permissibleeffects out- limit inside the desi- absence ofrable limit alternate source

(4) (5)

Beyond this range Nothe water will affect relaxationthe mucous membraneand/or water supplysystem

Encrustation on water 600supply structure andadverse effects ondomestic use

Beyond this limit, 1.0taste/appearanceare affected, hasadverse effecton domestic usesand water supplystructures, &promotes ironbacteria

Beyond this limit, 1000taste, corrosion andpalatability areaffected


(6)

8

32 of 3025, 1964

32 of 3025, 1988

Remarks

(7)

s.No.

(D

9.


(2)

Residual freechlorine, mg/L


(3)

0.2


(4)


(5)


(6)

26 of 3025, 1986

Remarks

(7)

To be applicable onlywhen water is chlorinatedTested at consumer end,When protection againstviral infection is required,it should be min 0.5 mg/L

Desirable Characteristics

10. Dissolved solids,mg/L

500

11. Calcium (as Ca),mg/L

75

Beyond thispalatability decreaseand may causegastrointestinalirritation

2000 16 of 3025, 1984

200 40 of 3025, 1984

12. Copper (as Cu),mg/L

0.05 Astringent, tastediscoloration ofpipes, fitting andutensils will be causedbeyond this

1.5 36 of 3025, 1964


Max.





Remarks

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

13. Manganese (as Mn),mg/L

0.1

14. Sulphates,(as SO4), mg/L

200

15. Nitrates (asNO3), mg/L

16. Fluoride (as F),mg/L

45

1.0

17. Phenolic substances, 0.001mg/L (as C6H5OH)

Astringent taste, 0.3discoloration of pipes,fitting and utensilswill be causedbeyond this

Beyond this 400causes gastrointestinal irritationwhen magnesiumor sodium arepresent

Beyond this 100methaemoglobinemiatakes place

Fluoride may be kept 1.5as low as possible.High fluoride maycause fluorosis

Beyond this, it may 0.002cause objectionabletaste and odour

35 of 3025, 1964

24 of 3025, 1986 May be extended upto400 provided (as Mg)does not exceed 30 mg/L

23 of 3025, 1964

54 of 3025, 1964

s.No.

(D


(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)

Remarks

(7)

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

Mercury (as Hg),mg/L

Cadmium (as Cd),mg/L

Selenium (as Se)mg/L

Arsenic (As), mg/L

Cyanide (CN), mg/L

Lead (Pb), mg/L

Zinc (as Zn), mg/L

0.001

0.01

0.01

0.05

0.05

0.05

5

Beyond this, the waterbecomes toxic

Beyond this, thewater becomes toxic


Beyond this, the



Beyond this limitit can cause astringenttaste and an opalescencein water

Norelaxation

Norelaxation

Norelaxation

No

Norelaxation

Norelaxation

15

see note mercuryion analyser

see note mercuryion analyser

28 of 3025, 1964

37 of 3025, 1988

27 of 3025, 1986pollution is suspected

See note 86

39 of 3025, 1964

To be testedwhen pollutionis suspected

To be testedwhen pollution issuspected

To be tested whenpollution is suspected

To be tested when

To be tested when

To be tested whenpollution plumbosolvencyis suspected


s.No.

(1)

25.


(2)

Anionic detergents,mg/L (as MBAS)


(3)

0.2


(4)


(5)

Beyond this limit, 1.0it can cause a lightfroth in water

Method of TestCIRefof IS: 3025

(6)

Methylene blueextraction method

Remarks

(7)


26. Chromium (as Cr+6),mg/L

00 27. Polynuclear aromatichydrocarbons(as PAH), mg/L

0.01 May be carconogenicabove this limit

May be carcinogenic

0.05 28 of 3025, 1964 To be tested whenpollution is suspected

28. Mineral oil, mg/L 0.01

29. Pesticides, mg/L

30. Radioactive materials

a. Alpha emitters Bq/L

b. Beta emitters pci/L

Absent

Beyond this limitundesirable tasteand odour after chlo-rination takes place

Toxic

0.03

0.001

0.1

1.0

Gas chromatographicmethod

58 of 3025, 1964



Max.





Remarks

0) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

31. Alkalinity(as CaCO3), mg/L

200

32. Aluminimum (as Al), 0.03mg/L

33. Boron (as B), mg/L

Beyond this limit 600taste becomesunpleasant

Cumulative effect 0.2is reported to causedementia

13 of 3025, 1964

31 of 3025, 1964

29 of 3025, 1964

Note : Atomic absorption spectrophotometric method may be use

An nexure IV

INDIAN STANDARDS FOR INDUSTRIAL AND SEWAGE EFFLUENTS DISCHARGEIS:2490-1982

Sr. ParametersNo.

Industrial Effluent

Into InlandSurface Water

On land forIrrigation

Into MarineCoastal Area

Into PublicSewers

1. Colour/Odour

2. Suspended Solids,mg/l

3. Particle SizeSuspended Solids

4. Dissolved Solids

5.

(Inorganic) mg/l, Max

pH Value

6. Temperature °C

7. Oil & Grease, mg/l,Max

8. Total ResidualChlorine, mg/l, Max

9. Ammonical Nitrogen(as N) mg/l, Max

100 200

Shall pass850 micronIS sieve

2100 2100

5.5-9 5.5-9

Shall not exceed40 in any sectionof the stream within15 mts downstreamfrom the effluentoutlet

10 10

50

10. Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 100(as N), mg/l, Max

11. Free Ammonia 5(as NH3) mg/l, Max

100(For processwaste)

Floatable SolidsMax 3mmSettleable SolidsMax 850 microns

5.5-9

45 at the pointof discharge

600

2100

5.5-9.0

20

1

50

100

20

50

10

Sr. Parameters Industrial EffluentNo

Into Inland On land for Into Marine Into PublicSurface Water Irrigation Coastal Area Sewers

12. Biochemical Oxygen 30 100 100 350Demand (5 Days at20°C), Max

13. Chemical Oxygen 250 - 250- Demand mg/l, Max

14. Arsenic (as As), mg/l 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2Max

15. Mercury(as Hg), mg/l 0.01 - 0.01 0.01Max

16. Lead (as Pb), mg/l, 0.1 - 1.0 1.0Max

17. Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l 2 - 2 1Max

18. Hexavalent Chromium 0.1 - 1 2(As Cr6+), mg/l, Max

19. Total Chromium (as Cr) 2 - 2 2mg/l, Max

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

Copper (as Cu), mg/lMax

Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max

Selenium (as Se),mg/l, Max

Nickel (as Ni), mg/lMax

Boron (as B), mg/lMax

3

5

0.05

3

2

15 15

0.05 0.05

25. Percent Sodium, Max - 60 60

11

Sr. Parameters Industrial EffluentNo

Into Inland On land for Into Marine Into PublicSurface Water Irrigation Coastal Area Sewers

26. Residual Sodium 50Carbonate, mg/l, Max

27. Cyanide(as CN), mg/l, 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2Max

28. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, 1000 600 - 1000Max

29 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, 2 - 15 15Max

30. Dissolved Phosphate 5 - - -(As P), mg/l, Max

1000 - 100031.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

Sulphate (as SO4)mg/l, Max

Sulphide (as S)mg/l, Max

Phenolic Compounds(as C6H5OH), mg/l,Max

Radioactive materials

a) Alpha emittersfic/ml, Max

b) Beta emitters|ic/ml, Max

Manganese (as Mn),mg/l

Iron (as Fe) mg/l

Vanadium (as V) mg/l

Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l

10

2

1

10'

10-

2

3

0.2

18

-7 -in-8 <n-7 *n-l10'8 10-7 10"

10"7 1Q-6 10"6

3 - 3

0.2 0.2

20 - 0.2

12

Annexure V

Information About Various Nuclear Power Plants with Respect toEnvironmental Requirement for Discharge of Condenser Cooling

Water System

Plant Project

Operating Plants

TAPS - 1 & 2

RAPS - 1 & 2

MAPS - 1 & 2

NAPS - 1 & 2

KAPS - 1 & 2

RAPP - 3 & 4

KAIGA - 1 & 2

New Plants

TAPS - 3 & 4*

KAIGA - 3 & 4

Temp Rise LimitAcross Condenser

Complying (7.7 °C)

Complying (8.44 °C)

More or less complying(10.3 °C)

Closed loop temp, risenot applicable



Complying (8 °C)

Complying old limits(9.3 °C)

Complying (8°C)

Plant Out FallTemp. Limit

Complying (7.65°C)

Complying (7.93°C)

Complying (8.4°C)

Blow down flowtemp, rise (10.4°C)

Blow down flowtemp, rise (11.6°C)

Blow down flowtemp, rise (5 °C)

Complying(7.86 °C)

Complying oldlimits (9.5 °C)

Complying (7.86°C)

Reservoir/Lake Sea Temp.Rise Limit Achieved

5 °C rise within 250-350 mfrom out fall; 1CC rise at 500 mmixing zone

5°C rise within 250-350 mfrom out fall; 5-2 °C rise in 500m mixing zone

5°C rise within 250-350 mfrom out fall

Temp, rise in PLGC/LGCnegligible (0.8 CC to 0.6 CC)

Temp rise in pond 5.6 °C riseat 200 m from out fall

Expected less than 1 °C rise at250-300 m mixing zone

5 °C rise within 200-300 mdistance from out fall point

5 °C rise with 100-300 m fromthe out fall point

5°C rise within 200-300 mdistance from out fall point

* Environmental Clearance obtained prior to current stipulation

13

comprehensive eia for proposed rapp unit 7&8 at rawatbhata rajasthan

Documents